OMAP3515ECUS

OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 Applications Processors Check for Samples: OMAP3515, OMAP3503 1 OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 Applications Processors 1.1 Features 12 • OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 Devices: – OMAP™ 3 Architecture – MPU Subsystem • Up to 720-MHz ARM® Cortex™-A8 Core • NEON™ SIMD Coprocessor – PowerVR® SGX™ Graphics Accelerator (OMAP3515 Device Only) • Tile-Based Architecture Delivering up to 10 MPoly/sec • Universal Scalable Shader Engine: Multithreaded Engine Incorporating Pixel and Vertex Shader Functionality • Industry Standard API Support: OpenGLES 1.1 and 2.0, OpenVG1.0 • Fine-Grained Task Switching, Load Balancing, and Power Management • Programmable High-Quality Image AntiAliasing – Fully Software-Compatible with ARM9™ – Commercial and Extended Temperature Grades • ARM Cortex-A8 Core – ARMv7 Architecture • TrustZone® • Thumb®-2 • MMU Enhancements – In-Order, Dual-Issue, Superscalar Microprocessor Core – NEON Multimedia Architecture – Over 2x Performance of ARMv6 SIMD – Supports Both Integer and Floating-Point SIMD – Jazelle® RCT Execution Environment Architecture – Dynamic Branch Prediction with Branch Target Address Cache, Global History Buffer, and 8-Entry Return Stack – Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM) Support for Noninvasive Debug • ARM Cortex-A8 Memory Architecture: – 16-KB Instruction Cache (4-Way SetAssociative) – 16-KB Data Cache (4-Way Set-Associative) – 256-KB L2 Cache • 112KB of ROM • 64KB of Shared SRAM • Endianess: – ARM Instructions – Little Endian – ARM Data – Configurable • External Memory Interfaces: – SDRAM Controller (SDRC) • 16- and 32-Bit Memory Controller with 1GB of Total Address Space • Interfaces to Low-Power Double Data Rate (LPDDR) SDRAM • SDRAM Memory Scheduler (SMS) and Rotation Engine – General Purpose Memory Controller (GPMC) • 16-Bit-Wide Multiplexed Address and Data Bus • Up to 8 Chip-Select Pins with 128-MB Address Space per Chip-Select Pin • Glueless Interface to NOR Flash, NAND Flash (with ECC Hamming Code Calculation), SRAM, and Pseudo-SRAM • Flexible Asynchronous Protocol Control for Interface to Custom Logic (FPGA, CPLD, ASICs, and so forth) • Nonmultiplexed Address and Data Mode (Limited 2-KB Address Space) • System Direct Memory Access (sDMA) Controller (32 Logical Channels with Configurable Priority) • Camera Image Signal Processor (ISP) – CCD and CMOS Imager Interface – Memory Data Input – BT.601 (8-Bit) and BT.656 (10-Bit) Digital YCbCr 4:2:2 Interface – Glueless Interface to Common Video Decoders – Resize Engine • Resize Images From 1/4x to 4x • Separate Horizontal and Vertical Control • Display Subsystem – Parallel Digital Output • Up to 24-Bit RGB 1 2 Please be aware that an important notice concerning availability, standard warranty, and use in critical applications of Texas Instruments semiconductor products and disclaimers thereto appears at the end of this data sheet. All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. PRODUCTION DATA information is current as of publication date. Products conform to specifications per the terms of the Texas Instruments standard warranty. Production processing does not necessarily include testing of all parameters. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 • • • HD Maximum Resolution Supports Up to 2 LCD Panels Support for Remote Frame Buffer Interface (RFBI) LCD Panels – 2 10-Bit Digital-to-Analog Converters (DACs) Supporting: • Composite NTSC and PAL Video • Luma and Chroma Separate Video (SVideo) – Rotation 90-, 180-, and 270-Degrees – Resize Images From 1/4x to 8x – Color Space Converter – 8-Bit Alpha Blending • Serial Communication – 5 Multichannel Buffered Serial Ports (McBSPs) • 512-Byte Transmit and Receive Buffer (McBSP1, McBSP3, McBSP4, and McBSP5) • 5-KB Transmit and Receive Buffer (McBSP2) • SIDETONE Core Support (McBSP2 and McBSP3 Only) For Filter, Gain, and Mix Operations • Direct Interface to I2S and PCM Device and TDM Buses • 128-Channel Transmit and Receive Mode – Four Master or Slave Multichannel Serial Port Interface (McSPI) Ports – High-, Full-, and Low-Speed USB OTG Subsystem (12- and 8-Pin ULPI Interface) – High-, Full-, and Low-Speed Multiport USB Host Subsystem • 12- and 8-Pin ULPI Interface or 6-, 4-, and 3-Pin Serial Interface • Supports Transceiverless Link Logic (TLL) – One HDQ™/1-Wire® Interface – Three UARTs (One with Infrared Data Association [IrDA] and Consumer Infrared [CIR] Modes) 1.2 • • • • • • • • • 2 www.ti.com • • • • • • • • • • • • – Three Master and Slave High-Speed InterIntegrated Circuit (I2C) Controllers Removable Media Interfaces: – Three Multimedia Card (MMC)/Secure Digital (SD) with Secure Data I/O (SDIO) Comprehensive Power, Reset, and Clock Management – SmartReflex™ Technology – Dynamic Voltage and Frequency Scaling (DVFS) Test Interfaces – IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) Boundary-Scan Compatible – ETM Interface – Serial Data Transport Interface (SDTI) 12 32-Bit General-Purpose Timers 2 32-Bit Watchdog Timers 1 32-Bit 32-kHz Sync Timer Up to 188 General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) Pins (Multiplexed with Other Device Functions) 65-nm CMOS Technologies Package-On-Package (POP) Implementation for Memory Stacking (Not Available in CUS Package) Discrete Memory Interface (Not Available in CBC Package) Packages: – 515-pin s-PBGA Package (CBB Suffix), .5-mm Ball Pitch (Top), .4-mm Ball Pitch (Bottom) – 515-pin s-PBGA Package (CBC Suffix), .65-mm Ball Pitch (Top), .5-mm Ball Pitch (Bottom) – 423-pin s-PBGA Package (CUS Suffix), .65-mm Ball Pitch 1.8-V I/O and 3.0-V (MMC1 Only), 0.985-V to 1.35-V Adaptive Processor Core Voltage 0.985-V to 1.35-V Adaptive Core Logic Voltage Note: These are default Operating Performance Point (OPP) voltages and could be optimized to lower values using SmartReflex AVS. Applications Portable Navigation Devices Portable Media Player Digital Video Camera Portable Data Collection Point-of-Sale Devices Gaming Web Tablet Smart White Goods Smart Home Controllers OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 Applications Processors Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 1.3 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Description OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 devices are based on the enhanced OMAP 3 architecture. The OMAP 3 architecture is designed to provide best-in-class video, image, and graphics processing sufficient to support the following: • Streaming video • Video conferencing • High-resolution still image The device supports high-level operating systems (HLOSs), such as: • Linux® • Windows® CE • Android™ This OMAP device includes state-of-the-art power-management techniques required for high-performance mobile products. The following subsystems are part of the device: • Microprocessor unit (MPU) subsystem based on the ARM Cortex-A8 microprocessor • PowerVR SGX subsystem for 3D graphics acceleration to support display (OMAP3515 device only) • Camera image signal processor (ISP) that supports multiple formats and interfacing options connected to a wide variety of image sensors • Display subsystem with a wide variety of features for multiple concurrent image manipulation, and a programmable interface supporting a wide variety of displays. The display subsystem also supports NTSC and PAL video out. • Level 3 (L3) and level 4 (L4) interconnects that provide high-bandwidth data transfers for multiple initiators to the internal and external memory controllers and to on-chip peripherals The device also offers: • A comprehensive power- and clock-management scheme that enables high-performance, low-power operation, and ultralow-power standby features. The device also supports SmartReflex adaptative voltage control. This power-management technique for automatic control of the operating voltage of a module reduces the active power consumption. • Memory-stacking feature using the package-on-package (POP) implementation (CBB and CBC packages only) OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 devices are available in a 515-pin s-PBGA package (CBB suffix), 515-pin sPBGA package (CBC suffix), and a 423-pin s-PBGA package (CUS suffix). Some features of the CBB and CBC packages are not available in the CUS package. (See Table 1-1 for package differences). This data manual presents the electrical and mechanical specifications for the OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 applications processors. The information in this data manual applies to both the commercial and extended temperature versions of the OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 applications processors unless otherwise indicated. This data manual consists of the following sections: • Section 2, Terminal Description: assignment, electrical characteristics, multiplexing, and functional description • Section 3, Electrical Characteristics: power domains, operating conditions, power consumption, and DC characteristics • Section 4, Clock Specifications: input and output clocks, DPLL and DLL • Section 5, Video DAC Specifications • Section 6, Timing Requirements and Switching Characteristics • Section 7, Package Characteristics: thermal characteristics, device nomenclature, and mechanical data for available packaging OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 Applications Processors Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 3 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 1.4 www.ti.com Functional Block Diagram Figure 1-1 shows the functional block diagram of the OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 applications processors. OMAP Applications Processor LCD Panel MPU Subsystem Camera (Parallel) Amp Parallel ARM CortexA8TM Core 16K/16K L1$ POWERVR SGXTM Graphics Accelerator (3515 Only) L2$ 256K 64 64 CVBS or S-Video 32 32 32 Channel System DMA 32 32 TV Camera ISP Image Capture Hardware Image Pipeline and Preview Dual Output 3-Layer Display Processor (1xGraphics, 2xVideo) Temporal Dithering SDTV→QCIF Support 32 64 HS USB Host (with USB TTL) HS USB OTG 32 Async 64 64 L3 Interconnect Network-Hierarchial, Performance, and Power Driven 32 32 64K On-Chip RAM 2KB Public/ 62KB Secure 112K On-Chip ROM 80KB Secure/ 32KB BOOT 64 SMS: SDRAM Memory Scheduler/ Rotation SDRC: SDRAM Memory Controller 32 32 32 L4 Interconnect GPMC: General Purpose Memory Controller NAND/ NOR Flash, SRAM External and Stacked Memories Peripherals: 3xUART, 3xHigh-Speed I2C, 5xMcBSP (2x with Sidetone/Audio Buffer) 4xMcSPI, 6xGPIO, 3xHigh-Speed MMC/SDIO, HDQ/1 Wire, 2xMailboxes 12xGPTimers, 2xWDT, 32K Sync Timer System Controls PRCM 2xSmartReflexTM Control Module External Peripherals Interfaces Emulation Debug: SDTI, ETM, JTAG, CoresightTM DAP Figure 1-1. OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 Device Functional Block Diagram 4 OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 Applications Processors Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 1-1. Differences Between CBB, CBC, and CUS Packages FEATURE CBB PACKAGE CBC PACKAGE CUS PACKAGE For CBB package pin assignments see Table 2-1, Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.) For CBC package pin assignments see Table 2-2, Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.) For CUS package pin assignments see Table 2-3, Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) POP interface supported POP interface supported POP interface not available Discrete Memory Interface supported Discrete Memory Interface not supported Discrete Memory Interface supported Eight chip-select pins available Eight chip-select pins available Chip-select pins gpmc_ncs1 and gpmc_ncs2 are not available Four wait pins available Four wait pins available Wait pins gpmc_wait1 and gpmc_wait2 are not available UART1 CTS signal is available on 3 pins (triple muxed): uart1_cts (AG22 / W8 / T21), uart1_rts (AH22 / AA9), uart1_tx (F28 / Y8 / AE7), uart1_rx (E26 / AA8) The following signals are either available on two (double muxed) or three pins (triple muxed): uart1_cts (AE21 / T19 / W2), uart1_rts (AE22 / R2), uart1_rx (H3 / H25 / AE4), uart1_tx (L4 / G26) CTS signal is available on 3 pins (triple muxed): uart1_cts (AC19 / AC2 / AA18), uart1_rts (W6 / AB19), uart1_tx (E23 / V7 / AC3), uart1_rx (D24 / W7) UART2 The following signals are available on two pins (double muxed): uart2_cts (AF6/AB26), uart2_rts (AE6/AB25), uart2_tx (AF5/AA25), uart2_rx (AE5/AD25) The following signals are available on two pins (double muxed): uart2_cts (Y24/P3), uart2_rts (AA24/N3), uart2_tx (AD22/U3), uart2_rx (AD21/W3) The following signals are available on one pin only: uart2_cts (V6), uart2_rts (V5), uart2_tx (W4), uart2_rx (V4) McBSP3 The following signals are available on three pins (triple muxed): mcbsp3_dx (AF6 / AB26 / V21), mcbsp3_dr (AE6 / AB25 / U21), mcbsp3_clkx (AF5 / AA25 / W21), and mcbsp3_fsx (AE5 / AD25 / K26) The following signals are available on two pins (triple muxed): mcbsp3_dx (U17/ Y24/ P3), mcbsp3_dr (T20/ AA24 / N3), mcbsp3_clkx (T17/ AD22 / U3), mcbsp3_fsx (P20/ AD21 / W3) The following signals are available on two pins only (double muxed): mcbsp3_dx (V6/W18), mcbsp3_dr (V5/Y18), mcbsp3_clkx (W4/V18), and mcbsp3_fsx (V4/AA19) GP Timer The following signals are available on three pins (triple muxed): gpt8_pwm_evt (N8 / AD25 / V3), gpt9_pwm_evt (T8 / AB26 / Y2), gpt10_pwm_evt (R8 / AB25 / Y3), and gpt11_pwm_evt (P8 / AA25 / Y4) The following signals are available on three pins (triple muxed): gpt8_pwm_evt (C5/AD21/V9), gpt9_pwm_evt (B4/W8/Y24), gpt10_pwm_evt(C4/U8/AA24), gpt11_pwm_evt(B5/V8/AD22) The following signals are available on two pins only (double muxed): gpt8_pwm_evt (G4/M4), gpt9_pwm_evt (F4/N4), gpt10_pwm_evt (G5/N3), and gpt11_pwm_evt (F3/M5) McBSP4 The following signals are available on two pins (double muxed): mcbsp4_clkx (T8/AE1), mcbsp4_dr (R8/AD1), mcbsp4_dx (P8/AD2), mcbsp4_fsx (N8/AC1) The following signals are available on two pins (double muxed): mcbsp4_clkx (B4 / V3), mcbsp4_dr (C4 / U4), mcbsp4_dx (B5 / R3), mcbsp4_fsx (C5 / T3) The following signals are available on one pin only: mcbsp4_clkx (F4), mcbsp4_dr (G5), mcbsp4_dx (F3), mcbsp4_fsx (G4) HSUSB3_TLL Supported Supported Not supported MM_FSUSB3 Supported Supported Not supported McSPI1 Four chip-select pins are available Four chip-select pins are available Chip-select pins mcspi1_cs1 and mcspi_cs2 are not available MMC3 The following signals are available on two pins (double muxed): mmc3_cmd (AC3 / AE10), and mmc3_clk (AB1 / AF10) The following signals are available on two pins (double muxed): mmc3_cmd (R8 / AB3), mmc3_clk (R9 / AB2) The following signals are available on one pin only: mmc3_cmd (AD3), and mmc3_clk (AC1) Pin Assignments Package-On-Package (POP) Interface Discrete Memory Interface GPMC OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 Applications Processors Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 5 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 1-1. Differences Between CBB, CBC, and CUS Packages (continued) FEATURE CBB PACKAGE CBC PACKAGE CUS PACKAGE A maximum of 170 GPIO pins are supported. GPIO A maximum of 188 GPIO pins are supported. A maximum of 188 GPIO pins are supported. The following GPIO pins are not available: gpio_112, gpio_113, gpio_114, gpio_115, gpio_52, gpio_53, gpio_63, gpio_64, gpio_144, gpio_145, gpio_146, gpio_147, gpio_152, gpio_153, gpio_154, gpio_155, gpio_175, and gpio_176. Pin muxing restricts the total number of GPIO pins available at one time. For more details, see Table 2-4, Multiplexing Characteristics (CUS Pkg.). 6 OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 Applications Processors Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 1 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 OMAP3515 and OMAP3503 Applications Processors ............................................... 1 ............................................. 1 .......................................... 2 1.3 Description ........................................... 3 1.4 Functional Block Diagram ........................... 4 Revision History .............................................. 8 2 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION ............................. 9 2.1 Terminal Assignment ................................ 9 2.2 Pin Assignments .................................... 13 2.3 Ball Characteristics ................................. 26 2.4 Multiplexing Characteristics ........................ 85 2.5 Signal Description .................................. 93 3 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS ............... 118 3.1 Power Domains ................................... 118 3.2 Absolute Maximum Ratings ....................... 120 3.3 Recommended Operating Conditions ............. 122 3.4 DC Electrical Characteristics ...................... 124 3.5 Core Voltage Decoupling ......................... 127 3.6 Power-up and Power-down ....................... 129 4 CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS .......................... 133 4.1 Input Clock Specifications ......................... 134 1.1 Features 1.2 Applications 5 6 7 ....................... ..................... VIDEO DAC SPECIFICATIONS .................... 5.1 Interface Description .............................. 4.2 Output Clock Specifications 139 4.3 DPLL and DLL Specifications 141 147 5.2 147 Electrical Specifications Over Recommended Operating Conditions .............................. 149 5.3 Analog Supply (vdda_dac) Noise Requirements 151 5.4 External Component Value Choice 152 . ............... TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS ................................. 153 ........................... ..................... 6.3 Timing Parameters ................................ 6.4 External Memory Interfaces ....................... 6.5 Video Interfaces ................................... 6.6 Serial Communications Interfaces ................ 6.7 Removable Media Interfaces ...................... 6.8 Test Interfaces .................................... PACKAGE CHARACTERISTICS ................... 7.1 Package Thermal Resistance ..................... 7.2 Device Support .................................... 6.1 Timing Test Conditions 153 6.2 Interface Clock Specifications 153 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Contents 154 155 184 201 234 249 255 255 255 7 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Revision History NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version. This data manual revision history table highlights the technical changes made to the SPRS505F devicespecific data manual to make it an SPRS505H revision. SEE ADDITIONS/MODIFICATIONS/DELETIONS General • • • Added Android to list of supported Operating Systems 3D Mobile Gaming not supported Updated/Changed incorrect cross-references Section 1.2 Applications • • Created Applications section Updated/Changed supported applications Table 1-1 • Differences Between • CBB, CBC, and CUS Packages 8 Moved table to appear after the Functional Block Diagram Updated/Changed the GPIO FEATURE row CUS PACKAGE column "For more details, see ..." crossreference to Multiplexing Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) table Section 3.3 Recommended Operating Conditions • Added the paragraph, "The information in the notes below....." Section 6.5.1 Camera Interface • Updated/Changed the paragraph, "The camera subsystem provides..." Contents Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 2 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 2.1 Terminal Assignment Figure 2-1 through Figure 2-5 show the ball locations for the 515- and 423- ball plastic ball grid array (sPBGA) packages. through Table 2-25 indicate the signal names and ball grid numbers for both packages. Note: There are no balls present on the top of the 423-ball s-PBGA package. AH AG AF AE AD AC AB AA Y W V U T R P N M L K J H G F E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 030-001 Figure 2-1. OMAP3515/03 Applications Processor CBB s-PBGA-N515 Package (Bottom View) Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 9 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com AC AB AA Y W V U T R P N M L K J H G F E D C B A 23 22 21 19 20 17 18 15 16 11 13 14 12 9 10 5 7 6 8 1 3 4 2 030-002 Balls A1, A2, A22, A23, AB1, AB2, AB22, AB23, AC1, AC2, AC22, AC23, B1, B2, B22, and B23 are unused. Figure 2-2. OMAP3515/03 Applications Processor CBB s-PBGA-N515 Package (Top View) 10 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 AF AE AD AC AB AA Y W V U T R P N M L K J H G F E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Figure 2-3. OMAP3515/03 Applications Processor CBC s-PBGA-515 Package (Bottom View) Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 11 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com AA Y W V U T R P N M L K J H G F E D C B A 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Figure 2-4. OMAP3515/03 Applications Processor CBC s-PBGA-515 Package (Top View) 12 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 AD AC AB AA Y W V U T R P N M L K J H G F E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Figure 2-5. OMAP3515/03 Applications Processor CUS s-PBGA-N423 Package (Bottom View) 2.2 2.2.1 Pin Assignments Pin Map (Top View) The following pin maps show the top views of the 515-pin sPBGA package [CBB], the 515-pin sPBGA package [CBC], and the 423-pin sPBGA package [CUS] pin assignments in four quadrants (A, B, C, and D). Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 13 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 1 2 3 4 vss sdrc_a0 vdds_mem sdrc_dqs0 vss sdrc_a2 sdrc_a1 vdds_mem A pop_a1_a1 pop_a2_a2 B pop_b1_b1 5 www.ti.com 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 sdrc_d5 vdds_mem sdrc_d7 sdrc_dqs2 sdrc_d21 vdds_mem sdrc_clk sdrc_nclk sdrc_d2 sdrc_dm0 vdds_mem sdrc_d6 sdrc_d17 sdrc_dm2 vdds_mem sdrc_d22 sdrc_d9 C sdrc_a8 sdrc_a7 sdrc_a6 sdrc_a4 sdrc_a3 sdrc_d1 vss sdrc_d3 sdrc_d4 vss sdrc_d18 sdrc_d20 vss sdrc_d8 D sdrc_a12 sdrc_a11 sdrc_a10 sdrc_a9 sdrc_a5 sdrc_d0 vss vdd_core vdd_core vss sdrc_d16 sdrc_d19 vss sdrc_d23 E sdrc_a14 sdrc_a13 vss vss sdrc_ba0 sdrc_ba1 sdrc_ncs0 sdrc_ncs1 sdrc_ncas sdrc_nras F vdds_mem vdds_mem G gpmc_nadv gpmc_nwe _ale gpmc_noe gpmc_nbe0 gpmc_ncs0 _cle NC H gpmc_nwp gpmc_d8 J vdds_mem vdds_mem gpmc_ncs1 vdd_core vss vdd_core gpmc_wait3 vdd_mpu vdd_mpu vdd_mpu vss vss vdd_mpu vss vss vdd_mpu vss vdd_mpu vdd_mpu K gpmc_d0 gpmc_d9 gpmc_a10 gpmc_a4 gpmc_wait2 L gpmc_d1 gpmc_d2 gpmc_a9 gpmc_a3 gpmc_wait1 vdd_mpu vdd_mpu M pop_y23 _m1 pop_k2_m2 gpmc_a8 gpmc_a2 gpmc_wait0 vdd_mpu vdd_mpu gpmc_a7 gpmc_a1 gpmc_ncs7 vss vdd_mpu vss vss gpmc_ncs6 vss vss N pop_u1_n1 pop_l2_n2 P gpmc_d10 A. gpmc_d3 Top Views are provided to assist in hardware debugging efforts. Figure 2-6. CBB Pin Map [Quadrant A - Top View] 14 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 15 16 17 18 pop_a12 _a15 sdrc_dm1 sdrc_dqs1 vdds_mem pop_b12 _b15 sdrc_d11 sdrc_d14 sdrc_d10 vdds_mem sdrc_d13 sdrc_d24 vdd_core vdds_mem sdrc_d12 sdrc_d15 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 pop_a23 _a28 A sdrc_d25 sdrc_dqs3 sdrc_d29 vdds_mem cam_vs cam_hs cam_d5 vss pop_a22 _a27 vdds_mem sdrc_d26 sdrc_d27 sdrc_d30 vdds_mem cam_wen cam_d2 cam_d10 cam_xclkb vss pop_b23 _b28 B vss sdrc_dm3 sdrc_d31 vss cam_fld cam_d3 cam_xclka cam_d11 cam_pclk vdds_mem C vss sdrc_d28 vss vdd_core vdd_core cam_d4 cam_strobe dss_hsync dss_vsync dss_pclk D vdd_core vdds dss_data6 dss_acbias dss_data20 E vdds dss_data16 dss_data9 sdrc_nwe sdrc_cke0 sdrc_cke1 uart3_cts _rctx uart3_rts _sd uart3_rx _irrx uart3_tx _irtx vdd_mpu vss vss vdd_core vdd_core vdd_core i2c1_sda vdds_dpll _dll vss vss vdd_core vss vdd_core i2c1_scl vss vss cap_vdd _sram_core vdd_core vdd_core vss mcbsp2_dx vdd_core vdd_core vdd_core mcbsp2 _clkx vss vdd_core mcbsp2_fsx dss_data8 dss_data7 F vss vdds_mem G vdds H dss_data19 dss_data18 dss_data17 dss_data21 pop_h22 _j27 pop_k1_j28 J vdds_mmc1 mcbsp1_fsx cam_d8 cam_d6 K vss cam_d9 cam_d7 L pop_k22 _m26 mmc1_cmd vss M hdq_sio mmc1_dat2 mmc1_dat1 mmc1_dat0 mmc1_clk vdds_ mmc1a N mmc1_dat5 mmc1_dat4 mmc1_dat3 P Figure 2-7. CBB Pin Map [Quadrant B - Top View] Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 15 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com gpmc_ncs5 vdd_mpu vdd_mpu gpmc_clk gpmc_ncs4 vdd_mpu vdd_mpu gpmc_nbe1 NC gpmc_ncs3 vss vdd_mpu gpmc_d6 mcspi2 _cs1 cap_vdd _sram _mpu gpmc_ncs2 vss vss W gpmc_d14 gpmc_d7 vss vdds uart1_cts vdd_mpu vss vdd_mpu vdd_mpu vss vss Y gpmc_d15 mcspi2_ simo mcspi2 _somi mcspi2 _cs0 uart1_rx vdd_mpu vdd_mpu vdd_mpu vss vss vdd_mpu uart1_tx uart1_rts jtag_rtck jtag_tck vdds_wkup _bg etk_d10 vdds vdd_core etk_ctl etk_d4 vss etk_d3 sys_boot2 mcbsp3_dx etk_d11 vdds etk_d8 etk_clk etk_d0 vss etk_d6 i2c3_scl vss etk_d12 etk_d14 etk_d9 pop_ab8 _ag10 pop_ab9 _ag11 etk_d1 pop_ab11 _ag13 i2c3_sda etk_d13 etk_d15 etk_d5 pop_ac13 _ah10 pop_ac9 _ah11 etk_d2 pop_ac11 _ah13 etk_d7 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 R gpmc_d11 gpmc_d12 gpmc_a6 vdds_mem T gpmc_d4 gpmc_d13 gpmc_a5 U vdds_mem vss V gpmc_d5 AA pop_aa1 _aa1 pop_aa2 _aa2 mcspi2_clk mcspi1 _somi AB mcspi1 _cs2 mcspi1 _cs3 mcspi1_clk mcspi1 _simo AC mcbsp4 _fsx mcspi1 _cs0 mcspi1_cs1 vdd_core AD mcbsp4_dr mcbsp4_dx vdds vdds mmc2_clk mmc2_dat7 mmc2_dat4 mcbsp3_fsx mcbsp3_dr AE mcbsp4 _clkx AF pop_ac8 _af1 pop_u2 _af2 AG pop_ab1 _ag1 vss AH pop_ac1 _ah1 pop_ac2 _ah2 1 2 mmc2_dat6 mmc2_dat3 vss mcbsp3 _clkx mmc2_dat2 mmc2_cmd mmc2_dat5 mmc2_dat1 mmc2_dat0 vdds_mem 3 jtag_emu1 jtag_emu0 4 5 6 Figure 2-8. CBB Pin Map [Quadrant C - Top View] 16 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 vss vss mcbsp2_dr mmc1_dat7 vdd_core vss mcbsp_clks hsusb0_stp hsusb0_nxt vdd_core vss vdd_mpu vdds_sram vss vdd_core vss vdd_mpu vdd_core vss vdd_core vdd_core cap_vdd _wkup vdds_dpll _per jtag_ntrst jtag_tms _tmsc jtag_tdo vdd_core vdd_core vdd_core vdd_core jtag_tdi hsusb0 _data0 hsusb0_clk T hsusb0 _data2 hsusb0 _data1 U mcbsp1_dx vdda_dac hsusb0 _data7 hsusb0 _data6 hsusb0 _data5 V mcbsp1 _clkx vss tv_vref tv_vfb2 tv_out2 W mcbsp1 _clkr vss vssa_dac tv_out1 Y mcbsp1_fsr uart2_tx vss dss_data15 dss_data14 AA uart2_rts uart2_cts dss_data13 dss_data12 AB vss vss dss_data22 dss_data23 AC uart2_rx i2c4_scl dss_data11 dss_data10 AD sys_32k i2c4_sda vdds pop_aa23 _ae28 AE sys_nirq pop_aa22 _af27 pop_h23 _af28 AF vdds pop_ab23 _ag28 AG pop_ac22 _ah27 pop_ac23 _ah28 AH 27 28 sys_xtalin vdd_core vss sys_boot5 sys_clkout2 i2c2_scl vdds sys_xtalout sys_boot3 sys_boot4 vss sys_boot6 pop_ab13 _ag15 vss cam_d0 gpio_114 gpio_112 vdds vdds pop_ac14 _ah16 cam_d1 gpio_115 gpio_113 cap_vdd_d vss dss_data1 dss_data3 dss_data5 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 15 R hsusb0 _data4 vdds pop_l1 _ah15 hsusb0 _data3 mmc1_dat6 hsusb0_dir mcbsp1_dr i2c2_sda vdd_core vss sys_off _mode vdds vdds dss_data0 dss_data2 vdd_core sys_clkreq sys _nreswarm dss_data4 sys_clkout1 sys_boot1 sys sys_boot0 _nrespwron 25 26 tv_vfb1 Figure 2-9. CBB Pin Map [Quadrant D - Top View] Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 17 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 1 www.ti.com 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 A pop_a1_a1 NC gpmc_ncs2 NC NC vss NC vss NC NC NC NC vss B NC vss gpmc_wait2 gpmc_ncs4 gpmc_ncs6 gpmc_ncs3 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC C i2c2_sda i2c2_scl sys_boot2 gpmc_ncs5 gpmc_ncs7 gpmc_wait3 NC NC NC NC vdds vss NC D gpmc_a9 gpmc_a10 sys_boot1 sys_boot6 vss NC vdds vss NC vss vdd_mpu E gpmc_a7 gpmc_a8 sys_boot3 sys_boot4 F gpmc_a5 gpmc_a6 sys_boot0 NC G vss gpmc_a4 sys_boot5 vdds NC vss vdd_mpu vss vdd_core vdd_mpu NC H gpmc_a2 gpmc_a3 uart1_rx vss vdd_mpu NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC vdds_dpll J gpmc_nbe1 gpmc_a1 NC NC K vss gpmc_nbe0 mmc2_dat7 _cle NC NC NC NC NC L pop_j1_l1 gpmc_d14 mmc2_dat6 uart1_tx vdds NC vdd_mpu vss M gpmc_nwe gpmc_d15 mmc2_dat5 vdds vdd_core NC vdd_mpu vdd_mpu gpmc_noe mcbsp3_dr vss vdd_mpu vdd_mpu cap_vdd _sram_mpu vss N gpmc_clk A. vdd_mpu Top Views are provided to assist in hardware debugging efforts. Figure 2-10. CBC Pin Map [Quadrant A - Top View] 18 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 NC NC NC NC vdds NC pop_b16 _a20 NC NC cam_wen cam_d2 pop_a20 _a25 pop_a21 _a26 A NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC cam_fld cam_d3 vss pop_b21 _b26 B NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC cam_hs cam_d5 cam_xclka cam_pclk C vss vdd_core NC NC vss NC vss NC NC cam_vs cam_d4 vss NC vdds uart3_cts _rctx uart3_rts _sd cam_d10 cam_strobe D cam_xclkb cam_d11 dss_data20 dss_acbias E F NC NC NC NC vdd_core NC vss vss uart3_tx _irtx dss_pclk dss_data6 G NC NC NC NC NC NC vdd_core NC uart3_rx _irrx dss_data7 dss_data8 H NC vdds NC NC vdds NC NC hdq_sio i2c1_sda i2c1_scl dss_data9 J cap_vdd _wkup vss NC NC mmc1_dat2 NC cap_vdd _sram _core NC dss_hsync vss pop_h21 _k26 K vss mmc1_cmd vss vdds vss vdds vdd_core mmc1_dat1 mmc1_dat0 mmc1_dat4 vss NC mmc1_clk mmc1_dat3 NC dss_data16 dss_data17 L dss_data18 dss_vsync dss_data19 M vdds_mmc1 dss_data21 cam_d8 cam_d9 N Figure 2-11. CBC Pin Map [Quadrant B - Top View] Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 19 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 P gpmc_d13 NC mcbsp3_dx NC R vss uart1_rts mcbsp4_dx vss T gpmc_d10 pop_n2_t2 mcbsp4_fsx U gpmc_d12 gpmc_d11 V gpmc_d8 W vss Y gpmc_d9 pop_t2_y2 AA gpmc_d1 AB AC etk_d9 mcbsp3 _clkx www.ti.com mcspi1 _somi mcspi1_clk vdd_mpu mcspi1_cs0 mcspi1_cs1 mcspi1_cs2 mmc2_cmd vdds vdd_core mcbsp4_dr vdd_mpu mcbsp4 _clkx mcspi1 _simo mcspi1_cs3 mmc2_dat1 mmc2_dat0 mcspi2 _somi mmc2_dat3 mmc2_dat2 vdd_mpu vdd_mpu mcspi2_cs0 mcspi2_cs1 mmc2_dat4 NC vdd_mpu vdds_sram vdd_mpu sys_off _mode sys_ nrespwron NC jtag_rtck vss mcspi2_clk mcspi2 _simo vdd_mpu etk_d4 vdds vss vdd_core vdd_mpu vss vdd_mpu vdd_core jtag_tdo gpmc_d0 etk_d3 etk_d8 etk_d5 etk_clk etk_ctl i2c3_scl vss gpmc_d3 gpmc_d2 etk_d0 i2c3_sda gpmc_d7 gpmc_nwp vdds gpmc_wait1 NC vss gpmc_wait0 NC NC etk_d7 etk_d2 etk_d1 gpmc_d6 gpmc_d5 sys_ gpmc_ncs0 nreswarm NC gpmc_nadv _ale NC NC NC AD gpmc_ncs1 uart1_cts mcbsp3_fsx mmc2_clk sys_clkout2 AE NC pop_w2 _ae2 etk_d6 etk_d10 gpmc_d4 etk_d12 vss NC etk_d15 vdds NC NC NC AF pop_aa1 _af1 NC NC pop_y2 _af4 pop_aa6 _af5 etk_d11 etk_d13 pop_y7 _af8 etk_d14 pop_y9 _af10 NC pop_aa10 _af12 pop_aa11 _af13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Figure 2-12. CBC Pin Map [Quadrant C - Top View] 20 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 mmc1_dat5 mmc1_dat6 mmc1_dat7 mcbsp1_fsx vdds _mmc1a NC cam_d6 cam_d7 P vss mcbsp2 _clkx mcbsp2_dx vdd_core NC NC NC NC R mcbsp1 _clkx mcbsp2_dr mcbsp _clks mcbsp1_dr vss vdds NC NC T vdds_dpll _per jtag_ntrst jtag_tdi mcbsp1_dx mcbsp2 _fsx mcbsp1 _clkr hsusb0_stp NC tv_vfb2 vss pop_p21 _u26 U jtag_tck jtag_tms _tmsc sys_nirq mcbsp1_fsr hsusb0 _data2 hsusb0_dir hsusb0 _data0 tv_vref vssa_dac vdda_dac tv_out2 V i2c4_sda hsusb0 _data4 hsusb0_nxt hsusb0_clk hsusb0 _data3 vss vdds tv_vfb1 tv_out1 W vss hsusb0 _data7 hsusb0 _data1 NC uart2_cts dss_data13 vss Y NC uart2_rts dss_data12 dss_data14 AA vss NC vdds dss_data23 dss_data15 AB dss_data22 dss_data10 AC vdds_wkup sys_clkreq _bg jtag_emu1 jtag_emu0 hsusb0 _data5 hsusb0 _data6 NC vdds vss NC vdds vss NC vdd_core NC NC vdds vss i2c4_scl gpio_113 gpio_112 vdds vdds vdds uart2_rx uart2_tx dss_data4 dss_data5 sys_clkout1 cam_d1 cam_d0 gpio_115 gpio_114 cap_vdd_d sys_32k dss_data0 dss_data1 pop_aa12 _af14 pop_aa13 _af15 pop_aa14 _af16 pop_y14 _af17 pop_aa17 _af18 sys_xtalin sys_xtalout pop_y17 _af21 pop_aa19 _af22 vss 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 vss dss_data11 AD pop_y20 _ae25 pop_y21 _ae26 AE pop_y19 _af24 pop_aa20 _af25 pop_aa21 _af26 AF 24 25 26 dss_data2 dss_data3 Figure 2-13. CBC Pin Map [Quadrant D - Top View] Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 21 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 1 2 A NC NC B NC sdrc_a4 3 sdrc_a3 C gpmc_wait0 gpmc_wait3 sdrc_a5 gpmc_ncs3 sdrc_a10 E gpmc_nwp gpmc_ncs0 sdrc_a6 D www.ti.com 4 5 sdrc_a0 sdrc_dqs0 sdrc_a1 sdrc_d3 sdrc_d1 F gpmc_nadv gpmc_noe gpmc_ncs6 gpmc_ncs4 _ale gpmc_a10 gpmc_nwe gpmc_ncs7 gpmc_ncs5 G 6 7 8 sdrc_dm2 sdrc_dqs2 sdrc_dm0 sdrc_d7 sdrc_d18 sdrc_d2 sdrc_a2 10 11 sdrc_clk sdrc_nclk sdrc_d19 sdrc_d21 sdrc_d8 sdrc_d6 sdrc_d16 sdrc_d20 sdrc_d9 sdrc_d0 sdrc_d4 sdrc_d5 sdrc_d22 sdrc_a10 sdrc_a9 sdrc_a8 sdrc_d17 sdrc_a7 sdrc_a13 sdrc_a14 vdd_mpu vdd_core sdrc_a11 sdrc_a12 vdd_mpu vdd_mpu vdd_core vdd_mmc1a vdd_mpu vdd_mpu vss vdd_core vdd_mpu vss vss vss vss vss vdd_mpu vdd_mpu vss vss vdd_mpu H gpmc_a8 gpmc_a9 gpmc_ncs1 J gpmc_a7 gpmc_a6 gpmc_a5 gpmc_a4 vdds_mem vdds_mem vdds_mem gpmc_a3 gpmc_a2 gpmc_a1 gpmc_nbe0 vdds_mem vdds_mem vdds_mem _cle K L gpmc_nbe1 gpmc_d0 M A. gpmc_d1 gpmc_d2 9 vdd_mpu vss gpmc_d4 mcspi2_cs1 mcspi2_cs0 vdd_mpu vdd_mpu vdd_mpu vss 12 sdrc_d10 Top Views are provided to assist in hardware debugging efforts. Figure 2-14. CUS Pin Map [Quadrant A - Top View] 22 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 13 14 sdrc_dqs1 sdrc_d14 sdrc_dm1 sdrc_d13 16 17 19 20 sdrc_dm3 sdrc_dqs3 sdrc_ncs0 sdrc_nwe sdrc_d15 sdrc_d27 sdrc_d30 sdrc_d31 sdrc_ncs1 sdrc_cke0 sdrc_d12 sdrc_d26 sdrc_d28 sdrc_ba0 sdrc_ncas sdrc_cke1 sdrc_d11 sdrc_d25 sdrc_d29 sdrc_ba1 sdrc_nras sdrc_d23 sdrc_d24 vdds_mem cam_vs 15 18 21 cam_d5 22 23 24 cam_hs uart3_cts _rctx hdq_sio A cam_xclka uart3_rts _sd uart3_rx _irrx B cam_xclkb vdds_mem vdds_mem cam_wen cam_d3 vdd_core vdds_mem vdds_mem vdds_dpll _dll cam_d2 cam_d4 cam_d10 dss_vsync cam_d11 dss_pclk vdd_core vss vdds_mem vss cap_vdd _sram_core vss vss vss vss vdd_core vdd_core cam_pclk cam_strobe dss_acbias dss_data16 vss vss vdd_core vdd_core vdd_core vss vdd_core vdd_core vss vss vdd_core vdd_core vdds vdds i2c1_scl i2c1_sda dss_data21 dss_data8 E dss_data9 F dss_data17 dss_data18 G dss_data19 vdds C dss_data20 dss_data6 D dss_hsync dss_data7 vdd_core vss uart3_tx _irtx cam_fld cam_d8 H J cam_d9 cam_d7 K mmc1_cmd cam_d6 L mmc1_dat2 mmc1_dat1 mmc1_dat0 mmc1_clk M Figure 2-15. CUS Pin Map [Quadrant B - Top View] Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 23 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 gpmc-d3 N mcspi2 _somi mcspi2 _somo www.ti.com mcspi2 _clk vdd_mpu vdd_mpu vss vss vss vss vss vss vss vss vss vdd_mpu vss P gpmc_d5 gpmc_d6 R gpmc_d7 gpmc_d8 gpmc_d11 mcspi1 _simo mcspi1 _cs3 vdd_mpu vdd_mpu vdd_mpu T gpmc_d9 gpmc_d12 mcspi1 _somi mcspi1 _clk mcspi1 _cs0 vdd_mpu vdd_mpu vss vss vss vss U gpmc_d10 gpmc_d13 cap_vdd _sram_mpu vss vdds vss vdd_mpu V gpmc_d14 gpmc_d15 mmc2_dat3 mcbsp3_fsx mcbsp3_dr mcbsp3_dx uart1_rx vdds vdds vdd_mpu uart1_tx vdds vdds vdd_mpu sys_clkout1 vdds sys_ nreswarm sys_clkout2 jtag_rtck jtag_tms _tmsc sys_ nrespwron vdds_sram mmc2_cmd jtag_tck jtag_ntrst jtag_tdo jtag_tdi sys_boot0 etk_d4 etk_d1 etk_d2 etk_d6 etk_d11 etk_d12 etk_d9 etk_d0 etk_d3 etk_d7 5 6 8 9 gpmc_clk mmc2_dat2 mcbsp3_ clkx W Y uart1_rts mmc2_clk mmc2_dat6 mmc2_dat1 AA mmc2_dat7 mmc2_dat5 mmc2_dat4 mmc2_dat0 AB AC etk_clk uart1_cts etk_d10 AD NC etk_d5 etk_ctl 1 2 3 etk_d8 4 7 10 cap_vdd _wkup etk_d14 i2c3_sda etk_d13 etk_d15 11 12 Figure 2-16. CUS Pin Map [Quadrant C - Top View] 24 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 vss vss vss vss vss vss vss vss vss vdd_core vdd_core vdd_core vss vss vss vss vdd_core vdd_core vdd_core vdd_mpu vss vss vss vdds_dpll _per vdd_mpu vss vss vdd_mpu vss sys_clkreq vss vdds vdds vdds mmc1_dat6 mmc1_dat5 mmc1_dat4 mmc1_dat3 vdds_mmc1 N hsusb0_dir mmc1_dat7 P mcbsp2_dx hsusb0_clk hsusb0_nxt hsusb0_stp mcbsp2 _clkx vdd_core mcbsp2 _fsx hsusb0 _data7 R hsusb0 _data1 hsusb0 _data0 T hsusb0 _data3 hsusb0 _data2 U dss_data22 dss_data15 hsusb0 _data5 dss_data23 dss_data14 hsusb0 _data6 hsusb0 _data4 W dss_data13 tv_vfb2 tv_vref Y mcbsp1 _clkx mcbsp2_dr sys_nirq mcbsp1 _dx mcbsp1 _clkr i2c4_sda i2c4_scl mcbsp1 _dr vdds_wkup _bg sys_boot6 sys_32k mcbsp _clks mcbsp1 _fsx vdda_dac vssa_dac sys_boot5 cam_d0 dss_data1 mcbsp1 _fsr i2c2_scl sys_boot1 sys_boot4 cam_d1 dss_data0 dss_data3 dss_data5 dss_data10 dss_data11 jtag_emu0 AC sys_boot2 sys_boot3 dss_data2 dss_data4 17 18 20 21 i2c3_scl i2c2_sda sys_xtalout sys_xtalin 13 14 15 16 19 V tv_out2 dss_data12 tv_vfb1 sys_off_ mode 22 23 AA tv_out1 AB jtag_emu1 AD 24 Figure 2-17. CUS Pin Map [Quadrant D - Top View] Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 25 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 2.3 www.ti.com Ball Characteristics through describe the terminal characteristics and the signals multiplexed on each pin for the CBB, CBC, and CUS packages, respectively. The following list describes the table column headers. 1. BALL BOTTOM: Ball number(s) on the bottom side associated with each signal(s) on the bottom. 2. BALL TOP: Ball number(s) on the top side associated with each signal(s) on the top. 3. PIN NAME: Names of signals multiplexed on each ball (also notice that the name of the pin is the signal name in mode 0). Note: through do not take into account subsystem pin multiplexing options. Subsystem pin multiplexing options are described in Section 2.5, Signal Descriptions. 4. MODE: Multiplexing mode number. (a) Mode 0 is the primary mode; this means that when mode 0 is set, the function mapped on the pin corresponds to the name of the pin. There is always a function mapped on the primary mode. Notice that primary mode is not necessarily the default mode. Note: The default mode is the mode which is automatically configured on release of the internal GLOBAL_PWRON reset; also see the RESET REL. MODE column. (b) Modes 1 to 7 are possible modes for alternate functions. On each pin, some modes are effectively used for alternate functions, while some modes are not used and do not correspond to a functional configuration. 5. TYPE: Signal direction – I = Input – O = Output – I/O = Input/Output – D = Open drain – DS = Differential – A = Analog Note: In the safe_mode, the buffer is configured in high-impedance. 6. BALL RESET STATE: The state of the terminal at reset (power up). – 0: The buffer drives VOL (pulldown/pullup resistor not activated) 0(PD): The buffer drives VOL with an active pulldown resistor. – 1: The buffer drives VOH (pulldown/pullup resistor not activated) 1(PU): The buffer drives VOH with an active pullup resistor. – Z: High-impedance – L: High-impedance with an active pulldown resistor – H : High-impedance with an active pullup resistor 7. BALL RESET REL. STATE: The state of the terminal at reset release. – 0: The buffer drives VOL (pulldown/pullup resistor not activated) 0(PD): The buffer drives VOL with an active pulldown resistor. – 1: The buffer drives VOH (pulldown/pullup resistor not activated) 1(PU): The buffer drives VOH with an active pullup resistor. – Z: High-impedance – L: High-impedance with an active pulldown resistor – H : High-impedance with an active pullup resistor 8. RESET REL. MODE: This mode is automatically configured on release of the internal GLOBAL_PWRON reset. 9. POWER: The voltage supply that powers the terminal’s I/O buffers. 10. HYS: Indicates if the input buffer is with hysteresis. 11. BUFFER STRENGTH: Drive strength of the associated output buffer. 12. PULL U/D - TYPE: Denotes the presence of an internal pullup or pulldown resistor. Pullup and pulldown resistors can be enabled or disabled via software. 26 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Note: The pullup/pulldown drive strength is equal to 100 μA except for CBB balls P27, P26, R27, and R25 and CUS balls N22, N21, N20, and P24, which the pulldown drive strength is equal to 1.8 kΩ. 13. IO CELL: IO cell information. Note: Configuring two pins to the same input signal is not supported as it can yield unexpected results. This can be easily prevented with the proper software configuration. Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.) (1) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] D6 J2 sdrc_d0 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C6 J1 sdrc_d1 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B6 G2 sdrc_d2 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C8 G1 sdrc_d3 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C9 F2 sdrc_d4 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS A7 F1 sdrc_d5 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B9 D2 sdrc_d6 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS A9 D1 sdrc_d7 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C14 B13 sdrc_d8 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B14 A13 sdrc_d9 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C15 B14 sdrc_d10 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B16 A14 sdrc_d11 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS D17 B16 sdrc_d12 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C17 A16 sdrc_d13 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B17 B19 sdrc_d14 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS D18 A19 sdrc_d15 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS D11 B3 sdrc_d16 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B10 A3 sdrc_d17 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C11 B5 sdrc_d18 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS D12 A5 sdrc_d19 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C12 B8 sdrc_d20 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS A11 A8 sdrc_d21 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B13 B9 sdrc_d22 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS D14 A9 sdrc_d23 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C18 B21 sdrc_d24 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS A19 A21 sdrc_d25 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B19 D22 sdrc_d26 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B20 D23 sdrc_d27 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS D20 E22 sdrc_d28 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS A21 E23 sdrc_d29 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B21 G22 sdrc_d30 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C21 G23 sdrc_d31 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H9 AB21 sdrc_ba0 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS H10 AC21 sdrc_ba1 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS A4 N22 sdrc_a0 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS B4 N23 sdrc_a1 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS B3 P22 sdrc_a2 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS C5 P23 sdrc_a3 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS C4 R22 sdrc_a4 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS D5 R23 sdrc_a5 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS C3 T22 sdrc_a6 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS C2 T23 sdrc_a7 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS C1 U22 sdrc_a8 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS D4 U23 sdrc_a9 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS D3 V22 sdrc_a10 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS D2 V23 sdrc_a11 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS (1) NA in this table stands for "Not Applicable". Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 27 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] D1 W22 sdrc_a12 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS E2 W23 sdrc_a13 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS E1 Y22 sdrc_a14 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS H11 M22 sdrc_ncs0 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS H12 M23 sdrc_ncs1 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS A13 A11 sdrc_clk 0 IO L 0 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS A14 B11 sdrc_nclk 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS H16 J22 sdrc_cke0 0 O H 1 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS safe_mode 7 sdrc_cke1 0 O H 1 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS safe_mode 7 H17 J23 H14 L23 sdrc_nras 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS H13 L22 sdrc_ncas 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS H15 K23 sdrc_nwe 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS B7 C1 sdrc_dm0 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS A16 A17 sdrc_dm1 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS B11 A6 sdrc_dm2 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS C20 A20 sdrc_dm3 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS A6 C2 sdrc_dqs0 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS A17 B17 sdrc_dqs1 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS A10 B6 sdrc_dqs2 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS A20 B20 sdrc_dqs3 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS N4 AC15 gpmc_a1 0 O L L 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_34 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a2 0 O L L 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_35 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a3 0 O L L 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_36 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a4 0 O L L 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_37 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a5 0 O L L 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_38 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a6 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_39 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a7 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_40 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a8 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_41 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a9 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS sys_ ndmareq2 1 I gpio_42 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a10 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS sys_ ndmareq3 1 I gpio_43 4 IO M4 L4 K4 T3 R3 N3 M3 L3 K3 28 AB15 AC16 AB16 AC17 AB17 AC18 AB18 AC19 AB19 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] safe_mode 7 K1 M2 gpmc_d0 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L1 M1 gpmc_d1 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L2 N2 gpmc_d2 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS P2 N1 gpmc_d3 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS T1 R2 gpmc_d4 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS V1 R1 gpmc_d5 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS V2 T2 gpmc_d6 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS W2 T1 gpmc_d7 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H2 AB3 gpmc_d8 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_44 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_d9 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_45 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_d10 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_46 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_d11 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_47 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_d12 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_48 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_d13 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_49 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_d14 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_50 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_d15 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_51 4 IO K2 P1 R1 R2 T2 W1 Y1 AC3 AB4 AC4 AB6 AC6 AB7 AC7 safe_mode 7 G4 Y2 gpmc_ncs0 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS H3 Y1 gpmc_ncs1 0 O H 1 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_52 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_ncs2 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_53 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_ncs3 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS sys_ ndmareq0 1 I gpio_54 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_ncs4 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS sys_ ndmareq1 1 I mcbsp4_ clkx 2 IO gpt9_pwm_e 3 vt IO gpio_55 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_ncs5 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS sys_ ndmareq2 1 I V8 U8 T8 R8 NA NA NA NA Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 29 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] P8 N8 T4 NA NA W2 PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] mcbsp4_dr 2 I gpt10_pwm_ 3 evt IO gpio_56 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_ncs6 0 O sys_ ndmareq3 1 I mcbsp4_dx 2 IO gpt11_pwm_ 3 evt IO gpio_57 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_ncs7 0 O gpmc_io_dir 1 O mcbsp4_fsx 2 IO gpt8_pwm_e 3 vt IO gpio_58 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_clk 0 O gpio_59 4 IO safe_mode 7 BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L 0 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS F3 W1 gpmc_nadv_ 0 ale O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS G2 V2 gpmc_noe 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS F4 V1 gpmc_nwe 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS G3 AC12 gpmc_nbe0_ 0 cle O L 0 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_60 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_nbe1 0 O L L 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_61 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_nwp 0 O L 0 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_62 4 IO U3 H1 NA AB10 safe_mode 7 M8 AB12 gpmc_wait0 0 I H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes NA PU/ PD LVCMOS L8 AC10 gpmc_wait1 0 I H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_63 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_wait2 0 I H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_64 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_wait3 0 I H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS sys_ ndmareq1 1 I gpio_65 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_pclk 0 O H H 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_66 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_hsync 0 O H H 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_67 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_vsync 0 O H H 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_68 4 IO K8 J8 D28 D26 D27 30 NA NA NA NA NA TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] E27 AG22 AH22 AG23 AH23 AG24 AH24 E26 F28 F27 G26 AD28 AD27 AB28 AB27 AA28 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] safe_mode 7 dss_acbias gpio_69 0 O L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data0 0 IO uart1_cts 2 I L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_70 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data1 0 IO uart1_rts 2 O L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_71 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data2 0 IO gpio_72 4 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS safe_mode 7 dss_data3 0 IO gpio_73 4 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS safe_mode 7 dss_data4 0 L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS IO uart3_rx_ irrx 2 I gpio_74 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data5 0 IO uart3_tx_ irtx 2 O gpio_75 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data6 0 IO uart1_tx 2 O gpio_76 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data7 0 IO uart1_rx 2 I gpio_77 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data8 0 IO gpio_78 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data9 0 IO gpio_79 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data10 0 IO gpio_80 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data11 0 IO gpio_81 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data12 0 IO gpio_82 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data13 0 IO gpio_83 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data14 0 IO gpio_84 4 IO safe_mode 7 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 31 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] AA27 dss_data15 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_85 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data16 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_86 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data17 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_87 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data18 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS mcspi3_clk 2 IO dss_data0 3 IO gpio_88 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data19 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS mcspi3_ simo 2 IO dss_data1 3 IO gpio_89 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data20 0 O H H 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS mcspi3_ somi 2 IO dss_data2 3 IO gpio_90 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data21 0 O L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS mcspi3_cs0 2 IO dss_data3 3 IO gpio_91 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data22 0 O L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS mcspi3_cs1 2 O dss_data4 3 IO gpio_92 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data23 0 O L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS dss_data5 3 IO gpio_93 4 IO safe_mode 7 G25 H27 H26 H25 E28 J26 AC27 AC28 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA W28 NA tv_out2 0 O Z 0 0 vdda_dac NA (2) NA 10-bit DAC Y28 NA tv_out1 0 O Z 0 0 vdda_dac NA (2) NA 10-bit DAC Y27 NA tv_vfb1 0 AO Z NA 0 vdda_dac NA (2) NA 10-bit DAC W27 NA tv_vfb2 0 AO Z NA 0 vdda_dac NA (2) NA 10-bit DAC W26 NA tv_vref 0 AO Z NA 0 vdda_dac NA (2) NA 10-bit DAC A24 NA cam_hs 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_94 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_vs 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_95 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_ xclka 0 O L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_96 4 IO safe_mode 7 A23 C25 (2) 32 NA NA The drive strength is fixed regardless of the load. The driver is designed to drive 75ohm for video applications. TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] C27 cam_pclk 0 I L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_97 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_fld L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes NA PU/PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes NA PU/PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes NA PU/PD LVCMOS PU/PD LVCMOS PU/PD LVCMOS PU/PD LVCMOS C23 AG17 AH17 B24 C24 D24 A25 K28 L28 K27 L27 B25 C26 B26 B23 D25 AG19 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 0 IO cam_global_r 2 eset IO gpio_98 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d0 0 I gpio_99 4 I safe_mode 7 cam_d1 0 I gpio_100 4 I safe_mode 7 cam_d2 0 I gpio_101 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d3 0 I gpio_102 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d4 0 I gpio_103 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d5 0 I gpio_104 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d6 0 I gpio_105 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d7 0 I gpio_106 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d8 0 I gpio_107 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d9 0 I gpio_108 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d10 0 I gpio_109 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d11 0 I gpio_110 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_ xclkb 0 O gpio_111 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_wen 0 8 NA L L 7 vdds Yes NA 8 NA L L 7 vdds Yes NA 8 NA L L 7 vdds Yes NA 8 NA I cam_ shutter 2 O gpio_167 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_ strobe 0 O gpio_126 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpio_112 4 I L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes NA PU/PD LVCMOS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 33 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] AH19 AG18 AH18 P21 N21 R21 M21 N28 M27 N27 N26 N25 P28 P27 P26 R27 R25 (3) (4) (5) 34 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] safe_mode 7 gpio_113 4 safe_mode 7 I L L 7 vdds Yes NA PU/PD LVCMOS gpio_114 4 safe_mode 7 I L L 7 vdds Yes NA PU/PD LVCMOS gpio_115 4 safe_mode 7 I L L 7 vdds Yes NA PU/PD LVCMOS mcbsp2_fsx gpio_116 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU/ PD LVCMOS 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp2_ clkx 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_117 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp2_dr 0 I gpio_118 4 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU/ PD LVCMOS safe_mode 7 mcbsp2_dx 0 IO gpio_119 4 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU/ PD LVCMOS safe_mode 7 mmc1_clk 0 O L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU/ PD (5) gpio_120 4 IO LVCMOS safe_mode 7 mmc1_cmd 0 IO gpio_121 4 IO L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU/ PD (5) LVCMOS safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat0 0 IO L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU/ PD (5) gpio_122 4 IO LVCMOS safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat1 0 IO gpio_123 4 IO L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU/ PD (5) LVCMOS safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat2 0 IO gpio_124 4 IO L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU/ PD safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat3 0 IO L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU/ PD (5) gpio_125 4 IO LVCMOS safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat4 0 IO gpio_126 4 IO L L 7 vdds_mmc1a No 8 PD (5) LVCMOS safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat5 0 IO L L 7 vdds_mmc1a No 8 PD (5) gpio_127 4 IO LVCMOS safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat6 0 IO gpio_128 4 IO L L 7 vdds_mmc1a No 8 PD (5) LVCMOS safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat7 0 IO gpio_129 4 IO L L 7 vdds_mmc1a No 8 PD safe_mode 7 (5) (5) LVCMOS LVCMOS The buffer strength of this IO cell is programmable (2, 4, 6, or 8 mA) according to the selected mode; the default value is described in the above table. The buffer strength of this IO cell is programmable (2, 4, 6, or 8 mA) according to the selected mode; the default value is described in the above table. The PU nominal drive strength of this IO cell is equal to 25 uA @ 1.8V and 41.6 uA @ 3.0V. The PD nominal drive strength of this IO cell is equal to 1 mA @ 1.8V and 1.66 mA @ 3.0V. TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] AE2 mmc2_clk 0 O L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS mcspi3_clk 1 IO gpio_130 4 IO safe_mode 7 H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS AG5 AH5 AH4 AG4 AF4 AE4 AH3 AF3 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA mmc2_ cmd 0 IO mcspi3_ simo 1 IO gpio_131 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat0 0 IO mcspi3_ somi 1 IO gpio_132 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat1 0 IO gpio_133 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat2 0 IO mcspi3_cs1 1 O gpio_134 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat3 0 IO mcspi3_cs0 1 IO gpio_135 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat4 0 IO mmc2_dir_da 1 t0 O mmc3_dat0 3 IO gpio_136 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat5 0 IO mmc2_dir_da 1 t1 O cam_global_r 2 eset IO mmc3_dat1 3 IO gpio_137 4 IO hsusb3_tll_st 5 p IO mm3_rxdp 6 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat6 0 IO mmc2_dir_ cmd 1 O cam_ shutter 2 O mmc3_dat2 3 IO gpio_138 4 IO hsusb3_tll_di 5 r IO safe_mode AE3 NA 7 mmc2_ dat7 0 IO mmc2_ clkin 1 I mmc3_dat3 3 IO gpio_139 4 IO hsusb3_tll_n 5 xt IO mm3_rxdm IO 6 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 35 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] AF6 AE6 AF5 AE5 AB26 AB25 AA25 AD25 AA8 AA9 W8 36 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] safe_mode 7 mcbsp3_dx uart2_cts 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS 1 I gpio_140 4 IO hsusb3_tll_ data4 5 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp3_dr 0 I L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS uart2_rts 1 O gpio_141 4 IO hsusb3_tll_ data5 5 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp3_ clkx 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS uart2_tx 1 O gpio_142 4 IO hsusb3_tll_ data6 5 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp3_fsx 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS uart2_rx 1 I gpio_143 4 IO hsusb3_tll_ data7 5 IO safe_mode 7 uart2_cts 0 I H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS mcbsp3_dx 1 IO gpt9_pwm_e 2 vt IO gpio_144 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart2_rts 0 O H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS mcbsp3_dr 1 I H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpt10_pwm_ 2 evt IO gpio_145 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart2_tx 0 O mcbsp3_ clkx 1 IO gpt11_pwm _evt 2 IO gpio_146 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart2_rx 0 I mcbsp3_fsx 1 IO gpt8_pwm_e 2 vt IO gpio_147 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart1_tx 0 O gpio_148 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart1_rts 0 O gpio_149 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart1_cts 0 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION I Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] Y8 AE1 AD1 AD2 AC1 NA NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] gpio_150 4 IO hsusb3_tll_cl 5 k O safe_mode 7 uart1_rx 0 IO mcspi4_clk 3 IO gpio_151 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp4_ clkx 0 IO gpio_152 4 IO hsusb3_tll_ data1 5 IO mm3_txse0 6 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp4_dr 0 I gpio_153 4 IO hsusb3_tll_ data0 5 IO mm3_rxrcv 6 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp4_dx 0 IO gpio_154 4 IO hsusb3_tll_ data2 5 IO mm3_txdat 6 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp4_fsx 0 IO gpio_155 4 IO hsusb3_tll_ data3 5 IO mm3_txen_n 6 IO safe_mode Y21 AA21 V21 U21 T21 NA NA NA NA NA I mcbsp1_ clkr 2 BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS 7 mcbsp1_ clkr 0 IO mcspi4_clk 1 IO gpio_156 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp1_fsr 0 IO cam_global_r 2 eset IO gpio_157 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp1_dx 0 IO mcspi4_ simo 1 IO mcbsp3_dx 2 IO gpio_158 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp1_dr 0 I mcspi4_ somi 1 IO mcbsp3_dr 2 O gpio_159 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp_clks 0 I cam_ shutter 2 O gpio_160 IO 4 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 37 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] K26 W21 H18 H19 H20 H21 T28 T25 R28 T26 T27 U28 U27 U26 38 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] uart1_cts 5 I safe_mode 7 mcbsp1_fsx 0 IO mcspi4_cs0 1 IO mcbsp3_fsx 2 IO gpio_161 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp1_ clkx 0 IO mcbsp3_ clkx 2 IO gpio_162 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart3_cts_ rctx 0 IO gpio_163 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart3_rts_ sd 0 O gpio_164 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart3_rx_ irrx 0 I gpio_165 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart3_tx_ irtx 0 O gpio_166 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_clk 0 I gpio_120 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_stp 0 O gpio_121 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_dir 0 I gpio_122 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_nxt 0 I gpio_124 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_ data0 0 IO uart3_tx_ irtx 2 O gpio_125 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_ data1 0 IO uart3_rx_ irrx 2 I gpio_130 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_ data2 0 IO uart3_rts_ sd 2 O gpio_131 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_ data3 0 IO uart3_cts_ rctx 2 IO gpio_169 4 IO TERMINAL DESCRIPTION BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] U25 V28 V27 V26 NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] safe_mode 7 hsusb0_ data4 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_188 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_ data5 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_189 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_ data6 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_190 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_ data7 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_191 4 IO safe_mode 7 K21 NA i2c1_scl 0 IOD H H 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain J21 NA i2c1_sda 0 IOD H H 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain AF15 NA i2c2_scl 0 IOD H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain gpio_168 4 IO safe_mode 7 i2c2_sda 0 IOD H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain gpio_183 4 IO safe_mode 7 i2c3_scl 0 IOD H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain gpio_184 4 IO safe_mode 7 i2c3_sda 0 IOD H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain gpio_185 4 IO safe_mode 7 i2c4_scl 0 IOD H H 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain sys_ nvmode1 1 O safe_mode 7 i2c4_sda 0 IOD H H 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain sys_ nvmode2 1 O safe_mode 7 hdq_sio 0 IOD H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS sys_altclk 1 I i2c2_sccbe 2 O i2c3_sccbe 3 O gpio_170 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi1_clk 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (6) PU/ PD LVCMOS mmc2_dat4 1 IO gpio_171 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi1_ simo 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (6) PU/ PD LVCMOS mmc2_dat5 1 IO gpio_172 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi1_ somi 0 L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (6) PU/ PD LVCMOS AE15 AF14 AG14 AD26 AE26 J25 AB3 AB4 AA4 (6) NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA IO The buffer strength of this IO cell is programmable (2, 4, 6, or 8 mA) according to the selected mode; the default value is described in the above table. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 39 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] AC2 AC3 AB1 AB2 AA3 Y2 Y3 Y4 V3 40 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] mmc2_dat6 1 IO gpio_173 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi1_cs0 0 IO mmc2_dat7 1 IO gpio_174 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi1_cs1 0 O mmc3_cmd 3 IO gpio_175 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi1_cs2 0 O mmc3_clk 3 O gpio_176 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi1_cs3 0 O hsusb2_tll_ data2 2 IO hsusb2_ data2 3 IO gpio_177 4 IO mm2_txdat 5 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi2_clk 0 IO hsusb2_tll_ data7 2 IO hsusb2_ data7 3 O gpio_178 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi2_ simo 0 IO gpt9_pwm_e 1 vt IO hsusb2_tll_ data4 2 IO hsusb2_ data4 3 I gpio_179 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi2_ somi 0 IO gpt10_pwm_ 1 evt IO hsusb2_tll_ data5 2 IO hsusb2_ data5 3 O gpio_180 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi2_cs0 0 IO gpt11_pwm_ 1 evt IO hsusb2_tll_ data6 2 IO hsusb2_ data6 3 O gpio_181 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi2_cs1 0 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION O BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (6) PU/ PD LVCMOS L H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L H 7 vdds Yes 4 (6) PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS (6) Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] gpt8_pwm_e 1 vt IO hsusb2_tll_ data3 2 IO hsusb2_ data3 3 IO gpio_182 4 IO mm2_txen_n 5 IO safe_mode 7 BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] AE25 NA sys_32k 0 I Z I NA vdds Yes NA NA LVCMOS AE17 NA sys_xtalin 0 I Z I NA vdds NA NA NA LVCMOS AF17 NA sys_xtalout 0 O Z O NA vdds NA NA NA LVCMOS AF25 NA sys_clkreq 0 IO 0 1 0 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_1 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_nirq 0 I H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_0 4 IO AF26 NA safe_mode 7 AH25 NA sys_ nrespwron 0 I Z I NA vdds Yes NA NA LVCMOS AF24 NA sys_ nreswarm 0 IOD 0 1 (PU) 0 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_30 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_boot0 0 I gpio_2 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_boot1 0 I gpio_3 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_boot2 0 I gpio_4 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_boot3 0 I gpio_5 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_boot4 0 AH26 AG26 AE14 AF18 AF19 AE21 AF21 AF22 AG25 AE22 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Open Drain I mmc2_dir_da 1 t2 O gpio_6 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_boot5 0 I mmc2_dir_da 1 t3 O gpio_7 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_boot6 0 I gpio_8 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_off_ mode 0 O gpio_9 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_clkout1 0 O gpio_10 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_clkout2 0 O gpio_186 4 IO Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS 0 L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 41 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] safe_mode 7 AA17 NA jtag_ntrst 0 I L L 0 vdds Yes NA PU/ PD LVCMOS AA13 NA jtag_tck 0 I L L 0 vdds Yes NA PU/ PD LVCMOS AA12 NA jtag_rtck 0 O L 0 0 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS AA18 NA jtag_tms_tms 0 c IO H H 0 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS AA20 NA jtag_tdi 0 I H H 0 vdds Yes NA PU/ PD LVCMOS AA19 NA jtag_tdo 0 O L Z 0 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS AA11 NA jtag_emu0 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_11 4 IO safe_mode 7 jtag_emu1 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_31 4 IO safe_mode 7 etk_clk 0 O H H 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS mcbsp5_ clkx 1 IO mmc3_clk 2 O hsusb1_stp 3 O gpio_12 4 IO mm1_rxdp 5 IO H H 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS AA10 AF10 AE10 AF11 AG12 AH12 AE13 42 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA hsusb1_tll_st 6 p I etk_ctl 0 O mmc3_cmd 2 IO hsusb1_clk 3 O gpio_13 4 IO hsusb1_tll_cl 6 k O etk_d0 0 O mcspi3_ simo 1 IO mmc3_dat4 2 IO hsusb1_ data0 3 IO gpio_14 4 IO mm1_rxrcv 5 IO hsusb1_tll_ data0 6 IO etk_d1 0 O mcspi3_ somi 1 IO hsusb1_ data1 3 IO gpio_15 4 IO mm1_txse0 5 IO hsusb1_tll_ data1 6 IO etk_d2 0 O mcspi3_cs0 1 IO hsusb1_ data2 3 IO gpio_16 4 IO mm1_txdat 5 IO hsusb1_tll_d 6 ata2 IO etk_d3 0 O mcspi3_clk 1 IO mmc3_dat3 2 IO TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] AE11 AH9 AF13 AH14 AF9 AG9 AE7 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] hsusb1_ data7 3 IO gpio_17 4 IO hsusb1_tll_ data7 6 IO etk_d4 0 O mcbsp5_dr 1 I mmc3_dat0 2 IO hsusb1_ data4 3 IO gpio_18 4 IO hsusb1_tll_ data4 6 IO etk_d5 0 O mcbsp5_fsx 1 IO mmc3_dat1 2 IO hsusb1_ data5 3 IO gpio_19 4 IO hsusb1_tll_ data5 6 IO etk_d6 0 O mcbsp5_dx 1 IO mmc3_dat2 2 IO hsusb1_ data6 3 IO gpio_20 4 IO hsusb1_tll_ data6 6 IO etk_d7 0 O mcspi3_cs1 1 O mmc3_dat7 2 IO hsusb1_ data3 3 IO gpio_21 4 IO mm1_txen_n 5 IO hsusb1_tll_ data3 6 IO etk_d8 0 O sys_drm_ msecure 1 I mmc3_dat6 2 IO hsusb1_dir 3 I gpio_22 4 IO hsusb1_tll_di 6 r O etk_d9 0 O sys_secure_i 1 ndic ator O mmc3_dat5 2 IO hsusb1_nxt 3 I gpio_23 4 IO mm1_rxdm 5 IO hsusb1_tll_n 6 xt O etk_d10 0 O uart1_rx 2 I hsusb2_clk 3 O gpio_24 4 IO BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 43 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] AF7 AG7 NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] hsusb2_tll_cl 6 k O etk_d11 0 O hsusb2_stp 3 O gpio_25 4 IO mm2_rxdp 5 IO hsusb2_tll_st 6 p I etk_d12 0 O hsusb2_dir 3 I gpio_26 BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS 4 IO hsusb2_tll_di 6 r O etk_d13 0 O hsusb2_nxt 3 I gpio_27 4 IO mm2_rxdm 5 IO hsusb2_tll_n 6 xt O etk_d14 0 O hsusb2_ data0 3 IO gpio_28 4 IO mm2_rxrcv 5 IO hsusb2_tll_ data0 6 IO etk_d15 0 O hsusb2_ data1 3 IO gpio_29 4 IO mm2_txse0 5 IO hsusb2_tll_ data1 6 IO AE9, AE18, NA AE19, AE24, AC4, Y16, Y18, Y19, Y20, W18, W20, V20, U19, U20, T19, P20, N19, N20, M19, M25, L25, K18, K20, J4, J18, J19, J20, H4, E25, D8, D9, D15, D22, D23 vdd_core 0 PWR - - - - - - - - Y9, Y10, NA Y11, Y14, Y15, W9, W11, W12, W15, U10, T9, T10, R9, R10, N10, M9, M10, L9, L10, K11, K14, K13, J9, J10, J11, J14, J15 vdd_mpu 0 PWR - - - - - - - - AH6, U1, R4, NA J1, J2, G28, F1, F2, D16, C16, C28, B5, B8, B12, B18, B22, A5, A8, A12, A18, A22 vdds_mem 0 PWR - - - - - - - - AH7 AG8 AH8 44 NA NA NA TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-1. Ball Characteristics (CBB Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BALL TOP BOTTOM [1] [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. POWER [9] RESET REL. MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER PULLUP STRENG TH /DOWN (mA) [11] TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] AG20, AG21, NA AG27, AF8, AF16, AF23, AE8, AE16, AE23, AE27, AD3, AD4, W4, H28, F25, F26 vdds 0 PWR - - - - - - - - W16 NA vdds_sram 0 K15 NA vdds_dpll_dll 0 PWR - - - - - - - - AA16 NA vdds_dpll_pe 0 r PWR - - - - - - - - AA14 NA vdds_wkup_ 0 bg PWR - - - - - - - - K25, P25 NA vdds_mmc1, 0 vdds_mmc1a PWR - - - - - - - - V25 NA vdda_dac 0 PWR - - - - - - - - Y26 NA vssa_dac 0 GND - - - - - - - - AA26, AG2, NA AG3, AG6, AF12, AF20, AE12, AE20, AC25, AC26, AG16, AH21, Y12, Y13, Y17, Y25, W3, W10, W13, W14, W17, W19, W25, V9, V10, V19, U2, U9, T20, R19, R20, R26, P3, P4, P9, P10, P19, N9, M20, M28, L19, L20, L26, K9, K10, K12, K16, K17, K19, J3, J12, J13, J16, J17, G27, E3,E4, D7, D10, D13, D19, D21, C7, C10, C13, C19, C22, B2, B27, A3, A26 vss 0 GND - - - - - - - - AH20, AA15, NA V4, L21 cap_vdd_d, 0 cap_vdd_wk up, cap_vdd_sra m_mpu , cap_vdd_sra m_core PWR - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - AH1, AH2, AH10, AH11, AH13, AH15, AH16, AH27, AH28, AG1, AG10, AG11, AG13, AG15, AG28, AF1, AF2, AF27, AF28, AE28, AA1, AA2, N1, N2, M1, M2, M26, J27, J28, B15, B28, A2, A15, A27, A28 A2, A12, FeedThrough A22, A23, Pins (7) AA1, AA2, AA22, AA23, AB1, AB11, AB13, AB23, AB8, AB9, AC1, AC11, AC13, AC14, AC2, AC22, AC23, AC8, AC9, B12, B23, H22, H23, K1, K2, K22, L1, L2, U1, U2, Y23 - A1, B1, G1, U4 A1, AB2, AB22, B1, B2, B22 - (7) No Connect - These signals are feed-through balls. For more information, see Section 2.5.10. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 45 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.) (1) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] AE16 NA cam_d0 0 I L L 7 L L L AE15 (1) (2) 46 NA gpio_99 4 I safe_mode 7 - cam_d1 0 I gpio_100 4 I safe_mode 7 - gpio_112 4 I safe_mode 7 - gpio_114 4 I safe_mode 7 - gpio_113 4 I safe_mode 7 - gpio_115 4 I BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS IO CELL [13] AD17 NA AE18 NA AD16 NA AE17 NA safe_mode 7 - NA G20 sdrc_a0 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA K20 sdrc_a1 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA J20 sdrc_a2 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA J21 sdrc_a3 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA U21 sdrc_a4 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA R20 sdrc_a5 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA M21 sdrc_a6 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA M20 sdrc_a7 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA N20 sdrc_a8 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA K21 sdrc_a9 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA Y16 sdrc_a10 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA N21 sdrc_a11 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA R21 sdrc_a12 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA AA15 sdrc_a13 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA Y12 sdrc_a14 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA AA18 sdrc_ba0 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA V20 sdrc_ba1 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (2) NA LVCMOS NA Y15 sdrc_cke0 0 O H 1 7 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS safe_mode 7 NA Y13 sdrc_cke1 0 O H 1 7 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS safe_mode 7 NA A12 sdrc_clk 0 IO L 0 0 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA D1 sdrc_d0 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA G1 sdrc_d1 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 NA G2 sdrc_d2 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA E1 sdrc_d3 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA D2 sdrc_d4 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA E2 sdrc_d5 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA in this table stands for Not Applicable. The drive strength is programmable vs the capacity load: load range = [2 pF to 6 pF] per default or [6 pF to 12 pF] according to the selected mode. TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] NA B3 sdrc_d6 0 IO L Z 0 NA B4 sdrc_d7 0 IO L Z 0 (3) BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS IO CELL [13] NA A10 sdrc_d8 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 NA B11 sdrc_d9 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA A11 sdrc_d10 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA B12 sdrc_d11 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA A16 sdrc_d12 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA A17 sdrc_d13 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA B17 sdrc_d14 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA B18 sdrc_d15 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA B7 sdrc_d16 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA A5 sdrc_d17 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA B6 sdrc_d18 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA A6 sdrc_d19 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA A8 sdrc_d20 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA B9 sdrc_d21 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA A9 sdrc_d22 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA B10 sdrc_d23 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA C21 sdrc_d24 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA D20 sdrc_d25 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA B19 sdrc_d26 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA C20 sdrc_d27 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA D21 sdrc_d28 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 NA E20 sdrc_d29 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA E21 sdrc_d30 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA G21 sdrc_d31 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA H1 sdrc_dm0 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (3) NA LVCMOS NA A14 sdrc_dm1 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (3) NA LVCMOS NA A4 sdrc_dm2 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (3) NA LVCMOS NA A18 sdrc_dm3 0 O 0 0 0 vdds No 4 (3) NA LVCMOS NA C2 sdrc_dqs0 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA B15 sdrc_dqs1 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA B8 sdrc_dqs2 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS NA A19 sdrc_dqs3 0 IO L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 (3) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS The drive strength is programmable vs the capacity load: load range = [2 pF to 6 pF] per default or [6 pF to 12 pF] according to the selected mode. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 47 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] NA U20 sdrc_ncas 0 O 1 1 0 NA B13 sdrc_nclk 0 O 1 1 NA T21 sdrc_ncs0 0 O 1 NA T20 sdrc_ncs1 0 O NA V21 sdrc_nras 0 NA Y18 sdrc_nwe AE21 NA AE22 AE23 AE24 AD23 AD24 AC26 AD26 AA25 Y25 AA26 AB26 F25 48 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] vdds No 4 (3) NA LVCMOS 0 vdds No 4 (3) NA LVCMOS 1 0 vdds No 4 (3) NA LVCMOS 1 1 0 vdds No 4 (3) NA LVCMOS O 1 1 0 vdds No 4 (3) NA LVCMOS 0 O 1 1 0 vdds No 4 (3) NA LVCMOS dss_data0 0 IO L L 7 vdds No 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS uart1_cts 2 I gpio_70 4 IO safe_mode 7 - dss_data1 0 IO L L 7 vdds No 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS uart1_rts 2 O gpio_71 4 IO safe_mode 7 - dss_data2 0 IO L L 7 vdds No 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS IO L L 7 vdds No 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds No 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds No 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS gpio_72 4 safe_mode 7 - dss_data3 0 IO IO gpio_73 4 safe_mode 7 - dss_data4 0 IO uart3_rx_irrx 2 I gpio_74 4 IO safe_mode 7 - dss_data5 0 IO uart3_tx_irtx 2 O gpio_75 4 IO safe_mode 7 - dss_data10 0 IO IO gpio_80 4 safe_mode 7 - dss_data11 0 IO IO gpio_81 4 safe_mode 7 - dss_data12 0 IO IO gpio_82 4 safe_mode 7 - dss_data13 0 IO IO gpio_83 4 safe_mode 7 - dss_data14 0 IO IO gpio_84 4 safe_mode 7 - dss_data15 0 IO IO gpio_85 4 safe_mode 7 - dss_data20 0 O TERMINAL DESCRIPTION BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] AC25 AB25 G25 J2 H1 H2 G2 F1 F2 E1 E2 D1 (4) BALL TOP [2] NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] mcspi3_somi 2 IO dss_data2 3 IO gpio_90 4 IO safe_mode 7 - dss_data22 0 O mcspi3_cs1 2 O dss_data4 3 IO IO gpio_92 4 safe_mode 7 - dss_data23 0 O dss_data5 3 IO gpio_93 4 IO safe_mode 7 - dss_pclk 0 O gpio_66 4 IO hw_dbg12 5 O safe_mode 7 - gpmc_a1 0 O IO gpio_34 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_a2 0 O IO gpio_35 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_a3 0 O IO gpio_36 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_a4 0 O IO gpio_37 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_a5 0 O IO gpio_38 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_a6 0 O IO gpio_39 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_a7 0 O IO gpio_40 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_a8 0 O IO gpio_41 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_a9 0 O sys_ndmareq 2 1 I gpio_42 4 IO safe_mode 7 - BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS The drive strength is programmable vs the capacity load: load range = [2 pF to 6 pF] per default or [6 pF to 12 pF] according to the selected mode. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 49 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] D2 NA gpmc_a10 0 O H H 7 sys_ndmareq 3 1 I IO L 0 N1 7 - gpmc_clk 0 O IO gpio_59 4 safe_mode 7 - BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS 0 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS IO CELL [13] U2 gpmc_d0 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS AA1 U1 gpmc_d1 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS AC2 V2 gpmc_d2 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS AC1 V1 gpmc_d3 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS AE5 AA3 gpmc_d4 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (4) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS AD6 AA4 gpmc_d5 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS AD5 Y3 gpmc_d6 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS AC5 Y4 gpmc_d7 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS V1 R1 gpmc_d8 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS IO H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS 0 0 0 vdds No 4 NA LVCMOS T1 U2 U1 P1 L2 M2 AD10 50 4 HYS [10] AA2 Y1 (5) L1 gpio_43 safe_mode BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] T1 N1 P2 P1 M1 J2 K2 AA9 gpio_44 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_d9 0 IO IO gpio_45 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_d10 0 IO IO gpio_46 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_d11 0 IO IO gpio_47 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_d12 0 IO IO gpio_48 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_d13 0 IO IO gpio_49 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_d14 0 IO IO gpio_50 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_d15 0 IO IO gpio_51 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_nadv_ ale 0 O (5) The drive strength is programmable vs the capacity load: load range = [2 pF to 6 pF] per default or [6 pF to 12 pF] according to the selected mode. TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] gpmc_nbe0_ cle 0 O L 0 0 IO L L BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] K2 NA J1 4 7 - gpmc_nbe1 0 O IO gpio_61 4 safe_mode 7 - HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS 7 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS IO CELL [13] AD8 AA8 gpmc_ncs0 0 O 1 1 0 vdds No 4 (5) NA LVCMOS AD1 W1 gpmc_ncs1 0 O H 1 0 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS IO H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (5) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (6) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (6) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (6) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (6) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS 1 1 0 vdds No 4 (6) NA LVCMOS A3 B6 B4 C4 B5 C5 N2 (6) NA gpio_60 safe_mode BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] NA NA NA NA NA NA L2 gpio_52 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_ncs2 0 O IO gpio_53 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_ncs3 0 O sys_ndmareq 0 1 I IO gpio_54 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_ncs4 0 O sys_ndmareq 1 1 I mcbsp4_clkx 2 IO gpt9_pwm_e vt 3 IO IO gpio_55 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_ncs5 0 O sys_ndmareq 2 1 I mcbsp4_dr 2 I gpt10_pwm_ evt 3 IO IO gpio_56 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_ncs6 0 O sys_ndmareq 3 1 I mcbsp4_dx 2 IO gpt11_pwm_ evt 3 IO IO gpio_57 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_ncs7 0 O gpmc_io_dir 1 O mcbsp4_fsx 2 IO gpt8_pwm_e vt 3 IO IO gpio_58 4 safe_mode 7 - gpmc_noe 0 O The drive strength is programmable vs the capacity load: load range = [2 pF to 6 pF] per default or [6 pF to 12 pF] according to the selected mode. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 51 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] M1 K1 gpmc_nwe 0 O 1 1 0 AC6 Y5 gpmc_nwp 0 O L 0 IO 7 - BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] vdds No 4 (6) 0 vdds Yes 4 (6) PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] NA LVCMOS PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS Y10 gpmc_wait0 0 I H H 0 vdds Yes 4 (6) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS AC8 Y8 gpmc_wait1 0 I H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (6) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (6) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (6) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (7) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (7) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (7) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (7) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (7) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (7) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (7) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (7) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (7) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS C6 W19 V20 Y20 V18 W20 W17 Y18 Y19 Y17 52 4 HYS [10] AC11 B3 (7) gpio_62 safe_mode BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA gpio_63 4 IO safe_mode 7 - gpmc_wait2 0 I gpio_64 4 IO safe_mode 7 - gpmc_wait3 0 I sys_ndmareq 1 1 I gpio_65 4 IO safe_mode 7 - hsusb0_clk 0 I IO gpio_120 4 safe_mode 7 - hsusb0_data 0 0 IO uart3_tx_irtx 2 O gpio_125 4 IO safe_mode 7 - hsusb0_data 1 0 IO uart3_rx_irrx 2 I gpio_130 4 IO safe_mode 7 - hsusb0_data 2 0 IO uart3_rts_sd 2 O gpio_131 4 IO safe_mode 7 - hsusb0_data 3 0 IO uart3_cts_rct x 2 IO IO gpio_169 4 safe_mode 7 - hsusb0_data 4 0 IO IO gpio_188 4 safe_mode 7 - hsusb0_data 5 0 IO IO gpio_189 4 safe_mode 7 - hsusb0_data 6 0 IO IO gpio_190 4 safe_mode 7 - hsusb0_data 7 0 IO The capacity load range is [2 pf to 6 pF]. TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] V19 W18 U20 NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] gpio_191 4 IO safe_mode 7 - hsusb0_dir 0 I gpio_122 4 IO safe_mode 7 - hsusb0_nxt 0 I IO gpio_124 4 safe_mode 7 - hsusb0_stp 0 O gpio_121 4 IO safe_mode 7 - BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (7) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (7) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (7) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS U15 NA jtag_ntrst 0 I L L 0 vdds Yes NA PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS W13 NA jtag_rtck 0 O L 0 0 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS V14 NA jtag_tck 0 I L L 0 vdds Yes NA PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS U16 NA jtag_tdi 0 I H H 0 vdds Yes NA PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS Y13 NA jtag_tdo 0 O L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS V15 NA jtag_tms_tms c 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS N19 NA mmc1_clk 0 O L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS IO L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1a No 8 PU/PD (8) LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1a No 8 PU/PD (8) LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1a No 8 PU/PD (8) LVCMOS L18 M19 M18 K18 N20 M20 P17 P18 (8) BALL TOP [2] NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA gpio_120 4 safe_mode 7 - mmc1_cmd 0 IO IO gpio_121 4 safe_mode 7 - mmc1_dat0 0 IO IO gpio_122 4 safe_mode 7 - mmc1_dat1 0 IO IO gpio_123 4 safe_mode 7 - mmc1_dat2 0 IO IO gpio_124 4 safe_mode 7 - mmc1_dat3 0 IO IO gpio_125 4 safe_mode 7 - mmc1_dat4 0 IO gpio_126 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mmc1_dat5 0 IO gpio_127 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mmc1_dat6 0 IO gpio_128 4 IO safe_mode 7 - The PU nominal drive strength of this IO cell is equal to 25 mA @ 1.8 V and 41.6 mA @ 3.0 V. The PD nominal drive strength of this IO cell is equal to 1 mA @ 1.8 V and 1.66 mA @ 3.0 V. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 53 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] P19 NA mmc1_dat7 0 IO L L 7 gpio_129 4 IO BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] vdds_mmc1a No 8 PU/PD (8) LVCMOS safe_mode 7 - NA i2c1_scl 0 IOD H H 0 vdds Yes 3 PU100/ PD100 Open Drain J24 NA i2c1_sda 0 IOD H H 0 vdds Yes 3 PU100/ PD100 Open Drain C2 NA i2c2_scl 0 IOD H H 7 vdds Yes 3 PU100/ PD100 Open Drain PU100/ PD100 Open Drain PU100/ PD100 Open Drain PU100/ PD100 Open Drain AB4 AC4 U19 T17 T20 U17 V17 P20 54 HYS [10] J25 C1 (9) BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA gpio_168 4 IO safe_mode 7 - i2c2_sda 0 IOD gpio_183 4 IO safe_mode 7 - i2c3_scl 0 IOD gpio_184 4 IO safe_mode 7 - i2c3_sda 0 IOD gpio_185 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mcbsp1_clkr 0 IO mcspi4_clk 1 IO gpio_156 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mcbsp1_clkx 0 IO mcbsp3_clkx 2 IO gpio_162 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mcbsp1_dr 0 I mcspi4_somi 1 IO mcbsp3_dr 2 I gpio_159 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mcbsp1_dx 0 IO mcspi4_simo 1 IO mcbsp3_dx 2 IO gpio_158 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mcbsp1_fsr 0 IO cam_global_r eset 2 IO IO gpio_157 4 safe_mode 7 - mcbsp1_fsx 0 IO mcspi4_cs0 1 IO mcbsp3_fsx 2 IO gpio_161 4 IO safe_mode 7 - 4 4 H H 7 vdds Yes 3 4 4 H H 7 vdds Yes 3 4 4 H H 7 vdds Yes 3 4 4 L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (9) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (9) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (9) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (9) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (9) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (9) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS The capacity load range is [2 pf to 6 pF]. TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] R18 NA mcbsp2_clkx 0 IO L L 7 L L L T18 R19 U18 P9 R7 R9 P8 P7 W7 V8 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA gpio_117 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mcbsp2_dr 0 I IO gpio_118 4 safe_mode 7 - mcbsp2_dx 0 IO IO gpio_119 4 safe_mode 7 - mcbsp2_fsx 0 IO IO gpio_116 4 safe_mode 7 - mcspi1_clk 0 IO mmc2_dat4 1 IO gpio_171 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mcspi1_cs0 0 IO mmc2_dat7 1 IO gpio_174 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mcspi1_cs2 0 O mmc3_clk 3 O gpio_176 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mcspi1_simo 0 IO mmc2_dat5 1 IO gpio_172 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mcspi1_somi 0 IO mmc2_dat6 1 IO gpio_173 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mcspi2_clk 0 IO hsusb2_tll_d ata7 2 IO hsusb2_data 7 3 O IO gpio_178 4 safe_mode 7 - mcspi2_cs0 0 IO gpt11_pwm_ evt 1 IO hsusb2_tll_d ata6 2 IO BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] vdds Yes 4 (10) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS 7 vdds Yes 4 (10) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L 7 vdds Yes 4 (10) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (10) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (10) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (11) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (11) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (11) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (11) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (12) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (12) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS IO CELL [13] (10) The buffer strength of this IO cell is programmable (2, 4, 6, or 8 mA) according to the selected mode; the default value is described in the above table. (11) The buffer strength of this IO cell is programmable (2, 4, 6, or 8 mA) according to the selected mode; the default value is described in the above table. (12) The capacity load range is [2 pf to 6 pF]. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 55 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] W8 U8 W10 R10 T10 T9 U10 U9 V10 BALL TOP [2] NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] hsusb2_data 6 3 O IO gpio_181 4 safe_mode 7 - mcspi2_simo 0 IO gpt9_pwm_e vt 1 IO hsusb2_tll_d ata4 2 IO hsusb2_data 4 3 I IO gpio_179 4 safe_mode 7 - mcspi2_somi 0 IO gpt10_pwm_ evt 1 IO hsusb2_tll_d ata5 2 IO hsusb2_data 5 3 O IO gpio_180 4 safe_mode 7 - mmc2_clk 0 O mcspi3_clk 1 IO gpio_130 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mmc2_cmd 0 IO mcspi3_simo 1 IO gpio_131 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mmc2_dat0 0 IO mcspi3_somi 1 IO gpio_132 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mmc2_dat1 0 IO IO gpio_133 4 safe_mode 7 - mmc2_dat2 0 IO mcspi3_cs1 1 O gpio_134 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mmc2_dat3 0 IO mcspi3_cs0 1 IO gpio_135 4 IO safe_mode 7 - mmc2_dat4 0 IO mmc2_dir_da t0 1 O mmc3_dat0 3 IO gpio_136 4 IO safe_mode 7 - BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (12) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (12) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (13) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (13) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (13) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (13) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (13) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (13) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (13) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS (13) The capacity load range is [2 pf to 6 pF]. 56 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] R2 NA uart1_rts 0 O L L 7 L L L H3 L4 Y24 AA24 AD21 AD22 F23 F24 H24 G24 J23 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA gpio_149 4 IO safe_mode 7 - uart1_rx 0 I mcbsp1_clkr 2 IO mcspi4_clk 3 IO gpio_151 4 IO safe_mode 7 - uart1_tx 0 O gpio_148 4 IO safe_mode 7 - uart2_cts 0 I mcbsp3_dx 1 IO gpt9_pwm_e vt 2 IO IO gpio_144 4 safe_mode 7 - uart2_rts 0 O mcbsp3_dr 1 I gpt10_pwm_ evt 2 IO gpio_145 4 IO safe_mode 7 - uart2_rx 0 I mcbsp3_fsx 1 IO gpt8_pwm_e vt 2 IO IO gpio_147 4 safe_mode 7 - uart2_tx 0 O mcbsp3_clkx 1 IO gpt11_pwm_ evt 2 IO IO gpio_146 4 safe_mode 7 - uart3_cts_rct x 0 IO IO gpio_163 4 safe_mode 7 - uart3_rts_sd 0 O gpio_164 4 IO safe_mode 7 - uart3_rx_irrx 0 I IO gpio_165 4 safe_mode 7 - uart3_tx_irtx 0 O IO gpio_166 4 safe_mode 7 - hdq_sio 0 IOD sys_altclk 1 I BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] vdds Yes 4 (13) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS 7 vdds Yes 4 (13) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L 7 vdds Yes 4 (13) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 IO CELL [13] TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 57 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] AD15 W16 F3 D3 C3 E3 E4 G3 D4 AE14 W11 W15 V16 BALL TOP [2] NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] i2c2_sccbe 2 O i2c3_sccbe 3 O gpio_170 4 IO safe_mode 7 - i2c4_scl 0 IOD sys_nvmode 1 1 O safe_mode 7 - i2c4_sda 0 IOD sys_nvmode 2 1 O safe_mode 7 - sys_boot0 0 I gpio_2 4 IO safe_mode 7 - sys_boot1 0 I gpio_3 4 IO safe_mode 7 - sys_boot2 0 I gpio_4 4 IO safe_mode 7 - sys_boot3 0 I gpio_5 4 IO safe_mode 7 - sys_boot4 0 I mmc2_dir_da t2 1 O gpio_6 4 IO safe_mode 7 - sys_boot5 0 I mmc2_dir_da t3 1 O gpio_7 4 IO safe_mode 7 - sys_boot6 0 I IO gpio_8 4 safe_mode 7 - sys_clkout1 0 O IO gpio_10 4 safe_mode 7 - sys_clkout2 0 O IO gpio_186 4 safe_mode 7 - sys_clkreq 0 IO gpio_1 4 IO safe_mode 7 - sys_nirq 0 I BALL RESET STATE [6] H BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] H 0 vdds HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] Yes 3 PU100/ PD100 Open Drain PU100/ PD100 Open Drain IO CELL [13] 4 4 H H 0 vdds Yes 3 4 4 Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (14) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS 0 1 0 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS (14) The capacity load range is [2 pf to 6 pF]. 58 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] gpio_0 4 IO safe_mode 7 - BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] V13 NA sys_nrespwr on 0 I Z I NA vdds Yes NA NA LVCMOS AD7 AA5 sys_nreswar m 0 IOD 0 1 (PU) 0 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS V12 NA gpio_30 4 IO safe_mode 7 - sys_off_mod e 0 O gpio_9 4 IO safe_mode 7 - Open Drain 0 L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS LVCMOS AF19 NA sys_xtalin 0 I Z I NA vdds Yes NA NA AF20 NA sys_xtalout 0 O Z O NA vdds Yes NA NA LVCMOS W26 NA tv_out1 0 AO Z 0 0 vdda_dac No 8 NA 10-bit DAC V26 NA tv_out2 0 AO Z 0 0 vdda_dac No 8 NA 10-bit DAC W25 NA tv_vfb1 0 O Z NA 0 vdda_dac No 2 NA 10-bit DAC U24 NA tv_vfb2 0 O Z NA 0 vdda_dac No 2 NA 10-bit DAC V23 NA tv_vref 0 I Z NA 0 vdda_dac No NA NA 10-bit DAC AE20 NA sys_32k 0 I Z I NA vdds Yes NA NA LVCMOS A24 NA cam_d2 0 I L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (15) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS gpio_101 4 IO hw_dbg4 5 O safe_mode 7 - cam_d3 0 I L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (15) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS gpio_102 4 IO hw_dbg5 5 O safe_mode 7 - cam_d4 0 I L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (15) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS gpio_103 4 IO hw_dbg6 5 O safe_mode 7 - cam_d5 0 I L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (15) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS gpio_104 4 IO hw_dbg7 5 O safe_mode 7 - cam_d10 0 I L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (15) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS gpio_109 4 IO hw_dbg8 5 O safe_mode 7 - cam_d11 0 I L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (15) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS gpio_110 4 IO hw_dbg9 5 O safe_mode 7 - cam_fld 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (15) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS cam_global_r eset 2 IO B24 D24 C24 D25 E26 B23 NA NA NA NA NA NA gpio_98 4 IO hw_dbg3 5 O safe_mode 7 - (15) The capacity load range is [2 pf to 6 pF]. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 59 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] C23 NA cam_hs 0 IO L L 7 L L L C26 D26 C25 E25 P25 P26 N25 N26 D23 A23 F26 G26 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA gpio_94 4 IO hw_dbg0 5 O safe_mode 7 - cam_pclk 0 I gpio_97 4 IO hw_dbg2 5 O safe_mode 7 - cam_strobe 0 O gpio_126 4 IO hw_dbg11 5 O safe_mode 7 - cam_xclka 0 O IO gpio_96 4 safe_mode 7 - cam_xclkb 0 O gpio_111 4 IO safe_mode 7 - cam_d6 0 I gpio_105 4 IO safe_mode 7 - cam_d7 0 I gpio_106 4 IO safe_mode 7 - cam_d8 0 I gpio_107 4 IO safe_mode 7 - cam_d9 0 I IO gpio_108 4 safe_mode 7 - cam_vs 0 IO gpio_95 4 IO hw_dbg1 5 O safe_mode 7 - cam_wen 0 I cam_shutter 2 O gpio_167 4 IO O hw_dbg10 5 safe_mode 7 - dss_acbias 0 O IO gpio_69 4 safe_mode 7 - dss_data6 0 IO uart1_tx 2 O gpio_76 4 IO hw_dbg14 5 O BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] vdds Yes 4 (15) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS 7 vdds Yes 4 (15) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L 7 vdds Yes 4 (15) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (15) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (16) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU100/ PD100 SubLVDS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU100/ PD100 SubLVDS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU100/ PD100 SubLVDS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU100/ PD100 SubLVDS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (16) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (16) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS IO CELL [13] (16) The capacity load range is [2 pf to 6 pF]. 60 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] H25 NA H26 J26 L25 L26 M24 M26 N24 K24 M25 R8 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] safe_mode 7 - dss_data7 0 IO uart1_rx 2 I gpio_77 4 IO O TYPE [5] hw_dbg15 5 safe_mode 7 - dss_data8 0 IO gpio_78 4 IO hw_dbg16 5 O safe_mode 7 - dss_data9 0 IO gpio_79 4 IO hw_dbg17 5 O safe_mode 7 - dss_data16 0 IO IO gpio_86 4 safe_mode 7 - dss_data17 0 IO IO gpio_87 4 safe_mode 7 - dss_data18 0 IO mcspi3_clk 2 IO dss_data0 3 IO gpio_88 4 IO safe_mode 7 - dss_data19 0 IO mcspi3_simo 2 IO dss_data1 3 IO gpio_89 4 IO safe_mode 7 - dss_data21 0 O mcspi3_cs0 2 IO dss_data3 3 IO gpio_91 4 IO safe_mode 7 - dss_hsync 0 O gpio_67 4 IO hw_dbg13 5 O safe_mode 7 - dss_vsync 0 O IO gpio_68 4 safe_mode 7 - mcspi1_cs1 0 O mmc3_cmd 3 IO gpio_175 4 IO safe_mode 7 - BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (17) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS (17) The buffer strength of this IO cell is programmable (2, 4, 6, or 8 mA) according to the selected mode; the default value is described in the above table. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 61 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] T8 NA mcspi1_cs3 0 O H H 7 hsusb2_tll_d ata2 2 IO hsusb2_data 2 3 IO L L L V9 T19 AB2 AB3 AC3 AD4 NA NA NA NA NA NA gpio_177 4 IO mm2_txdat 5 IO safe_mode 7 - mcspi2_cs1 0 O gpt8_pwm_e vt 1 IO hsusb2_tll_d ata3 2 IO hsusb2_data 3 3 IO gpio_182 4 IO mm2_txen_n 5 IO safe_mode 7 - mcbsp_clks 0 I cam_shutter 2 O gpio_160 4 IO uart1_cts 5 I safe_mode 7 - etk_clk 0 O mcbsp5_clkx 1 IO mmc3_clk 2 O hsusb1_stp 3 O gpio_12 4 IO mm1_rxdp 5 IO hsusb1_tll_st p 6 I hw_dbg0 7 O etk_ctl 0 O mmc3_cmd 2 IO hsusb1_clk 3 O gpio_13 4 IO hsusb1_tll_cl k 6 O hw_dbg1 7 O etk_d0 0 O mcspi3_simo 1 IO mmc3_dat4 2 IO hsusb1_data 0 3 IO gpio_14 4 IO mm1_rxrcv 5 IO hsusb1_tll_d ata0 6 IO hw_dbg2 7 O etk_d1 0 O mcspi3_somi 1 IO BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] vdds Yes 4 (18) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS 7 vdds Yes 4 (18) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L 7 vdds Yes 4 (19) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 4 vdds Yes 4 (19) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 4 vdds Yes 4 (19) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 4 vdds Yes 4 (19) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 4 vdds Yes 4 (19) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS IO CELL [13] (18) The capacity load range is [2 pf to 6 pF]. (19) The capacity load range is [2 pf to 6 pF]. 62 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] AD3 AA3 Y3 AB1 AE3 AD2 BALL TOP [2] NA NA NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] hsusb1_data 1 3 IO gpio_15 4 IO mm1_txse0 5 IO hsusb1_tll_d ata1 6 IO hw_dbg3 7 O etk_d2 0 O mcspi3_cs0 1 IO hsusb1_data 2 3 IO gpio_16 4 IO mm1_txdat 5 IO hsusb1_tll_d ata2 6 IO hw_dbg4 7 O etk_d3 0 O mcspi3_clk 1 IO mmc3_dat3 2 IO hsusb1_data 7 3 IO gpio_17 4 IO hsusb1_tll_d ata7 6 IO hw_dbg5 7 O etk_d4 0 O mcbsp5_dr 1 I mmc3_dat0 2 IO hsusb1_data 4 3 IO gpio_18 4 IO hsusb1_tll_d ata4 6 IO hw_dbg6 7 O etk_d5 0 O mcbsp5_fsx 1 IO mmc3_dat1 2 IO hsusb1_data 5 3 IO gpio_19 4 IO hsusb1_tll_d ata5 6 IO hw_dbg7 7 O etk_d6 0 O mcbsp5_dx 1 IO mmc3_dat2 2 IO hsusb1_data 6 3 IO gpio_20 4 IO hsusb1_tll_d ata6 6 IO hw_dbg8 7 O etk_d7 0 O mcspi3_cs1 1 O BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] H H 4 vdds Yes 4 (19) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 4 vdds Yes 4 (19) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 (20) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 (20) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 (20) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 (20) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS (20) The capacity load range is [2 pf to 6 pF]. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 63 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] AA4 V2 AE4 AF6 AE6 AF7 BALL TOP [2] NA NA NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] mmc3_dat7 2 IO hsusb1_data 3 3 IO gpio_21 4 IO mm1_txen_n 5 IO hsusb1_tll_d ata3 6 IO hw_dbg9 7 O etk_d8 0 O sys_drm_ms ecure 1 O mmc3_dat6 2 IO hsusb1_dir 3 I gpio_22 4 IO hsusb1_tll_di r 6 O hw_dbg10 7 O etk_d9 0 O sys_secure_i ndicator 1 O mmc3_dat5 2 IO hsusb1_nxt 3 I gpio_23 4 IO mm1_rxdm 5 IO hsusb1_tll_n xt 6 O hw_dbg11 7 O etk_d10 0 O uart1_rx 2 I hsusb2_clk 3 O gpio_24 4 IO hsusb2_tll_cl k 6 O hw_dbg12 7 O etk_d11 0 O hsusb2_stp 3 O gpio_25 4 IO mm2_rxdp 5 IO hsusb2_tll_st p 6 I hw_dbg13 7 O etk_d12 0 O hsusb2_dir 3 I gpio_26 4 IO hsusb2_tll_di r 6 O hw_dbg14 7 O etk_d13 0 O hsusb2_nxt 3 I gpio_27 4 IO mm2_rxdm 5 IO hsusb2_tll_n xt 6 O hw_dbg15 7 O BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] L L 4 vdds Yes 4 (20) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 (21) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 (21) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 (21) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 (21) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 (21) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS (21) The capacity load range is [2 pf to 6 pF]. 64 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] AF9 NA etk_d14 0 O L L 4 hsusb2_data 0 3 IO L L H AE9 Y15 Y14 U3 N3 P3 W3 V3 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA gpio_28 4 IO mm2_rxrcv 5 IO hsusb2_tll_d ata0 6 IO hw_dbg16 7 O etk_d15 0 O hsusb2_data 1 3 IO gpio_29 4 IO mm2_txse0 5 IO hsusb2_tll_d ata1 6 IO hw_dbg17 7 O jtag_emu0 0 IO IO gpio_11 4 safe_mode 7 - jtag_emu1 0 IO IO gpio_31 4 safe_mode 7 - mcbsp3_clkx 0 IO uart2_tx 1 O gpio_142 4 IO hsusb3_tll_d ata6 5 IO safe_mode 7 - mcbsp3_dr 0 I uart2_rts 1 O gpio_141 4 IO hsusb3_tll_d ata5 5 IO safe_mode 7 - mcbsp3_dx 0 IO uart2_cts 1 I gpio_140 4 IO hsusb3_tll_d ata4 5 IO safe_mode 7 - mcbsp3_fsx 0 IO uart2_rx 1 I gpio_143 4 IO hsusb3_tll_d ata7 5 IO safe_mode 7 - mcbsp4_clkx 0 IO gpio_152 4 IO hsusb3_tll_d ata1 5 IO mm3_txse0 6 IO BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] vdds Yes 4 (21) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS 4 vdds Yes 4 (21) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H 0 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS H H 0 vdds Yes 4 PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (22) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (22) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (22) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (22) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (22) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS IO CELL [13] (22) The capacity load range is [2 pf to 6 pF]. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 65 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] U4 NA R3 T3 M3 L3 K3 W2 NA NA NA NA NA NA PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] safe_mode 7 - mcbsp4_dr 0 I gpio_153 4 IO hsusb3_tll_d ata0 5 IO mm3_rxrcv 6 IO safe_mode 7 - mcbsp4_dx 0 IO gpio_154 4 IO hsusb3_tll_d ata2 5 IO mm3_txdat 6 IO safe_mode 7 - mcbsp4_fsx 0 IO gpio_155 4 IO hsusb3_tll_d ata3 5 IO mm3_txen_n 6 IO safe_mode 7 - mmc2_dat5 0 IO mmc2_dir_da t1 1 O cam_global_r eset 2 IO mmc3_dat1 3 IO gpio_137 4 IO hsusb3_tll_st p 5 I IO mm3_rxdp 6 safe_mode 7 - mmc2_dat6 0 IO mmc2_dir_c md 1 O cam_shutter 2 O mmc3_dat2 3 IO gpio_138 4 IO hsusb3_tll_di r 5 O safe_mode 7 - mmc2_dat7 0 IO mmc2_clkin 1 I mmc3_dat3 3 IO gpio_139 4 IO hsusb3_tll_n xt 5 IO mm3_rxdm 6 IO safe_mode 7 - uart1_cts 0 I gpio_150 4 IO hsusb3_tll_cl k 5 O safe_mode 7 - BALL RESET STATE [6] BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (22) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (22) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (22) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (23) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (23) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (23) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (23) PU100/ PD100 LVCMOS (23) The capacity load range is [2 pf to 6 pF]. 66 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] AC21, D15, G11, G18, H20, M7, M17, R20, T7, Y8, Y12 NA vdd_core 0 PWR - D13, G9, G12, H7, K11, L9, M9, M10, N7, N8, P10, U7, U11, U13, V7, V11, W9, Y9, Y11 NA vdd_mpu 0 PWR A18, AC7, AC15, AC18, AC24, AD20, AE10, C11, D9, E24, G4, J15, J18, L7, L24, M4, T4, T24, W24, Y4, L20, AB24, AD18, AD19 NA vdds 0 U12 NA vdds_sram K13 NA vdds_dpll_dll U14 NA W14 BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - PWR - - - - - - - - 0 PWR - - - - - - - - 0 PWR - - - - - - - - vdds_dpll_pe r 0 PWR - - - - - - - - NA vdds_wkup_ bg 0 PWR - - - - - - - - N23, P23 NA vdds_mmc1, vdds_mmc1a 0 PWR - - - - - - - - V25 NA vdda_dac 0 PWR - - - - - - - - V24 NA vssa_dac 0 PWR - - - - - - - - A6, A8, A13, AB5, AB22, AC10, AC16, AC19, AD14, AD25,AE7, AF23, B2, B25, C12, D7, D10, D12, D14, D18, D20, E22, G1, G8, G10, G20, G23, H4, K1, K15, K25, L10, L17, L19, L23, N4, N10, N17, R1, R4, R17, T23, U25, W1, W4, W23, Y7, Y10, Y16, Y26 NA vss 0 GND - - - - - - - - K14, K20, N9, AE19 NA cap_vdd_wk up, cap_vdd_sra m_core, cap_vdd_sra m_mpu , cap_vdd_d 0 PWR - - - - - - - - A1, J1, AA1, FeedThrough N2, T2, W2, Pins (24) Y2, AA6, Y7, Y9, AA10, AA11, AA12, AA13, Y14, AA14, B16, Y17, AA17, Y19, AA19, A20, Y20, AA20, A21, B21, H21, P21, Y21, AA21 - - - - - - - - - - A1, L1, AF1, T2, Y2, AE2, AF4, AF5, AF8, AF10, AF12, AF13, AF14, AF15, AF17, AF16, A20, AF21, AF18, AF24, AF22, A25, AE25, AF25, A26, B26, K26, U26, AE26, AF26 (24) These signals are feed-through balls. For more information, refer to Section 2.5.10. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 67 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-2. Ball Characteristics (CBC Pkg.)(1) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET STATE [6] A2, A4, A5, A7, A9, A10, A11, A12, A14, A15, A16, A17, A19, A21, A22, AA23, AB23, AC9, AC12, AC13, AC14, AC17, AC20, AC22, AC23, AD9, AD11, AD12, AD13, AE1, AE8, AE11, AE12, AE13, AF2, AF3, AF11, B1, B7, B8, B9, B10, B11, B12, B13, B14, B15, B16, B17, B18, B19, B20, B21, B22, C7, C8, C9, C10, C13, C14, C15, C16, C17 C18, C19, C20, C21, C22, D5, D6, D8, D11, D16, D17, D19, D21, D22, E23, F4, G7, G13, G14, G15, G16, G17, G19, H8, H9, H10, H11, H12, H13, H14, H15, H16, H17, H18, H19, H23, J3, J4, J7, J8, J9, J10, J11, J12, J13, J14, J16, J17, J19, J20, K4, K7, K8, K9, K10, K12, K16, K17, K19, K23, L8, M8, M23, N18, P2, P4, P24, R23, R24, R25, R26, T25, T26, U23, V4, W12, Y23 - No Connect - - - BALL RESET REL. RESET REL. POWER [9] MODE [8] STATE [7] - - - HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] IO CELL [13] - - - - Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] D7 sdrc_d0 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C5 sdrc_d1 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C6 sdrc_d2 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B5 sdrc_d3 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS D9 sdrc_d4 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS D10 sdrc_d5 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C7 sdrc_d6 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B7 sdrc_d7 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B11 sdrc_d8 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS 68 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] C12 sdrc_d9 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B12 sdrc_d10 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS D13 sdrc_d11 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C13 sdrc_d12 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B14 sdrc_d13 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS A14 sdrc_d14 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B15 sdrc_d15 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C9 sdrc_d16 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS E12 sdrc_d17 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B8 sdrc_d18 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B9 sdrc_d19 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C10 sdrc_d20 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B10 sdrc_d21 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS D12 sdrc_d22 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS E13 sdrc_d23 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS E15 sdrc_d24 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS D15 sdrc_d25 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C15 sdrc_d26 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B16 sdrc_d27 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C16 sdrc_d28 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS D16 sdrc_d29 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B17 sdrc_d30 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS B18 sdrc_d31 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS C18 sdrc_ba0 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS D18 sdrc_ba1 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS A4 sdrc_a0 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS B4 sdrc_a1 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS D6 sdrc_a2 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS B3 sdrc_a3 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS B2 sdrc_a4 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS C3 sdrc_a5 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS E3 sdrc_a6 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS F6 sdrc_a7 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS E10 sdrc_a8 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS E9 sdrc_a9 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS E7 sdrc_a10 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS G6 sdrc_a11 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS G7 sdrc_a12 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS F7 sdrc_a13 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS F9 sdrc_a14 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS A19 sdrc_ncs0 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS B19 sdrc_ncs1 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS A10 sdrc_clk 0 IO L 0 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS A11 sdrc_nclk 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS B20 sdrc_cke0 0 O H 1 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS safe_mode 7 sdrc_cke1 0 O H 1 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS safe_mode 7 D19 sdrc_nras 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS C19 sdrc_ncas 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS A20 sdrc_nwe 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS B6 sdrc_dm0 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS B13 sdrc_dm1 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS A7 sdrc_dm2 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS A16 sdrc_dm3 0 O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS C20 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 69 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] A5 sdrc_dqs0 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS A13 sdrc_dqs1 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS A8 sdrc_dqs2 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS A17 sdrc_dqs3 0 IO L Z 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS K4 gpmc_a1 0 O L L 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_34 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a2 0 O L L 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_35 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a3 0 O L L 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_36 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a4 0 O L L 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_37 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a5 0 O L L 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_38 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a6 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_39 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a7 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_40 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a8 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_41 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a9 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS sys_ ndmareq2 1 I gpio_42 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_a10 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS sys_ ndmareq3 1 I gpio_43 4 IO safe_mode 7 L2 gpmc_d0 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS M1 gpmc_d1 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS M2 gpmc_d2 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS N2 gpmc_d3 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS M3 gpmc_d4 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS P1 gpmc_d5 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS P2 gpmc_d6 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS R1 gpmc_d7 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS R2 gpmc_d8 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_44 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_d9 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_45 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_d10 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_46 4 IO safe_mode 7 K3 K2 J4 J3 J2 J1 H1 H2 G2 T2 U1 70 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] R3 gpmc_d11 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_47 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_d12 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_48 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_d13 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_49 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_d14 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_50 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_d15 0 IO H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_51 4 IO T3 U2 V1 V2 safe_mode 7 E2 gpmc_ncs0 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS D2 gpmc_ncs3 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS sys_ ndmareq0 1 I gpio_54 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_ncs4 0 O H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS sys_ ndmareq1 1 I H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L 0 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS F4 G5 F3 G4 W2 mcbsp4_ clkx 2 IO gpt9_pwm_evt 3 IO gpio_55 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_ncs5 0 O sys_ ndmareq2 1 I mcbsp4_dr 2 I gpt10_pwm_e 3 vt IO gpio_56 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_ncs6 0 O sys_ ndmareq3 1 I mcbsp4_dx 2 IO gpt11_pwm_e 3 vt IO gpio_57 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_ncs7 0 O gpmc_io_dir 1 O mcbsp4_fsx 2 IO gpt8_pwm_evt 3 IO gpio_58 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_clk 0 O gpio_59 4 IO safe_mode 7 F1 gpmc_nadv_al 0 e O 0 0 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS F2 gpmc_noe 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS G3 gpmc_nwe 0 O 1 1 0 vdds_ mem No 4 NA LVCMOS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 71 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] K5 gpmc_nbe0_cl 0 e O L 0 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_60 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_nbe1 0 O L L 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_61 4 IO safe_mode 7 gpmc_nwp 0 O L 0 0 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_62 4 IO L1 E1 safe_mode 7 C1 gpmc_wait0 0 I H H 0 vdds_ mem Yes NA PU/ PD LVCMOS C2 gpmc_wait3 0 I H H 7 vdds_ mem Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS sys_ ndmareq1 1 I gpio_65 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_pclk 0 O H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_66 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_hsync 0 O H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_67 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_vsync 0 O H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_68 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_acbias 0 O L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_69 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data0 0 IO L L 7 vdds No 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS uart1_cts 2 I gpio_70 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data1 0 IO L L 7 vdds No 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS uart1_rts 2 O gpio_71 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data2 0 IO L L 7 vdds No 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_72 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data3 0 IO L L 7 vdds No 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_73 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data4 0 IO L L 7 vdds No 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS uart3_rx_ irrx 2 I gpio_74 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data5 0 IO L L 7 vdds No 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS uart3_tx_ irtx 2 O gpio_75 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data6 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS uart1_tx 2 O gpio_76 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data7 0 L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS G22 E22 F22 J21 AC19 AB19 AD20 AC20 AD21 AC21 D24 E23 72 IO TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] E24 F23 AC22 AC23 AB22 Y22 W22 V22 J22 G23 G24 H23 D23 K22 V21 BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] uart1_rx 2 I gpio_77 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data8 0 IO gpio_78 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data9 0 IO gpio_79 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data10 0 IO gpio_80 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data11 0 IO gpio_81 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data12 0 IO gpio_82 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data13 0 IO gpio_83 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data14 0 IO gpio_84 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data15 0 IO gpio_85 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data16 0 IO gpio_86 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data17 0 IO gpio_87 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data18 0 IO mcspi3_clk 2 IO dss_data0 3 IO gpio_88 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data19 0 IO mcspi3_ simo 2 IO dss_data1 3 IO gpio_89 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data20 0 O mcspi3_ somi 2 IO dss_data2 3 IO gpio_90 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data21 0 O mcspi3_cs0 2 IO dss_data3 3 IO gpio_91 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data22 0 O mcspi3_cs1 2 O TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 73 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] L L 7 vdds NA 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS dss_data4 3 IO gpio_92 4 IO safe_mode 7 dss_data23 0 O dss_data5 3 IO gpio_93 4 IO safe_mode 7 AA23 tv_out2 0 O Z 0 0 vdda_dac 8 NA 10-bit DAC AB24 tv_out1 0 O Z 0 0 vdda_dac 8 NA 10-bit DAC AB23 tv_vfb1 0 O Z NA 0 vdda_dac NA 10-bit DAC Y23 tv_vfb2 0 O Z NA 0 vdda_dac NA 10-bit DAC Y24 tv_vref 0 I Z NA 0 vdda_dac NA 10-bit DAC A22 cam_hs 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_94 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_vs 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_95 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_ xclka 0 O L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_96 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_pclk 0 I L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_97 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_fld L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds NA 4 PD LVCMOS W21 E18 B22 J19 H24 AB18 AC18 G19 F19 G20 B21 L24 K24 J23 74 0 IO cam_global_re 2 set IO gpio_98 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d0 0 I gpio_99 4 I safe_mode 7 cam_d1 0 I gpio_100 4 I safe_mode 7 cam_d2 0 I gpio_101 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d3 0 I gpio_102 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d4 0 I gpio_103 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d5 0 I gpio_104 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d6 0 I gpio_105 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d7 0 I gpio_106 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d8 0 I gpio_107 4 IO TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] K23 F21 G21 C22 F18 J20 V20 T21 V19 R20 M23 L23 M22 M21 M20 N23 N22 N21 (1) BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] safe_mode 7 cam_d9 0 I gpio_108 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d10 0 I gpio_109 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_d11 0 I gpio_110 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_ xclkb 0 O gpio_111 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_wen 0 I cam_ shutter 2 O gpio_167 4 IO safe_mode 7 cam_ strobe 0 O gpio_126 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp2_fsx 0 IO gpio_116 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp2_ clkx 0 IO gpio_117 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp2_dr 0 I gpio_118 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp2_dx 0 IO gpio_119 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc1_clk 0 O gpio_120 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc1_cmd 0 IO gpio_121 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat0 0 IO gpio_122 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat1 0 IO gpio_123 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat2 0 IO gpio_124 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat3 0 IO gpio_125 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat4 0 IO gpio_126 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat5 0 IO TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] L L 7 vdds NA 4 PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (1) PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (1) PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (1) PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1 Yes 8 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1a No 8 PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1a No 8 PD LVCMOS (1) The buffer strength of this IO cell is programmable (2, 4, 6, or 8 mA) according to the selected mode; the default value is described in Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 75 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] N20 P24 Y1 AB5 AB3 Y3 W3 V3 AB2 AA2 Y2 AA1 76 BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] gpio_127 4 safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat6 0 IO gpio_128 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc1_dat7 0 IO gpio_129 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_clk 0 O mcspi3_clk 1 IO gpio_130 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ cmd TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] L L 7 vdds_mmc1a No 8 PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds_mmc1a No 8 PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS IO 0 IO mcspi3_ simo 1 IO gpio_131 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat0 0 IO mcspi3_ somi 1 IO gpio_132 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat1 0 IO gpio_133 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat2 0 IO mcspi3_cs1 1 O gpio_134 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat3 0 IO mcspi3_cs0 1 IO gpio_135 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat4 0 IO mmc2_dir_dat 1 0 O mmc3_dat0 3 IO gpio_136 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat5 0 IO mmc2_dir_dat 1 1 O cam_global_re 2 set IO mmc3_dat1 3 IO gpio_137 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat6 0 IO mmc2_dir_ cmd 1 O cam_ shutter 2 O mmc3_dat2 3 IO gpio_138 4 IO safe_mode 7 mmc2_ dat7 0 IO mmc2_ clkin 1 I mmc3_dat3 3 IO gpio_139 4 IO TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] V6 V5 W4 V4 W7 W6 AC2 V7 W19 AB20 W18 Y18 AA18 BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] safe_mode 7 mcbsp3_dx 0 IO uart2_cts 1 I gpio_140 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp3_dr 0 I uart2_rts 1 O gpio_141 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp3_ clkx 0 IO uart2_tx 1 O gpio_142 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp3_fsx 0 IO uart2_rx 1 I gpio_143 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart1_tx 0 O gpio_148 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart1_rts 0 O gpio_149 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart1_cts 0 I gpio_150 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart1_rx 0 I mcbsp1_ clkr 2 IO mcspi4_clk 3 IO gpio_151 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp1_ clkr 0 IO mcspi4_clk 1 IO gpio_156 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp1_fsr 0 IO cam_global_re 2 set IO gpio_157 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp1_dx 0 IO mcspi4_ simo 1 IO mcbsp3_dx 2 IO gpio_158 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp1_dr 0 I mcspi4_ somi 1 IO mcbsp3_dr 2 O gpio_159 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcbsp_clks 0 I cam_ shutter 2 O gpio_160 4 IO uart1_cts 5 I safe_mode 7 TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 77 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] AA19 mcbsp1_fsx 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS mcspi4_cs0 1 IO mcbsp3_fsx 2 IO gpio_161 4 IO safe_mode 7 L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS V18 A23 B23 B24 C23 R21 R23 P23 R22 T24 T23 U24 U23 W24 V23 78 mcbsp1_ clkx 0 IO mcbsp3_ clkx 2 IO gpio_162 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart3_cts_ rctx 0 IO gpio_163 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart3_rts_ sd 0 O gpio_164 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart3_rx_ irrx 0 I gpio_165 4 IO safe_mode 7 uart3_tx_ irtx 0 O gpio_166 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_clk 0 I gpio_120 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_stp 0 O gpio_121 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_dir 0 I gpio_122 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_nxt 0 I gpio_124 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_ data0 0 IO uart3_tx_ irtx 2 O gpio_125 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_ data1 0 IO uart3_rx_ irrx 2 I gpio_130 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_ data2 0 IO uart3_rts_ sd 2 O gpio_131 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_ data3 0 IO uart3_cts_ rctx 2 IO gpio_169 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_ data4 0 IO gpio_188 4 IO safe_mode 7 hsusb0_ data5 0 IO gpio_189 4 IO safe_mode 7 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] W23 hsusb0_ data6 0 IO L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_190 4 IO safe_mode 7 L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS T22 hsusb0_ data7 0 IO gpio_191 4 IO safe_mode 7 K20 i2c1_scl 0 IOD H H 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain K21 i2c1_sda 0 IOD H H 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain AC15 i2c2_scl 0 IOD H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain gpio_168 4 IO safe_mode 7 i2c2_sda 0 IOD H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain gpio_183 4 IO safe_mode 7 i2c3_scl 0 IOD H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain gpio_184 4 IO safe_mode 7 i2c3_sda 0 IOD H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain gpio_185 4 IO safe_mode 7 i2c4_scl 0 H H 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain H H 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD Open Drain H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 (2) PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS AC14 AC13 AC12 Y16 sys_ nvmode1 1 Y15 safe_mode 7 i2c4_sda 0 sys_ nvmode2 1 A24 T5 R4 T4 T6 R5 (2) IOD O IOD O safe_mode 7 hdq_sio 0 IOD sys_altclk 1 I i2c2_sccbe 2 O i2c3_sccbe 3 O gpio_170 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi1_clk 0 IO mmc2_dat4 1 IO gpio_171 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi1_ simo 0 IO mmc2_dat5 1 IO gpio_172 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi1_ somi 0 IO mmc2_dat6 1 IO gpio_173 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi1_cs0 0 IO mmc2_dat7 1 IO gpio_174 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi1_cs3 0 O hsusb2_tll_ data2 2 IO hsusb2_ data2 3 IO gpio_177 4 IO mm2_txdat 5 IO (2) The buffer strength of this IO cell is programmable (2, 4, 6, or 8 mA) according to the selected mode; the default value is described in Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 79 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] N5 N4 N3 M5 M4 BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] safe_mode 7 mcspi2_clk 0 IO hsusb2_tll_ data7 2 IO hsusb2_ data7 3 O gpio_178 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi2_ simo 0 IO gpt9_pwm_evt 1 IO hsusb2_tll_ data4 IO 2 hsusb2_ data4 3 I gpio_179 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi2_ somi 0 IO gpt10_pwm_e 1 vt IO hsusb2_tll_ data5 2 IO hsusb2_ data5 3 O gpio_180 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi2_cs0 0 IO gpt11_pwm_e 1 vt IO hsusb2_tll_ data6 2 IO hsusb2_ data6 3 O gpio_181 4 IO safe_mode 7 mcspi2_cs1 TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS NA 0 O gpt8_pwm_evt 1 IO hsusb2_tll_ data3 2 IO hsusb2_ data3 3 IO gpio_182 4 IO mm2_txen_n 5 IO safe_mode 7 AA16 sys_32k 0 I Z I NA vdds Yes NA LVCMOS AD15 sys_xtalin 0 I Z I NA vdds Yes NA LVCMOS AD14 sys_xtalout 0 O Z O NA vdds Yes NA LVCMOS Y13 sys_clkreq 0 IO 0 1 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_1 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_nirq 0 I H H 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_0 4 IO W16 safe_mode 7 AA10 sys_ nrespwron 0 I Z I NA vdds Yes NA NA LVCMOS Y10 sys_ nreswarm 0 IOD 0 1 (PU) 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_30 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_boot0 0 I Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_2 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_boot1 0 I Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_3 4 IO AB12 AC16 80 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] AD17 AD18 AC17 AB16 AA15 AD23 Y7 AA6 BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] safe_mode 7 sys_boot2 0 I gpio_4 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_boot3 0 I gpio_5 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_boot4 0 I mmc2_dir_dat 1 2 O gpio_6 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_boot5 0 I mmc2_dir_dat 1 3 O gpio_7 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_boot6 0 I gpio_8 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_off_ mode 0 O gpio_9 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_clkout1 0 O gpio_10 4 IO safe_mode 7 sys_clkout2 0 O gpio_186 4 IO TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Z Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS 0 L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 7 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS safe_mode 7 AB7 jtag_ntrst 0 I L L 0 vdds Yes NA PU/ PD LVCMOS AB6 jtag_tck 0 I L L 0 vdds Yes NA PU/ PD LVCMOS AA7 jtag_rtck 0 O L 0 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS AA9 jtag_tms_tmsc 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS AB10 jtag_tdi 0 I H H 0 vdds Yes NA PU/ PD LVCMOS AB9 jtag_tdo 0 O L Z 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS AC24 jtag_emu0 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_11 4 IO safe_mode 7 jtag_emu1 0 IO H H 0 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS gpio_31 4 IO safe_mode 7 etk_clk H H 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS AD24 AC1 AD3 AD6 0 O mcbsp5_ clkx 1 IO mmc3_clk 2 O hsusb1_stp 3 O gpio_12 4 IO mm1_rxdp 5 IO hsusb1_tll_stp 6 I etk_ctl 0 O mmc3_cmd 2 IO hsusb1_clk 3 O gpio_13 4 IO hsusb1_tll_clk 6 O etk_d0 0 O mcspi3_ simo 1 IO Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 81 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] mmc3_dat4 AC6 AC7 AD8 AC5 AD2 AC8 AD9 AC4 82 2 IO hsusb1_ data0 3 IO gpio_14 4 IO mm1_rxrcv 5 IO hsusb1_tll_ data0 6 IO etk_d1 0 O mcspi3_ somi 1 IO hsusb1_ data1 3 IO gpio_15 4 IO mm1_txse0 5 IO hsusb1_tll_ data1 6 IO etk_d2 0 O mcspi3_cs0 1 IO hsusb1_ data2 3 IO gpio_16 4 IO mm1_txdat 5 IO hsusb1_tll_dat 6 a2 IO etk_d3 0 O mcspi3_clk 1 IO mmc3_dat3 2 IO hsusb1_ data7 3 IO gpio_17 4 IO hsusb1_tll_ data7 6 IO etk_d4 0 O mcbsp5_dr 1 I mmc3_dat0 2 IO hsusb1_ data4 3 IO gpio_18 4 IO hsusb1_tll_ data4 6 IO etk_d5 0 O mcbsp5_fsx 1 IO mmc3_dat1 2 IO hsusb1_ data5 3 IO gpio_19 4 IO hsusb1_tll_ data5 6 IO etk_d6 0 O mcbsp5_dx 1 IO mmc3_dat2 2 IO hsusb1_ data6 3 IO gpio_20 4 IO hsusb1_tll_ data6 6 IO etk_d7 0 O mcspi3_cs1 1 O mmc3_dat7 2 IO hsusb1_ data3 3 IO gpio_21 4 IO mm1_txen_n 5 IO hsusb1_tll_ data3 6 IO etk_d8 0 O TERMINAL DESCRIPTION TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] H H 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS H H 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] AD5 AC3 AC9 AC10 AD11 AC11 AD12 BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] sys_drm_ msecure 1 O mmc3_dat6 2 IO hsusb1_dir 3 I gpio_22 4 IO hsusb1_tll_dir 6 O etk_d9 0 O sys_secure_in 1 dic ator O mmc3_dat5 2 IO hsusb1_nxt 3 I gpio_23 4 IO mm1_rxdm 5 IO hsusb1_tll_nxt 6 O etk_d10 0 O uart1_rx 2 I hsusb2_clk 3 O gpio_24 4 IO hsusb2_tll_clk 6 O etk_d11 0 O hsusb2_stp 3 O gpio_25 4 IO mm2_rxdp 5 IO hsusb2_tll_stp 6 I etk_d12 0 O hsusb2_dir 3 I gpio_26 4 IO hsusb2_tll_dir 6 O etk_d13 0 O hsusb2_nxt 3 I gpio_27 4 IO mm2_rxdm 5 IO hsusb2_tll_nxt 6 O etk_d14 0 O hsusb2_ data0 3 IO gpio_28 4 IO mm2_rxrcv 5 IO hsusb2_tll_ data0 6 IO etk_d15 TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS L L 4 vdds Yes 4 PU/ PD LVCMOS 0 O hsusb2_ data1 3 IO gpio_29 4 IO mm2_txse0 5 IO hsusb2_tll_ data1 6 IO E16, F15, vdds_mem F16, G15, G16, H15, J6, J7, J8, K6, K7, K8 0 PWR - - - - - - - - F12, F13, vdd_core G12, G13, H12, H13, J17, J18, K17, K18, K19, L14, L15, M14, M15, R17, R18, R19, T17, T18, T19, T20 0 PWR - - - - - - - - Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 83 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-3. Ball Characteristics (CUS Pkg.) (continued) BALL BOTTOM [1] BALL TOP [2] PIN NAME [3] MODE [4] TYPE [5] BALL RESET BALL RESET RESET REL. STATE [6] REL. STATE MODE [8] [7] POWER [9] HYS [10] BUFFER STRENG TH (mA) [11] PULLUP /DOWN TYPE [12] F10, G9, G10, vdd_mpu H9, H10, J9, J10, L11, L12, M6, M7, M8, M12, N6, N7, N8, R6, R7, R8, T7, T8, U12, U13, V12, V13, W12, W13 0 PWR - - - - - - - - H8 0 PWR - - - - - - - - M17, M18, vdds M19, N17, N18, N19, U10, V9, V10, W9, W10, Y9 vdds_mmc1a 0 PWR - - - - - - - - N24 0 PWR - - - - - - - - Y12, U8, H17 cap_vdd_wku 0 p, cap_vdd_sram _mpu , cap_vdd_sram _core PWR - - - - - - - - G18 vdds_dpll_dll 0 PWR - - - - - - - - U17 vdds_dpll_per 0 PWR - - - - - - - - AA12 vdds_sram 0 PWR - - - - - - - - AA13 vdds_wkup_b 0 g PWR - - - - - - - - AB15 vssa_dac 0 GND - - - - - - - - AB13 vdda_dac 0 PWR - - - - - - - - H11, H14, vss H16, J11, J12, J13, J14, J15, J16, K10, K11, K14, K15, L8, L10, L13, L17, M9, M10, M11, M13, M16, N9, N10, N11, N12, N13, N14, N15, N16, P8, P10, P11, P12, P13, P14, P15, P17, R10, R11, R14, R15, T9, T10, T11, T12, T13, T14, T15, T16, U9, U11, U14, U15, U16, V15, V16, W15 0 GND - - - - - - - - AD1, A1, A2, B1 - - - - - - - - - - 84 vdds_mmc1 No Connect TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 2.4 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Multiplexing Characteristics Table 2-4 provides a description of the OMAP3515/03 multiplexing on the CBB, CBC, and CUS packages, respectively. Note: The following does not take into account subsystem pin multiplexing options. Subsystem pin multiplexing options are described in Section 2.5, Signal Description. Table 2-4. Multiplexing Characteristics CBB Bottom CBC Top Bottom CUS MODE 0 MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4 MODE 5 MODE 6 MODE 7 Top D6 J2 NA D1 D7 sdrc_d0 C6 J1 NA G1 C5 sdrc_d1 B6 G2 NA G2 C6 sdrc_d2 C8 G1 NA E1 B5 sdrc_d3 C9 F2 NA D2 D9 sdrc_d4 A7 F1 NA E2 D10 sdrc_d5 B9 D2 NA B3 C7 sdrc_d6 A9 D1 NA B4 B7 sdrc_d7 C14 B13 NA A10 B11 sdrc_d8 B14 A13 NA B11 C12 sdrc_d9 C15 B14 NA A11 B12 sdrc_d10 B16 A14 NA B12 D13 sdrc_d11 D17 B16 NA A16 C13 sdrc_d12 C17 A16 NA A17 B14 sdrc_d13 B17 B19 NA B17 A14 sdrc_d14 D18 A19 NA B18 B15 sdrc_d15 D11 B3 NA B7 C9 sdrc_d16 B10 A3 NA A5 E12 sdrc_d17 C11 B5 NA B6 B8 sdrc_d18 D12 A5 NA A6 B9 sdrc_d19 C12 B8 NA A8 C10 sdrc_d20 A11 A8 NA B9 B10 sdrc_d21 B13 B9 NA A9 D12 sdrc_d22 D14 A9 NA B10 E13 sdrc_d23 C18 B21 NA C21 E15 sdrc_d24 A19 A21 NA D20 D15 sdrc_d25 B19 D22 NA B19 C15 sdrc_d26 B20 D23 NA C20 B16 sdrc_d27 D20 E22 NA D21 C16 sdrc_d28 A21 E23 NA E20 D16 sdrc_d29 B21 G22 NA E21 B17 sdrc_d30 C21 G23 NA G21 B18 sdrc_d31 H9 AB21 NA AA18 C18 sdrc_ba0 H10 AC21 NA V20 D18 sdrc_ba1 A4 N22 NA G20 A4 sdrc_a0 B4 N23 NA K20 B4 sdrc_a1 B3 P22 NA J20 D6 sdrc_a2 C5 P23 NA J21 B3 sdrc_a3 C4 R22 NA U21 B2 sdrc_a4 D5 R23 NA R20 C3 sdrc_a5 C3 T22 NA M21 E3 sdrc_a6 C2 T23 NA M20 F6 sdrc_a7 C1 U22 NA N20 E10 sdrc_a8 D4 U23 NA K21 E9 sdrc_a9 D3 V22 NA Y16 E7 sdrc_a10 D2 V23 NA N21 G6 sdrc_a11 D1 W22 NA R21 G7 sdrc_a12 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 85 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-4. Multiplexing Characteristics (continued) CBB Bottom CBC Top Bottom CUS MODE 0 MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4 MODE 5 MODE 6 MODE 7 Top E2 W23 NA AA15 F7 sdrc_a13 E1 Y22 NA Y12 F9 sdrc_a14 H11 M22 NA T21 A19 sdrc_ncs0 H12 M23 NA T20 B19 sdrc_ncs1 A13 A11 NA A12 A10 sdrc_clk A14 B11 NA B13 A11 sdrc_nclk H16 J22 NA Y15 B20 sdrc_cke0 safe_mode H17 J23 NA Y13 C20 sdrc_cke1 safe_mode H14 L23 NA V21 D19 sdrc_nras H13 L22 NA U20 C19 sdrc_ncas H15 K23 NA Y18 A20 sdrc_nwe B7 C1 NA H1 B6 sdrc_dm0 A16 A17 NA A14 B13 sdrc_dm1 B11 A6 NA A4 A7 sdrc_dm2 C20 A20 NA A18 A16 sdrc_dm3 A6 C2 NA C2 A5 sdrc_dqs0 A17 B17 NA B15 A13 sdrc_dqs1 A10 B6 NA B8 A8 sdrc_dqs2 A20 B20 NA A19 A17 sdrc_dqs3 N4 AC15 J2 NA K4 gpmc_a1 gpio_34 safe_mode M4 AB15 H1 NA K3 gpmc_a2 gpio_35 safe_mode L4 AC16 H2 NA K2 gpmc_a3 gpio_36 safe_mode K4 AB16 G2 NA J4 gpmc_a4 gpio_37 safe_mode T3 AC17 F1 NA J3 gpmc_a5 gpio_38 safe_mode R3 AB17 F2 NA J2 gpmc_a6 gpio_39 safe_mode N3 AC18 E1 NA J1 gpmc_a7 gpio_40 safe_mode M3 AB18 E2 NA H1 gpmc_a8 gpio_41 safe_mode L3 AC19 D1 NA H2 gpmc_a9 sys_ndmareq 2 gpio_42 safe_mode K3 AB19 D2 NA G2 gpmc_a10 sys_ndmareq 3 gpio_43 safe_mode K1 M2 AA2 U2 L2 gpmc_d0 L1 M1 AA1 U1 M1 gpmc_d1 L2 N2 AC2 V2 M2 gpmc_d2 P2 N1 AC1 V1 N2 gpmc_d3 T1 R2 AE5 AA3 M3 gpmc_d4 V1 R1 AD6 AA4 P1 gpmc_d5 V2 T2 AD5 Y3 P2 gpmc_d6 W2 T1 AC5 Y4 R1 gpmc_d7 H2 AB3 V1 R1 R2 gpmc_d8 gpio_44 safe_mode K2 AC3 Y1 T1 T2 gpmc_d9 gpio_45 safe_mode P1 AB4 T1 N1 U1 gpmc_d10 gpio_46 safe_mode R1 AC4 U2 P2 R3 gpmc_d11 gpio_47 safe_mode R2 AB6 U1 P1 T3 gpmc_d12 gpio_48 safe_mode T2 AC6 P1 M1 U2 gpmc_d13 gpio_49 safe_mode W1 AB7 L2 J2 V1 gpmc_d14 gpio_50 safe_mode Y1 AC7 M2 K2 V2 gpmc_d15 gpio_51 safe_mode G4 Y2 AD8 AA8 E2 gpmc_ncs0 H3 Y1 AD1 W1 NA gpmc_ncs1 gpio_52 safe_mode V8 NA A3 NA NA gpmc_ncs2 gpio_53 safe_mode U8 NA B6 NA D2 gpmc_ncs3 sys_ndmareq 0 gpio_54 safe_mode T8 NA B4 NA F4 gpmc_ncs4 sys_ndmareq mcbsp4_clkx gpt9_pwm_e gpio_55 1 vt safe_mode R8 NA C4 NA G5 gpmc_ncs5 sys_ndmareq mcbsp4_dr 2 safe_mode 86 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION gpt10_pwm_ gpio_56 evt Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-4. Multiplexing Characteristics (continued) CBB Bottom CBC Top Bottom CUS MODE 0 MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4 MODE 5 MODE 6 MODE 7 Top P8 NA B5 NA F3 gpmc_ncs6 sys_ndmareq mcbsp4_dx 3 gpt11_pwm_ gpio_57 evt safe_mode N8 NA C5 NA G4 gpmc_ncs7 gpmc_io_dir gpt8_pwm_e gpio_58 vt safe_mode T4 W2 N1 L1 W2 gpmc_clk gpio_59 safe_mode F3 W1 AD10 AA9 F1 gpmc_nadv_ ale G2 V2 N2 L2 F2 gpmc_noe F4 V1 M1 K1 G3 gpmc_nwe G3 AC12 K2 FT (1) K5 gpmc_nbe0_ cle gpio_60 safe_mode U3 NA J1 NA L1 gpmc_nbe1 gpio_61 safe_mode H1 AB10 AC6 Y5 E1 gpmc_nwp gpio_62 safe_mode M8 AB12 AC11 Y10 C1 gpmc_wait0 L8 AC10 AC8 Y8 NA gpmc_wait1 gpio_63 safe_mode K8 NA B3 NA NA gpmc_wait2 gpio_64 safe_mode J8 NA C6 NA C2 gpmc_wait3 gpio_65 safe_mode D28 NA G25 NA G22 dss_pclk gpio_66 hw_dbg12 safe_mode D26 NA K24 NA E22 dss_hsync gpio_67 hw_dbg13 safe_mode D27 NA M25 NA F22 dss_vsync gpio_68 safe_mode E27 NA F26 NA J21 dss_acbias gpio_69 safe_mode AG22 NA AE21 NA AC19 dss_data0 uart1_cts dssvenc656_ gpio_70 data0 safe_mode AH22 NA AE22 NA AB19 dss_data1 uart1_rts dssvenc656_ gpio_71 data1 safe_mode AG23 NA AE23 NA AD20 dss_data2 dssvenc656_ gpio_72 data2 safe_mode AH23 NA AE24 NA AC20 dss_data3 dssvenc656_ gpio_73 data3 safe_mode AG24 NA AD23 NA AD21 dss_data4 uart3_rx_irrx dssvenc656_ gpio_74 data4 safe_mode AH24 NA AD24 NA AC21 dss_data5 uart3_tx_irtx dssvenc656_ gpio_75 data5 safe_mode E26 NA G26 NA D24 dss_data6 uart1_tx dssvenc656_ gpio_76 data6 hw_dbg14 safe_mode F28 NA H25 NA E23 dss_data7 uart1_rx dssvenc656_ gpio_77 data7 hw_dbg15 safe_mode F27 NA H26 NA E24 dss_data8 gpio_78 hw_dbg16 safe_mode G26 NA J26 NA F23 dss_data9 gpio_79 hw_dbg17 safe_mode AD28 NA AC26 NA AC22 dss_data10 gpio_80 safe_mode AD27 NA AD26 NA AC23 dss_data11 gpio_81 safe_mode AB28 NA AA25 NA AB22 dss_data12 gpio_82 safe_mode AB27 NA Y25 NA Y22 dss_data13 gpio_83 safe_mode AA28 NA AA26 NA W22 dss_data14 gpio_84 safe_mode AA27 NA AB26 NA V22 dss_data15 gpio_85 safe_mode G25 NA L25 NA J22 dss_data16 gpio_86 safe_mode H27 NA L26 NA G23 dss_data17 gpio_87 safe_mode H26 NA M24 NA G24 dss_data18 mcspi3_clk dss_data0 gpio_88 safe_mode H25 NA M26 NA H23 dss_data19 mcspi3_simo dss_data1 gpio_89 safe_mode E28 NA F25 NA D23 dss_data20 mcspi3_somi dss_data2 gpio_90 safe_mode J26 NA N24 NA K22 dss_data21 mcspi3_cs0 dss_data3 gpio_91 safe_mode AC27 NA AC25 NA V21 dss_data22 mcspi3_cs1 dss_data4 gpio_92 safe_mode AC28 NA AB25 NA W21 dss_data23 dss_data5 gpio_93 safe_mode W28 NA V26 NA AA23 tv_out2 Y28 NA W26 NA AB24 tv_out1 Y27 NA W25 NA AB23 tv_vfb1 W27 NA U24 NA Y23 tv_vfb2 W26 NA V23 NA Y24 tv_vref (1) mcbsp4_fsx sys_ndmareq 1 "FT" indicates Feed-Through. For more information, refer to Section 2.5.10. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 87 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-4. Multiplexing Characteristics (continued) CBB Bottom CBC Top Bottom CUS MODE 0 MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4 MODE 5 MODE 6 MODE 7 Top A24 NA C23 NA A22 cam_hs gpio_94 hw_dbg0 safe_mode A23 NA D23 NA E18 cam_vs gpio_95 hw_dbg1 safe_mode C25 NA C25 NA B22 cam_xclka gpio_96 C27 NA C26 NA J19 cam_pclk gpio_97 hw_dbg2 safe_mode C23 NA B23 NA H24 cam_fld gpio_98 hw_dbg3 safe_mode AG17 NA AE16 NA AB18 cam_d0 gpio_99 AH17 NA AE15 NA AC18 cam_d1 gpio_100 B24 NA A24 NA G19 cam_d2 gpio_101 hw_dbg4 safe_mode C24 NA B24 NA F19 cam_d3 gpio_102 hw_dbg5 safe_mode D24 NA D24 NA G20 cam_d4 gpio_103 hw_dbg6 safe_mode A25 NA C24 NA B21 cam_d5 gpio_104 hw_dbg7 safe_mode K28 NA P25 NA L24 cam_d6 gpio_105 safe_mode L28 NA P26 NA K24 cam_d7 gpio_106 safe_mode K27 NA N25 NA J23 cam_d8 gpio_107 safe_mode L27 NA N26 NA K23 cam_d9 gpio_108 B25 NA D25 NA F21 cam_d10 gpio_109 hw_dbg8 safe_mode C26 NA E26 NA G21 cam_d11 gpio_110 hw_dbg9 safe_mode B26 NA E25 NA C22 cam_xclkb gpio_111 B23 NA A23 NA F18 cam_wen D25 NA D26 NA J20 cam_strobe AG19 NA AD17 NA NA gpio_112 safe_mode AH19 NA AD16 NA NA gpio_113 safe_mode AG18 NA AE18 NA NA gpio_114 safe_mode AH18 NA AE17 NA NA gpio_115 safe_mode P21 NA U18 NA V20 mcbsp2_fsx gpio_116 safe_mode N21 NA R18 NA T21 mcbsp2_clkx gpio_117 safe_mode R21 NA T18 NA V19 mcbsp2_dr gpio_118 safe_mode M21 NA R19 NA R20 mcbsp2_dx gpio_119 safe_mode N28 NA N19 NA M23 mmc1_clk gpio_120 safe_mode M27 NA L18 NA L23 mmc1_cmd gpio_121 safe_mode N27 NA M19 NA M22 mmc1_dat0 gpio_122 safe_mode N26 NA M18 NA M21 mmc1_dat1 gpio_123 safe_mode N25 NA K18 NA M20 mmc1_dat2 gpio_124 safe_mode P28 NA N20 NA N23 mmc1_dat3 gpio_125 safe_mode P27 NA M20 NA N22 mmc1_dat4 gpio_126 safe_mode P26 NA P17 NA N21 mmc1_dat5 gpio_127 safe_mode R27 NA P18 NA N20 mmc1_dat6 gpio_128 safe_mode R25 NA P19 NA P24 mmc1_dat7 gpio_129 safe_mode AE2 NA W10 NA Y1 mmc2_clk mcspi3_clk gpio_130 safe_mode AG5 NA R10 NA AB5 mmc2_cmd mcspi3_simo gpio_131 safe_mode AH5 NA T10 NA AB3 mmc2_dat0 mcspi3_somi gpio_132 safe_mode AH4 NA T9 NA Y3 mmc2_dat1 gpio_133 safe_mode AG4 NA U10 NA W3 mmc2_dat2 mcspi3_cs1 gpio_134 safe_mode AF4 NA U9 NA V3 mmc2_dat3 mcspi3_cs0 gpio_135 safe_mode AE4 NA V10 NA AB2 mmc2_dat4 mmc2_dir_da t0 mmc3_dat0 gpio_136 safe_mode AH3 NA M3 NA AA2 mmc2_dat5 mmc2_dir_da cam_global_r mmc3_dat1 t1 eset gpio_137 hsusb3_tll_st mm3_rxdp p safe_mode AF3 NA L3 NA Y2 mmc2_dat6 mmc2_dir_c md cam_shutter mmc3_dat2 gpio_138 hsusb3_tll_di r safe_mode AE3 NA K3 NA AA1 mmc2_dat7 mmc2_clkin mmc3_dat3 gpio_139 hsusb3_tll_n mm3_rxdm xt safe_mode AF6 NA P3 NA V6 mcbsp3_dx uart2_cts gpio_140 hsusb3_tll_d ata4 safe_mode AE6 NA N3 NA V5 mcbsp3_dr uart2_rts gpio_141 hsusb3_tll_d ata5 safe_mode 88 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION cam_global_r eset cam_shutter safe_mode safe_mode safe_mode safe_mode safe_mode gpio_167 hw_dbg10 safe_mode gpio_126 hw_dbg11 safe_mode Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-4. Multiplexing Characteristics (continued) CBB Bottom CBC Top Bottom CUS MODE 0 MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4 MODE 5 MODE 6 MODE 7 Top AF5 NA U3 NA W4 mcbsp3_clkx uart2_tx gpio_142 hsusb3_tll_d ata6 safe_mode AE5 NA W3 NA V4 mcbsp3_fsx uart2_rx gpio_143 hsusb3_tll_d ata7 safe_mode AB26 NA Y24 NA NA uart2_cts mcbsp3_dx gpt9_pwm_e vt gpio_144 safe_mode AB25 NA AA24 NA NA uart2_rts mcbsp3_dr gpt10_pwm_ evt gpio_145 safe_mode AA25 NA AD22 NA NA uart2_tx mcbsp3_clkx gpt11_pwm_ evt gpio_146 safe_mode AD25 NA AD21 NA NA uart2_rx mcbsp3_fsx gpio_147 safe_mode AA8 NA L4 NA W7 uart1_tx gpio_148 safe_mode AA9 NA R2 NA W6 uart1_rts gpio_149 W8 NA W2 NA AC2 uart1_cts gpio_150 Y8 NA H3 NA V7 uart1_rx AE1 NA V3 NA NA mcbsp4_clkx gpio_152 hsusb3_tll_d mm3_txse0 ata1 safe_mode AD1 NA U4 NA NA mcbsp4_dr gpio_153 hsusb3_tll_d mm3_rxrcv ata0 safe_mode AD2 NA R3 NA NA mcbsp4_dx gpio_154 hsusb3_tll_d mm3_txdat ata2 safe_mode AC1 NA T3 NA NA mcbsp4_fsx gpio_155 hsusb3_tll_d mm3_txen_n safe_mode ata3 Y21 NA U19 NA W19 mcbsp1_clkr mcspi4_clk gpio_156 safe_mode AA21 NA V17 NA AB20 mcbsp1_fsr gpio_157 safe_mode V21 NA U17 NA W18 mcbsp1_dx mcspi4_simo mcbsp3_dx gpio_158 safe_mode U21 NA T20 NA Y18 mcbsp1_dr mcspi4_somi mcbsp3_dr gpio_159 T21 NA T19 NA AA18 mcbsp_clks K26 NA P20 NA AA19 mcbsp1_fsx W21 NA T17 NA V18 mcbsp1_clkx H18 NA F23 NA A23 H19 NA F24 NA H20 NA H24 NA H21 NA G24 T28 NA T25 gpt8_pwm_e vt mcbsp1_clkr mcspi4_clk cam_global_r eset safe_mode hsusb3_tll_cl k gpio_151 safe_mode safe_mode safe_mode cam_shutter gpio_160 mcbsp3_fsx gpio_161 safe_mode mcbsp3_clkx gpio_162 safe_mode uart3_cts_rct x gpio_163 safe_mode B23 uart3_rts_sd gpio_164 safe_mode B24 uart3_rx_irrx gpio_165 safe_mode NA C23 uart3_tx_irtx gpio_166 safe_mode W19 NA R21 hsusb0_clk gpio_120 safe_mode NA U20 NA R23 hsusb0_stp gpio_121 safe_mode R28 NA V19 NA P23 hsusb0_dir gpio_122 safe_mode T26 NA W18 NA R22 hsusb0_nxt gpio_124 safe_mode T27 NA V20 NA T24 hsusb0_data 0 uart3_tx_irtx gpio_125 safe_mode U28 NA Y20 NA T23 hsusb0_data 1 uart3_rx_irrx gpio_130 safe_mode U27 NA V18 NA U24 hsusb0_data 2 uart3_rts_sd gpio_131 safe_mode U26 NA W20 NA U23 hsusb0_data 3 uart3_cts_rct x gpio_169 safe_mode U25 NA W17 NA W24 hsusb0_data 4 gpio_188 safe_mode V28 NA Y18 NA V23 hsusb0_data 5 gpio_189 safe_mode V27 NA Y19 NA W23 hsusb0_data 6 gpio_190 safe_mode V26 NA Y17 NA T22 hsusb0_data 7 gpio_191 safe_mode K21 NA J25 NA K20 i2c1_scl J21 NA J24 NA K21 i2c1_sda AF15 NA C2 NA AC15 i2c2_scl gpio_168 safe_mode AE15 NA C1 NA AC14 i2c2_sda gpio_183 safe_mode AF14 NA AB4 NA AC13 i2c3_scl gpio_184 safe_mode mcspi4_cs0 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 uart1_cts safe_mode TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 89 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-4. Multiplexing Characteristics (continued) CBB Bottom CBC Top Bottom CUS MODE 0 MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4 MODE 5 MODE 6 MODE 7 Top AG14 NA AC4 NA AC12 i2c3_sda AD26 NA AD15 NA Y16 i2c4_scl sys_nvmode 1 safe_mode AE26 NA W16 NA Y15 i2c4_sda sys_nvmode 2 safe_mode J25 NA J23 NA A24 hdq_sio sys_altclk gpio_170 safe_mode AB3 NA P9 NA T5 mcspi1_clk mmc2_dat4 gpio_171 safe_mode AB4 NA P8 NA R4 mcspi1_simo mmc2_dat5 gpio_172 safe_mode AA4 NA P7 NA T4 mcspi1_somi mmc2_dat6 gpio_173 safe_mode AC2 NA R7 NA T6 mcspi1_cs0 gpio_174 safe_mode AC3 NA R8 NA NA mcspi1_cs1 mmc3_cmd gpio_175 safe_mode AB1 NA R9 NA NA mcspi1_cs2 mmc3_clk gpio_176 AB2 NA T8 NA R5 mcspi1_cs3 hsusb2_tll_d hsusb2_data gpio_177 ata2 2 AA3 NA W7 NA N5 mcspi2_clk hsusb2_tll_d hsusb2_data gpio_178 ata7 7 safe_mode Y2 NA W8 NA N4 mcspi2_simo gpt9_pwm_e hsusb2_tll_d hsusb2_data gpio_179 vt ata4 4 safe_mode Y3 NA U8 NA N3 mcspi2_somi gpt10_pwm_ hsusb2_tll_d hsusb2_data gpio_180 evt ata5 5 safe_mode Y4 NA V8 NA M5 mcspi2_cs0 gpt11_pwm_ hsusb2_tll_d hsusb2_data gpio_181 evt ata6 6 safe_mode V3 NA V9 NA M4 mcspi2_cs1 gpt8_pwm_e hsusb2_tll_d hsusb2_data gpio_182 vt ata3 3 AE25 NA AE20 NA AA16 sys_32k AE17 NA AF19 NA AD15 sys_xtalin AF17 NA AF20 NA AD14 sys_xtalout AF25 NA W15 NA Y13 sys_clkreq gpio_1 safe_mode AF26 NA V16 NA W16 sys_nirq gpio_0 safe_mode AH25 NA V13 NA AA10 sys_nrespwr on AF24 NA AD7 NA Y10 sys_nreswar m gpio_30 safe_mode AH26 NA F3 NA AB12 sys_boot0 gpio_2 safe_mode AG26 NA D3 NA AC16 sys_boot1 gpio_3 safe_mode AE14 NA C3 NA AD17 sys_boot2 gpio_4 safe_mode AF18 NA E3 NA AD18 sys_boot3 gpio_5 safe_mode AF19 NA E4 NA AC17 sys_boot4 mmc2_dir_da t2 gpio_6 safe_mode AE21 NA G3 NA AB16 sys_boot5 mmc2_dir_da t3 gpio_7 safe_mode AF21 NA D4 NA AA15 sys_boot6 gpio_8 safe_mode AF22 NA V12 NA AD23 sys_off_mod e gpio_9 safe_mode AG25 NA AE14 NA Y7 sys_clkout1 gpio_10 safe_mode AE22 NA W11 NA AA6 sys_clkout2 gpio_186 safe_mode AA17 NA U15 NA AB7 jtag_ntrst AA13 NA V14 NA AB6 jtag_tck AA12 NA W13 NA AA7 jtag_rtck AA18 NA V15 NA AA9 jtag_tms_tms c AA20 NA U16 NA AB10 jtag_tdi AA19 NA Y13 NA AB9 jtag_tdo AA11 NA Y15 NA AC24 jtag_emu0 gpio_11 safe_mode AA10 NA Y14 NA AD24 jtag_emu1 gpio_31 AF10 NA AB2 NA AC1 etk_clk AE10 NA AB3 NA AD3 etk_ctl mmc3_cmd AF11 NA AC3 NA AD6 etk_d0 mcspi3_simo mmc3_dat4 90 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION gpio_185 i2c2_sccbe i2c3_sccbe mmc2_dat7 mcbsp5_clkx mmc3_clk hsusb1_stp gpio_12 hsusb1_clk gpio_13 hsusb1_data gpio_14 0 safe_mode safe_mode mm2_txdat mm2_txen_n safe_mode safe_mode safe_mode mm1_rxdp hsusb1_tll_st hw_dbg0 p hsusb1_tll_cl hw_dbg1 k mm1_rxrcv hsusb1_tll_d hw_dbg2 ata0 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-4. Multiplexing Characteristics (continued) CBB Bottom CBC Top Bottom CUS MODE 0 MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4 MODE 5 MODE 6 MODE 7 Top AG12 NA AD4 NA AC6 etk_d1 mcspi3_somi hsusb1_data gpio_15 1 mm1_txse0 hsusb1_tll_d hw_dbg3 ata1 AH12 NA AD3 NA AC7 etk_d2 mcspi3_cs0 hsusb1_data gpio_16 2 mm1_txdat hsusb1_tll_d hw_dbg4 ata2 AE13 NA AA3 NA AD8 etk_d3 mcspi3_clk mmc3_dat3 hsusb1_data gpio_17 7 hsusb1_tll_d hw_dbg5 ata7 AE11 NA Y3 NA AC5 etk_d4 mcbsp5_dr mmc3_dat0 hsusb1_data gpio_18 4 hsusb1_tll_d hw_dbg6 ata4 AH9 NA AB1 NA AD2 etk_d5 mcbsp5_fsx mmc3_dat1 hsusb1_data gpio_19 5 hsusb1_tll_d hw_dbg7 ata5 AF13 NA AE3 NA AC8 etk_d6 mcbsp5_dx mmc3_dat2 hsusb1_data gpio_20 6 hsusb1_tll_d hw_dbg8 ata6 AH14 NA AD2 NA AD9 etk_d7 mcspi3_cs1 mmc3_dat7 hsusb1_data gpio_21 3 mm1_txen_n hsusb1_tll_d hw_dbg9 ata3 AF9 NA AA4 NA AC4 etk_d8 sys_drm_ms mmc3_dat6 ecure hsusb1_dir gpio_22 AG9 NA V2 NA AD5 etk_d9 sys_secure_i mmc3_dat5 ndicator hsusb1_nxt gpio_23 AE7 NA AE4 NA AC3 etk_d10 hsusb2_clk gpio_24 AF7 NA AF6 NA AC9 etk_d11 hsusb2_stp gpio_25 AG7 NA AE6 NA AC10 etk_d12 hsusb2_dir gpio_26 AH7 NA AF7 NA AD11 etk_d13 hsusb2_nxt gpio_27 mm2_rxdm hsusb2_tll_n hw_dbg15 xt AG8 NA AF9 NA AC11 etk_d14 hsusb2_data gpio_28 0 mm2_rxrcv hsusb2_tll_d hw_dbg16 ata0 AH8 NA AE9 NA AD12 etk_d15 hsusb2_data gpio_29 1 mm2_txse0 hsusb2_tll_d hw_dbg17 ata1 AC4, J4, H4, NA D8, AE9, D9, D15, Y16, AE18, Y18, W18, K18, J18, AE19, Y19, U19, T19, N19, M19, J19, Y20, W20, V20, U20, P20, N20, K20, J20, D22, D23, AE24, M25, L25, E25 AC21, D15, G11, G18, H20, M7, M17, R20, T7, Y8, Y12 NA F12, F13, G12, G13, H12, H13, J17, J18, K17, K18, K19, L14, L15, M14, M15, R17, R18, R19, T17, T18, T19, T20 vdd_core Y9, W9, T9, R9, M9, L9, J9, Y10, U10, T10, R10, N10, M10, L10, J10, Y11, W11, K11, J11, W12, K13, Y14, K14, J14, Y15, W15, J15 NA D13, G9, NA G12, H7, K11, L9, M9, M10, N7, N8, P10, U7, U11, U13, V7, V11, W9, Y9, Y11 F10, G9, vdd_mpu G10, H9, H10, J9, J10, L11, L12, M6, M7, M8, M12, N6, N7, N8, R6, R7, R8, T7, T8, U12, U13, V12, V13, W12, W13 AA15 NA K14 NA Y12 cap_vdd_wk up K15 NA K13 NA G18 vdds_dpll_dll W16 NA U12 NA AA12 vdds_sram M17, M18, M19, N17, N18, N19, U10, V9, V10, W9, W10, Y9 vdds AD3, AD4, NA W4, AF8, AE8, AF16, AE16, AF23, AE23, F25, F26, AG27 A18, AC7, NA AC15, AC18, AC24, AD20, AE10, C11, D9, E24, G4, J15, J18, L7, L24, M4, T4, T24, W24, Y4, L20, AB24, AD18, AD19 uart1_rx Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 hsusb1_tll_di hw_dbg10 r mm1_rxdm hsusb1_tll_n hw_dbg11 xt hsusb2_tll_cl hw_dbg12 k mm2_rxdp hsusb2_tll_st hw_dbg13 p hsusb2_tll_di hw_dbg14 r TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 91 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-4. Multiplexing Characteristics (continued) CBB Bottom CBC Top Bottom U1, J1, F1, NA J2, F2, R4, B5, A5, AH6, B8, A8, B12, A12, D16, C16, B18, A18, B22, A22, G28, C28 CUS MODE 0 NA E16, F15, F16, G15, G16, H15, J6, J7, J8, K6, K7, K8 vdds_mem AA16 NA U14 NA U17 vdds_dpll_pe r AA14 NA W14 NA AA13 vdds_wkup_ bg AG2, U2, B2, NA AG3, W3, P3, J3, E3, A3, P4, E4, AG6, D7, C7, V9, U9, P9, N9, K9, W10, V10, P10, K10, D10, C10, AF12, AE12, Y12, K12, J12, Y13, W13, J13, D13, C13, W14, K16, J16, Y17, W17, K17, J17, W19, V19, R19, P19, L19, K19, D19, C19, AF20, AE20, T20, R2 A6, A8, A13, NA AB5, AB22, AC10, AC16, AC19, AD14, AD25,AE7, AF23, B2, B25, C12, D7, D10, D12, D14, D18, D20, E22, G1, G8, G10, G20, G23, H4, K1, K15, K25, L10, L17, L19, L23, N4, N10, N17, R1, R4, R17, T23, U25, W1, W4, W23, Y7, Y10, Y16, Y26 H11, H14, vss H16, J11, J12, J13, J14, J15, J16, K10, K11, K14, K15, L8, L10, L13, L17, M9, M10, M11, M13, M16, N9, N10, N11, N12, N13, N14, N15, N16, P8, P10, P11, P12, P13, P14, P15, P17, R10, R11, R14, R15, T9, T10, T11, T12, T13, T14, T15, T16, U9, U11, U14, U15, U16, V15, V16, W15 V25 NA V25 NA AB13 vdda_dac Y26 NA V24 NA AB15 vssa_dac K25 NA N23 NA N24 vdds_mmc1 P25 NA P23 NA H8 vdds_mmc1a AA26 NA Y26 NA NA vss AE27 NA AB24 NA NA vdds AG21 NA AD19 NA NA vdds AH20 NA AE19 NA NA cap_vdd_d AH21 NA AC19 NA NA vss AG16 NA NA NA NA vss AG20 NA NA NA NA vdds M28 NA L19 NA NA vss H28 NA L20 NA NA vdds V4 NA N9 NA U8 cap_vdd_sra m_mpu L21 NA K20 NA H17 cap_vdd_sra m_core 92 MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4 MODE 5 MODE 6 MODE 7 Top TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 2.5 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Signal Description Many signals are available on multiple pins according to the software configuration of the pin multiplexing options. 1. SIGNAL NAME: The signal name 2. DESCRIPTION: Description of the signal 3. TYPE: Type = Ball type for this specific function: – I = Input – O = Output – Z = High-impedance – D = Open Drain – DS = Differential – A = Analog 4. BALL BOTTOM: Associated ball(s) bottom 5. BALL TOP: Associated ball(s) top 6. SUBSYSTEM PIN MULTIPLEXING: Contains a list of the pin multiplexing options at the module/subsystem level. The pin function is selected at the module/system level. Note: The Subsystem Multiplexing Signals are not described in the following tables. 2.5.1 External Memory Interfaces Table 2-5. External Memory Interfaces – GPMC Signals Description SIGNAL NAME [1] DESCRIPTION [2] TYPE [3] BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) [4] BALL TOP (CBB Pkg.) [5] BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) [4] BALL TOP (CBC Pkg.) [5] BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) [4] SUBSYSTEM PIN MULTIPLEXING [6] gpmc_a1 General-purpose memory address bit 1 O N4 / K1 AC15 / M2 J2 / AA2 NA / U2 K4/ L2 / gpmc_d0 gpmc_a2 General-purpose memory address bit 2 O M4 / L1 AB15 / M1 H1 / AA1 NA / U1 K3/ M1 gpmc_a18/ gpmc_d1 gpmc_a3 General-purpose memory address bit 3 O L4 / L2 AC16 / N2 H2 / AC2 NA / V2 K2/ M2 gpmc_a19/ gpmc_d2 gpmc_a4 General-purpose memory address bit 4 O K4 / P2 AB16 / N1 G2 / AC1 NA / V1 J4/ N2 gpmc_a20/ gpmc_d3 gpmc_a5 General-purpose memory address bit 5 O T3 / T1 AC17 / R2 F1 / AE5 NA / AA3 J3/ M3 gpmc_a21/ gpmc_d4 gpmc_a6 General-purpose memory address bit 6 O R3 / V1 AB17 / R1 F2 / AD6 NA / AA4 J2/ P1 gpmc_a22/ gpmc_d5 gpmc_a7 General-purpose memory address bit 7 O N3 / V2 AC18 / T2 E1 / AD5 NA / Y3 J1/ P2 gpmc_a23/ gpmc_d6 gpmc_a8 General-purpose memory address bit 8 O M3 / W2 AB18 / T1 E2 / AC5 NA / Y4 H1/ R1 gpmc_a24/ gpmc_d7 gpmc_a9 General-purpose memory address bit 9 O L3 / H2 AC19 / AB3 D1 / V1 NA / R1 H2/ R2 gpmc_a25/ gpmc_d8 gpmc_a10 General-purpose memory address bit 10 O K3 / K2 AB19 / AC3 D2 / Y1 T1 G2/ T2 gpmc_a26/ gpmc_d9 gpmc_a11 General-purpose memory address bit 11 O P1 AB4 T1 N1 U1 gpmc_d10 gpmc_a12 General-purpose memory address bit 12 O R1 AC4 U2 P2 R3 gpmc_d11 gpmc_a13 General-purpose memory address bit 13 O R2 AB6 U1 P1 T3 gpmc_d12 gpmc_a14 General-purpose memory address bit 14 O T2 AC6 P1 M1 U2 gpmc_d13 gpmc_a15 General-purpose memory address bit 15 O W1 AB7 L2 J2 V1 gpmc_d14 gpmc_a16 General-purpose memory address bit 16 O Y1 AC7 M2 K2 V2 gpmc_d15 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 93 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-5. External Memory Interfaces – GPMC Signals Description (continued) SIGNAL NAME [1] DESCRIPTION [2] TYPE [3] BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) [4] BALL TOP (CBB Pkg.) [5] BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) [4] BALL TOP (CBC Pkg.) [5] BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) [4] SUBSYSTEM PIN MULTIPLEXING [6] gpmc_a17 General-purpose memory address bit 17 O N4 AC15 J2 NA K4 gpmc_a1 gpmc_a18 General-purpose memory address bit 18 O M4 AB15 H1 NA K3 gpmc_a2 gpmc_a19 General-purpose memory address bit 19 O L4 AC16 H2 NA K2 gpmc_a3 gpmc_a20 General-purpose memory address bit 20 O K4 AB16 G2 NA J4 gpmc_a4 gpmc_a21 General-purpose memory address bit 21 O T3 AC17 F1 NA J3 gpmc_a5 gpmc_a22 General-purpose memory address bit 22 O R3 AB17 F2 NA J2 gpmc_a6 gpmc_a23 General-purpose memory address bit 23 O N3 AC18 E1 NA J1 gpmc_a7 gpmc_a24 General-purpose memory address bit 24 O M3 AB18 E2 NA H1 gpmc_a8 gpmc_a25 General-purpose memory address bit 25 O L3 AC19 D1 NA H2 gpmc_a9 gpmc_a26 General-purpose memory address bit 26 O K3 AB19 D2 NA G2 gpmc_a10 gpmc_d0 GPMC Data bit 0 IO K1 M2 AA2 U2 L2 gpmc_a1/ gpmc_d0 gpmc_d1 GPMC Data bit 1 IO L1 M1 AA1 U1 M1 gpmc_a2/ gpmc_d1 gpmc_d2 GPMC Data bit 2 IO L2 N2 AC2 V2 M2 gpmc_a3/ gpmc_d2 gpmc_d3 GPMC Data bit 3 IO P2 N1 AC1 V1 N2 gpmc_a4/ gpmc_d3 gpmc_d4 GPMC Data bit 4 IO T1 R2 AE5 AA3 M3 gpmc_a5/ gpmc_d4 gpmc_d5 GPMC Data bit 5 IO V1 R1 AD6 AA4 P1 gpmc_a6/ gpmc_d5 gpmc_d6 GPMC Data bit 6 IO V2 T2 AD5 Y3 P2 gpmc_a7 /gpmc_d6 gpmc_d7 GPMC Data bit 7 IO W2 T1 AC5 Y4 R1 gpmc_a8/ gpmc_d7 gpmc_d8 GPMC Data bit 8 IO H2 AB3 V1 R1 R2 gpmc_a9/ gpmc_d8 gpmc_d9 GPMC Data bit 9 IO K2 AC3 Y1 T1 T2 gpmc_a10/ gpmc_d9 gpmc_d10 GPMC Data bit 10 IO P1 AB4 T1 N1 U1 gpmc_a11/ gpmc_d10 gpmc_d11 GPMC Data bit 11 IO R1 AC4 U2 P2 R3 gpmc_a12/ gpmc_d11 gpmc_d12 GPMC Data bit 12 IO R2 AB6 U1 P1 T3 gpmc_a13/ gpmc_d12 gpmc_d13 GPMC Data bit 13 IO T2 AC6 P1 M1 U2 gpmc_a14/ gpmc_d13 gpmc_d14 GPMC Data bit 14 IO W1 AB7 L2 J2 V1 gpmc_a15/ gpmc_d14 gpmc_d15 GPMC Data bit 15 IO Y1 AC7 M2 K2 V2 gpmc_a16/ gpmc_d15 gpmc_ncs0 GPMC Chip Select bit 0 O G4 Y2 AD8 AA8 E2 NA gpmc_ncs1 GPMC Chip Select bit 1 O H3 Y1 AD1 W1 NA NA gpmc_ncs2 GPMC Chip Select bit 2 O V8 NA A3 NA NA NA gpmc_ncs3 GPMC Chip Select bit 3 O U8 NA B6 NA D2 NA gpmc_ncs4 GPMC Chip Select bit 4 O T8 NA B4 NA F4 NA gpmc_ncs5 GPMC Chip Select bit 5 O R8 NA C4 NA G5 NA 94 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-5. External Memory Interfaces – GPMC Signals Description (continued) SIGNAL NAME [1] DESCRIPTION [2] TYPE [3] BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) [4] BALL TOP (CBB Pkg.) [5] BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) [4] BALL TOP (CBC Pkg.) [5] BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) [4] SUBSYSTEM PIN MULTIPLEXING [6] gpmc_ncs6 GPMC Chip Select bit 6 O P8 NA B5 NA F3 NA gpmc_ncs7 GPMC Chip Select bit 7 O N8 NA C5 NA G4 NA gpmc_io_dir GPMC IO direction control for use with external transceivers O N8 NA C5 NA G4 NA gpmc_clk GPMC clock O T4 W2 N1 L1 W2 NA gpmc_nadv_ale Address Valid or Address Latch Enable O F3 W1 AD10 AA9 F1 NA gpmc_noe Output Enable O G2 V2 N2 L2 F2 NA gpmc_nwe Write Enable O F4 V1 M1 K1 G3 NA gpmc_nbe0_cle Lower Byte Enable. Also used for Command Latch Enable O G3 AC12 K2 FT (1) K5 NA gpmc_nbe1 Upper Byte Enable O U3 NA J1 NA L1 NA gpmc_nwp Flash Write Protect O H1 AB10 AC6 Y5 E1 NA gpmc_wait0 External indication of wait I M8 AB12 AC11 Y10 C1 NA gpmc_wait1 External indication of wait I L8 AC10 AC8 Y8 NA NA gpmc_wait2 External indication of wait I K8 NA B3 NA NA NA gpmc_wait3 External indication of wait I J8 NA C6 NA C2 NA (1) FT indicates "Feed-Through. For more information, refer to Section 2.5.10. Table 2-6. External Memory Interfaces – SDRC Signals Description SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL TOP (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL TOP (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) sdrc_d0 SDRAM data bit 0 IO D6 J2 NA D1 D7 sdrc_d1 SDRAM data bit 1 IO C6 J1 NA G1 C5 sdrc_d2 SDRAM data bit 2 IO B6 G2 NA G2 C6 sdrc_d3 SDRAM data bit 3 IO C8 G1 NA E1 B5 sdrc_d4 SDRAM data bit 4 IO C9 F2 NA D2 D9 sdrc_d5 SDRAM data bit 5 IO A7 F1 NA E2 D10 sdrc_d6 SDRAM data bit 6 IO B9 D2 NA B3 C7 sdrc_d7 SDRAM data bit 7 IO A9 D1 NA B4 B7 sdrc_d8 SDRAM data bit 8 IO C14 B13 NA A10 B11 sdrc_d9 SDRAM data bit 9 IO B14 A13 NA B11 C12 sdrc_d10 SDRAM data bit 10 IO C15 B14 NA A11 B12 sdrc_d11 SDRAM data bit 11 IO B16 A14 NA B12 D13 sdrc_d12 SDRAM data bit 12 IO D17 B16 NA A16 C13 sdrc_d13 SDRAM data bit 13 IO C17 A16 NA A17 B14 sdrc_d14 SDRAM data bit 14 IO B17 B19 NA B17 A14 sdrc_d15 SDRAM data bit 15 IO D18 A19 NA B18 B15 sdrc_d16 SDRAM data bit 16 IO D11 B3 NA B7 C9 sdrc_d17 SDRAM data bit 17 IO B10 A3 NA A5 E12 sdrc_d18 SDRAM data bit 18 IO C11 B5 NA B6 B8 sdrc_d19 SDRAM data bit 19 IO D12 A5 NA A6 B9 sdrc_d20 SDRAM data bit 20 IO C12 B8 NA A8 C10 sdrc_d21 SDRAM data bit 21 IO A11 A8 NA B9 B10 sdrc_d22 SDRAM data bit 22 IO B13 B9 NA A9 D12 sdrc_d23 SDRAM data bit 23 IO D14 A9 NA B10 E13 sdrc_d24 SDRAM data bit 24 IO C18 B21 NA C21 E15 sdrc_d25 SDRAM data bit 25 IO A19 A21 NA D20 D15 sdrc_d26 SDRAM data bit 26 IO B19 D22 NA B19 C15 (1) Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog). Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 95 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-6. External Memory Interfaces – SDRC Signals Description (continued) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL TOP (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL TOP (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) sdrc_d27 SDRAM data bit 27 IO B20 D23 NA C20 B16 sdrc_d28 SDRAM data bit 28 IO D20 E22 NA D21 C16 sdrc_d29 SDRAM data bit 29 IO A21 E23 NA E20 D16 sdrc_d30 SDRAM data bit 30 IO B21 G22 NA E21 B17 sdrc_d31 SDRAM data bit 31 IO C21 G23 NA G21 B18 sdrc_ba0 SDRAM bank select 0 O H9 AB21 NA AA18 C18 sdrc_ba1 SDRAM bank select 1 O H10 AC21 NA V20 D18 sdrc_a0 SDRAM address bit 0 O A4 N22 NA G20 A4 sdrc_a1 SDRAM address bit 1 O B4 N23 NA K20 B4 sdrc_a2 SDRAM address bit 2 O B3 P22 NA J20 D6 sdrc_a3 SDRAM address bit 3 O C5 P23 NA J21 B3 sdrc_a4 SDRAM address bit 4 O C4 R22 NA U21 B2 sdrc_a5 SDRAM address bit 5 O D5 R23 NA R20 C3 sdrc_a6 SDRAM address bit 6 O C3 T22 NA M21 E3 sdrc_a7 SDRAM address bit 7 O C2 T23 NA M20 F6 sdrc_a8 SDRAM address bit 8 O C1 U22 NA N20 E10 sdrc_a9 SDRAM address bit 9 O D4 U23 NA K21 E9 sdrc_a10 SDRAM address bit 10 O D3 V22 NA Y16 E7 sdrc_a11 SDRAM address bit 11 O D2 V23 NA N21 G6 sdrc_a12 SDRAM address bit 12 O D1 W22 NA R21 G7 sdrc_a13 SDRAM address bit 13 O E2 W23 NA AA15 F7 sdrc_a14 SDRAM address bit 14 O E1 Y22 NA Y12 F9 sdrc_ncs0 Chip select 0 O H11 M22 NA T21 A19 sdrc_ncs1 Chip select 1 O H12 M23 NA T20 B19 sdrc_clk Clock IO A13 A11 NA A12 A10 sdrc_nclk Clock Invert O A14 B11 NA B13 A11 sdrc_cke0 Clock Enable 0 O H16 J22 NA Y15 B20 sdrc_cke1 Clock Enable 1 O H17 J23 NA Y13 C20 sdrc_nras SDRAM Row Access O H14 L23 NA V21 D19 sdrc_ncas SDRAM column address strobe O H13 L22 NA U20 C19 sdrc_nwe SDRAM write enable O H15 K23 NA Y18 A20 sdrc_dm0 Data Mask 0 O B7 C1 NA H1 B6 sdrc_dm1 Data Mask 1 O A16 A17 NA A14 B13 sdrc_dm2 Data Mask 2 O B11 A6 NA A4 A7 sdrc_dm3 Data Mask 3 O C20 A20 NA A18 A16 sdrc_dqs0 Data Strobe 0 IO A6 C2 NA C2 A5 sdrc_dqs1 Data Strobe 1 IO A17 B17 NA B15 A13 sdrc_dqs2 Data Strobe 2 IO A10 B6 NA B8 A8 sdrc_dqs3 Data Strobe 3 IO A20 B20 NA A19 A17 96 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 2.5.2 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Video Interfaces Table 2-7. Video Interfaces – CAM Signals Description SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) cam_hs Camera Horizontal Synchronization IO A24 C23 A22 cam_vs Camera Vertical Synchronization IO A23 D23 E18 cam_xclka Camera Clock Output a O C25 C25 B22 cam_xclkb Camera Clock Output b O B26 E25 C22 cam_d0 Camera digital image data bit 0 I AG17 AE16 AB18 cam_d1 Camera digital image data bit 1 I AH17 AE15 AC18 cam_d2 Camera digital image data bit 2 I B24 A24 G19 cam_d3 Camera digital image data bit 3 I C24 B24 F19 cam_d4 Camera digital image data bit 4 I D24 D24 G20 cam_d5 Camera digital image data bit 5 I A25 C24 B21 cam_d6 Camera digital image data bit 6 I K28 P25 L24 cam_d7 Camera digital image data bit 7 I L28 P26 K24 cam_d8 Camera digital image data bit 8 I K27 N25 J23 cam_d9 Camera digital image data bit 9 I L27 N26 K23 cam_d10 Camera digital image data bit 10 I B25 D25 F21 cam_d11 Camera digital image data bit 11 I C26 E26 G21 cam_fld Camera field identification IO C23 B23 H24 cam_pclk Camera pixel clock I C27 C26 J19 cam_wen Camera Write Enable I B23 A23 F18 cam_strobe Flash strobe control signal O D25 D26 J20 cam_global_reset Global reset is used strobe synchronization IO C23 / AH3 / AA21 B23/M3/V17 H24/ AA2/ AB20 cam_shutter Mechanical shutter control signal O B23 / AF3 / T21 A23 / T19 F18/ Y2/ AA18 (1) Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog). Table 2-8. Video Interfaces – DSS Signals Description SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) dss_pclk LCD Pixel Clock O D28 G25 G22 dss_hsync LCD Horizontal Synchronization O D26 K24 E22 dss_vsync LCD Vertical Synchronization O D27 M25 F22 dss_acbias AC bias control (STN) or pixel data enable (TFT) output O E27 F26 J21 dss_data0 LCD Pixel Data bit 0 IO AG22 / H26 AE21 / M24 AC19/G24 dss_data1 LCD Pixel Data bit 1 IO AH22 / H25 AE22 / M26 AB19/H23 dss_data2 LCD Pixel Data bit 2 IO AG23 / E28 AE23 / F25 AD20/D23 dss_data3 LCD Pixel Data bit 3 IO AH23 / J26 AE24 / N24 AC20/K22 dss_data4 LCD Pixel Data bit 4 IO AG24 / AC27 AD23 / AC25 AD21/V21 dss_data5 LCD Pixel Data bit 5 IO AH24 / AC28 AD24/ AB25 AC21/W21 dss_data6 LCD Pixel Data bit 6 IO E26 G26 D24 dss_data7 LCD Pixel Data bit 7 IO F28 H25 E23 dss_data8 LCD Pixel Data bit 8 IO F27 H26 E24 dss_data9 LCD Pixel Data bit 9 IO G26 J26 F23 dss_data10 LCD Pixel Data bit 10 IO AD28 AC26 AC22 dss_data11 LCD Pixel Data bit 11 IO AD27 AD26 AC23 dss_data12 LCD Pixel Data bit 12 IO AB28 AA25 AB22 dss_data13 LCD Pixel Data bit 13 IO AB27 Y25 Y22 dss_data14 LCD Pixel Data bit 14 IO AA28 AA26 W22 (1) Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog). Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 97 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-8. Video Interfaces – DSS Signals Description (continued) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) V22 dss_data15 LCD Pixel Data bit 15 IO AA27 AB26 dss_data16 LCD Pixel Data bit 16 IO G25 L25 J22 dss_data17 LCD Pixel Data bit 17 IO H27 L26 G23 dss_data18 LCD Pixel Data bit 18 IO H26 M24 G24 dss_data19 LCD Pixel Data bit 19 IO H25 M26 H23 dss_data20 LCD Pixel Data bit 20 O E28 F25 D23 dss_data21 LCD Pixel Data bit 21 O J26 N24 K22 dss_data22 LCD Pixel Data bit 22 O AC27 AC25 V21 dss_data23 LCD Pixel Data bit 23 O AC28 AB25 W21 Table 2-9. Video Interfaces – RFBI Signals Description SIGNAL NAME TYPE (1) DESCRIPTION BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) SUBSYSTEM PIN MULTIPLEXING (2) rfbi_a0 RFBI command/data control O E27 F26 J21 dss_acbias rfbi_cs0 1st LCD chip select O D26 K24 E22 dss_hsync rfbi_da0 RFBI data bus 0 IO AG22 AE21 AC19 dss_data0 rfbi_da1 RFBI data bus 1 IO AH22 AE22 AB19 dss_data1 rfbi_da2 RFBI data bus 2 IO AG23 AE23 AD20 dss_data2 rfbi_da3 RFBI data bus 3 IO AH23 AE24 AC20 dss_data3 rfbi_da4 RFBI data bus 4 IO AG24 AD23 AD21 dss_data4 rfbi_da5 RFBI data bus 5 IO AH24 AD24 AC21 dss_data5 rfbi_da6 RFBI data bus 6 IO E26 G26 D24 dss_data6 rfbi_da7 RFBI data bus 7 IO F28 H25 E23 dss_data7 rfbi_da8 RFBI data bus 8 IO F27 H26 E24 dss_data8 rfbi_da9 RFBI data bus 9 IO G26 J26 F23 dss_data9 rfbi_da10 RFBI data bus 10 IO AD28 AC26 AC22 dss_data10 rfbi_da11 RFBI data bus 11 IO AD27 AD26 AC23 dss_data11 rfbi_da12 RFBI data bus 12 IO AB28 AA25 AB22 dss_data12 rfbi_da13 RFBI data bus 13 IO AB27 Y25 Y22 dss_data13 rfbi_da14 RFBI data bus 14 IO AA28 AA26 W22 dss_data14 rfbi_da15 RFBI data bus 15 IO AA27 AB26 V22 dss_data15 rfbi_rd Read enable for RFBI O D28 G25 G22 dss_pclk rfbi_wr Write Enable for RFBI O D27 M25 F22 dss_vsync rfbi_te_vsync 0 tearing effect removal and Vsync input from 1st LCD I G25 L25 J22 dss_data16 rfbi_hsync0 Hsync for 1st LCD I H27 L26 G23 dss_data17 rfbi_te_vsync 1 tearing effect removal and Vsync input from 2nd LCD I H26 M24 G24 dss_data18 rfbi_hsync1 Hsync for 2nd LCD I H25 M26 H23 dss_data19 rfbi_cs1 2nd LCD chip select O E28 F25 D23 dss_data20 (1) (2) 98 Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog). The subsystem pin multiplexing options are not described in and TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-10. Video Interfaces – TV Signals Description SIGNAL NAME (1) TYPE (1) DESCRIPTION BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) tv_out1 TV analog output Composite: tv_out1 O Y28 W26 AB24 tv_out2 TV analog output S-VIDEO: tv_out2 O W28 V26 AA23 tv_vfb1 tv_vfb1: Feedback through external resistor to composite AO Y27 W25 AB23 tv_vfb2 tv_vfb2: Feedback through external resistor to S-VIDEO AO W27 U24 Y23 tv_vref External capacitor AO W26 V23 Y24 Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog). Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 99 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 2.5.3 www.ti.com Serial Communication Interfaces Table 2-11. Serial Communication Interfaces – HDQ/1-Wire Signals Description SIGNAL NAME hdq_sio (1) DESCRIPTION Bidirectional HDQ 1-Wire control and data Interface. Output is open drain. TYPE (1) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) IOD J25 J23 A24 Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog). Table 2-12. Serial Communication Interfaces – I2C Signals Description SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) INTER-INTEGRATED CIRCUIT INTERFACE (I2C1) i2c1_scl I2C Master Serial clock. Output is open drain. IOD K21 J25 K20 i2c1_sda I2C Serial Bidirectional Data. Output is open drain. IOD J21 J24 K21 INTER-INTEGRATED CIRCUIT INTERFACE (I2C3) i2c3_scl I2C Master Serial clock. Output is open drain. IOD AF14 AB4 AC13 i2c3_sda I2C Serial Bidirectional Data. Output is open drain. IOD AG14 AC4 AC12 i2c3_sccbe Serial Camera Control Bus Enable O J25 J23 A24 INTER-INTEGRATED CIRCUIT INTERFACE (I2C2) i2c2_scl I2C Master Serial clock. Output is open drain. IOD AF15 C2 AC15 i2c2_sda I2C Serial Bidirectional Data. Output is open drain. IOD AE15 C1 AC14 i2c2_sccbe Serial Camera Control Bus Enable O J25 J23 A24 (1) Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog). Table 2-13. Serial Communication Interfaces – SmartReflex Signals Description (1) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (2) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) INTER-INTEGRATED CIRCUIT INTERFACE (I2C4) i2c4_scl I2C Master Serial clock. Output is open drain. IOD AD26 AD15 Y16 i2c4_sda I2C Serial Bidirectional Data. Output is open drain. IOD AE26 W16 Y15 (1) (2) For more information on SmartReflex voltage control, see the PRCM chapter of the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUFA5]. Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog). Table 2-14. Serial Communication Interfaces – McBSP LP Signals Description SIGNAL NAME TYPE (1) DESCRIPTION BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) MULTICHANNEL SERIAL (McBSP LP 1) mcbsp1_dr Received serial data I U21 T20 Y18 mcbsp1_clkr Receive Clock IO Y8 / Y21 U19 / H3 V7 / W19 mcbsp1_fsr Receive frame synchronization IO AA21 V17 AB20 mcbsp1_dx Transmitted serial data IO V21 U17 W18 mcbsp1_clkx Transmit clock IO W21 T17 V18 mcbsp1_fsx Transmit frame synchronization IO K26 P20 AA19 mcbsp_clks External clock input (shared by McBSP1, 2, 3, 4, and 5) I T21 T19 AA18 MULTICHANNEL SERIAL (McBSP LP 2) (1) 100 Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog) TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-14. Serial Communication Interfaces – McBSP LP Signals Description (continued) SIGNAL NAME TYPE (1) DESCRIPTION BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) mcbsp2_dr Received serial data I R21 T18 V19 mcbsp2_dx Transmitted serial data IO M21 R19 R20 mcbsp2_clkx Combined serial clock IO N21 R18 T21 mcbsp2_fsx Combined frame synchronization IO P21 U18 V20 MULTICHANNEL SERIAL (McBSP LP 3) mcbsp3_dr Received serial data I AE6 / AB25 / U21 T20 / AA24 / N3 V5 / Y18 mcbsp3_dx Transmitted serial data IO AF6 / AB26 / V21 U17 / Y24 / P3 V6 / W18 mcbsp3_clkx Combined serial clock IO AF5 / AA25 / W21 T17 / AD22 / U3 W4 / V18 mcbsp3_fsx Combined frame synchronization IO AE5 / AD25 / K26 P20 / AD21 / W3 V4 / AA19 I R8 / AD1 C4 / U4 G5 F3 MULTICHANNEL SERIAL (McBSP LP 4) mcbsp4_dr Received serial data mcbsp4_dx Transmitted serial data IO P8 / AD2 B5 / R3 mcbsp4_clkx Combined serial clock IO T8 / AE1 B4 / V3 F4 mcbsp4_fsx Combined frame synchronization IO N8 / AC1 C5 / T3 G4 MULTICHANNEL SERIAL (McBSP LP 5) mcbsp5_dr Received serial data I AE11 Y3 AC5 mcbsp5_dx Transmitted serial data IO AF13 AE3 AC8 mcbsp5_clkx Combined serial clock IO AF10 AB2 AC1 mcbsp5_fsx Combined frame synchronization IO AH9 AB1 AD2 Table 2-15. Serial Communication Interfaces – McSPI Signals Description SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) MULTICHANNEL SERIAL PORT INTERFACE (McSPI1) mcspi1_clk SPI Clock IO AB3 P9 T5 mcspi1_simo Slave data in, master data out IO AB4 P8 R4 mcspi1_somi Slave data out, master data in IO AA4 P7 T4 mcspi1_cs0 SPI Enable 0, polarity configured by software IO AC2 R7 T6 mcspi1_cs1 SPI Enable 1, polarity configured by software O AC3 R8 NA mcspi1_cs2 SPI Enable 2, polarity configured by software O AB1 R9 NA mcspi1_cs3 SPI Enable 3, polarity configured by software O AB2 T8 R5 MULTICHANNEL SERIAL PORT INTERFACE (McSPI2) mcspi2_clk SPI Clock IO AA3 W7 N5 mcspi2_simo Slave data in, master data out IO Y2 W8 N4 mcspi2_somi Slave data out, master data in IO Y3 U8 N3 mcspi2_cs0 SPI Enable 0, polarity configured by software IO Y4 V8 M5 mcspi2_cs1 SPI Enable 1, polarity configured by software O V3 V9 M4 MULTICHANNEL SERIAL PORT INTERFACE (McSPI3) mcspi3_clk SPI Clock IO H26 / AE2 / AE13 W10 / M24 / AA3 G24 / Y1 / AD8 mcspi3_simo Slave data in, master data out IO H25 / AG5 / AF11 R10 / M26 / AC3 H23 / AB5 / AD6 mcspi3_somi Slave data out, master data in IO E28 / AH5 / AG12 F25 / T10 / AD4 D23 / AB3 / AC6 mcspi3_cs0 SPI Enable 0, polarity configured by software IO J26 / AF4 / AH12 U9 / N24 / AD3 K22 / V3 / AC7 mcspi3_cs1 SPI Enable 1, polarity configured by software O AC27 / AG4 / AH14 AC25 / U10 / AD2 V21 / W3 / AD9 MULTICHANNEL SERIAL PORT INTERFACE (McSPI4) (1) Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog) Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 101 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-15. Serial Communication Interfaces – McSPI Signals Description (continued) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) mcspi4_clk SPI Clock IO Y8 / Y21 U19 / H3 V7 / W19 mcspi4_simo Slave data in, master data out IO V21 U17 W18 mcspi4_somi Slave data out, master data in IO U21 T20 Y18 mcspi4_cs0 SPI Enable 0, polarity configured by software IO K26 P20 AA19 Table 2-16. Serial Communication Interfaces – UARTs Signals Description SIGNAL NAME TYPE (1) DESCRIPTION BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) AC19 / AC2 / AA18 UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER/TRANSMITTER (UART1) uart1_cts UART1 Clear To Send I AG22 / W8 / T21 AE21 / T19 / W2 uart1_rts UART1 Request To Send O AH22 / AA9 AE22 / R2 W6 / AB19 uart1_rx UART1 Receive data I F28 / Y8 / AE7 H3 / H25 / AE4 E23 / V7 / AC3 uart1_tx UART1 Transmit data O E26 / AA8 L4 / G26 D24 / W7 UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER/TRANSMITTER (UART2) uart2_cts UART2 Clear To Send I AF6 / AB26 N23/Y24 V6 uart2_rts UART2 Request To Send O AE6 / AB25 P3/AA24 V5 uart2_rx UART2 Receive data I AE5 / AD25 W3/AD21 V4 uart2_tx UART2 Transmit data O AF5 / AA25 V3/AD22 W4 H18 / U26 W20 / F23 A23 / U23 UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER/TRANSMITTER (UART3) / IrDA uart3_cts_rctx UART3 Clear To Send (input), Remote TX (output) IO uart3_rts_sd UART3 Request To Send, IR enable O H19 / U27 V18 / F24 B23 / U24 uart3_rx_irrx UART3 Receive data, IR and Remote RX I AG24 / H20 / U28 AD23 / Y20 / H24 AD21 / B24 / T23 uart3_tx_irtx UART3 Transmit data, IR TX O AH24 / H21 / T27 AD24 / V20 / G24 AC21 / C23 / T24 (1) Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog) Table 2-17. Serial Communication Interfaces – USB Signals Description SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1 ) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) HIGH-SPEED UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS INTERFACE (HSUSB0) hsusb0_clk Dedicated for external transceiver 60-MHz clock input to PHY O T28 W19 R21 hsusb0_stp Dedicated for external transceiver Stop signal O T25 U20 R23 hsusb0_dir Dedicated for external transceiver Data direction control from PHY I R28 V19 P23 hsusb0_nxt Dedicated for external transceiver Next signal from PHY I T26 W18 R22 hsusb0_data0 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO T27 V20 T24 hsusb0_data1 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO U28 Y20 T23 hsusb0_data2 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO U27 V18 U24 hsusb0_data3 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO U26 W20 U23 hsusb0_data4 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO U25 W17 W24 hsusb0_data5 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO V28 Y18 V23 hsusb0_data6 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO V27 Y19 W23 hsusb0_data7 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO V26 Y17 T22 Vminus receive data (not used in 3- or 4-pin configurations) IO AE3 K3 NA (2) MM_FSUSB3 mm3_rxdm (1) (2) 102 Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog) This pin is not available on the CUS package. For a list of pins not supported on a particular package, see Table 1-1. TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-17. Serial Communication Interfaces – USB Signals Description (continued) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1 ) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) mm3_rxdp Vplus receive data (not used in 3- or 4-pin configurations) IO AH3 M3 NA (2) mm3_rxrcv Differential receiver signal input (not used in 3-pin mode) IO AD1 U4 NA mm3_txse0 Single-ended zero. Used as VM in 4-pin VP_VM mode. IO AE1 V3 NA mm3_txdat USB data. Used as VP in 4-pin VP_VM mode. IO AD2 R3 NA mm3_txen_n Transmit enable IO AC1 T3 NA mm2_rxdm Vminus receive data (not used in 3- or 4-pin configurations) IO AH7 AF7 AD11 mm2_rxdp Vplus receive data (not used in 3- or 4-pin configurations) IO AF7 AF6 AC9 mm2_rxrcv Differential receiver signal input (not used in 3-pin mode) IO AG8 AF9 AC11 mm2_txse0 Single-ended zero. Used as VM in 4-pin VP_VM mode. IO AH8 AE9 AD12 mm2_txdat USB data. Used as VP in 4-pin VP_VM mode. IO AB2 T8 R5 mm2_txen_n Transmit enable IO V3 V9 M4 mm1_rxdm Vminus receive data (not used in 3- or 4-pin configurations) IO AG9 V2 AD5 mm1_rxdp Vplus receive data (not used in 3- or 4-pin configurations) IO AF10 AB2 AC1 mm1_rxrcv Differential receiver signal input (not used in 3-pin mode) IO AF11 AC3 AD6 mm1_txse0 Single-ended zero. Used as VM in 4-pin VP_VM mode. IO AG12 AD4 AC6 mm1_txdat USB data. Used as VP in 4-pin VP_VM mode. IO AH12 AD3 AC7 mm1_txen_n Transmit enable IO AH14 AD2 AD9 hsusb3_tll_clk Dedicated for external transceiver 60-MHz clock input to PHY O W8 W2 NA hsusb3_tll_stp Dedicated for external transceiver Stop signal I AH3 M3 NA hsusb3_tll_dir dedicated for external transceiver Data direction control from PHY O AF3 L3 NA hsusb3_tll_nxt Dedicated for external transceiver Next signal from PHY O AE3 K3 NA hsusb3_tll_data0 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AD1 U4 NA hsusb3_tll_data1 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AE1 V3 NA hsusb3_tll_data2 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AD2 R3 NA hsusb3_tll_data3 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AC1 T3 NA hsusb3_tll_data4 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AF6 P3 NA hsusb3_tll_data5 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AE6 N3 NA hsusb3_tll_data6 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AF5 V3 NA hsusb3_tll_data7 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AE5 W3 NA hsusb2_clk Dedicated for external transceiver 60-MHz clock input to PHY O AE7 AE4 AC3 hsusb2_stp Dedicated for external transceiver Stop signal O AF7 AF6 AC9 hsusb2_dir Dedicated for external transceiver Data direction control from PHY I AG7 AE6 AC10 hsusb2_nxt Dedicated for external transceiver Next signal from PHY I AH7 AF7 AD11 hsusb2_data0 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AG8 AF9 AC11 hsusb2_data1 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AH8 AE9 AD12 hsusb2_data2 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AB2 T8 R5 hsusb2_data3 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO V3 V9 M4 hsusb2_data4 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO Y2 W8 N4 hsusb2_data5 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO Y3 U8 N3 hsusb2_data6 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO Y4 V8 M5 hsusb2_data7 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO AA3 W7 N5 Dedicated for external transceiver 60-MHz clock input to PHY O AE7 AE4 AC3 MM_FSUSB2 MM_FSUSB1 HSUSB3_TLL HSUSB2 HSUSB2_TLL hsusb2_tll_clk Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 103 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-17. Serial Communication Interfaces – USB Signals Description (continued) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1 ) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) hsusb2_tll_stp Dedicated for external transceiver Stop signal I AF7 AF6 AC9 hsusb2_tll_dir Dedicated for external transceiver data direction control from PHY O AG7 AE6 AC10 hsusb2_tll_nxt Dedicated for external transceiver Next signal from PHY O AH7 AF7 AD11 hsusb2_tll_data0 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AG8 AF9 AC11 hsusb2_tll_data1 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AH8 AE9 AD12 hsusb2_tll_data2 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AB2 T8 R5 hsusb2_tll_data3 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO V3 V9 M4 hsusb2_tll_data4 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO Y2 W8 N4 hsusb2_tll_data5 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO Y3 U8 N3 hsusb2_tll_data6 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO Y4 V8 M5 hsusb2_tll_data7 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO AA3 W7 N5 hsusb1_clk Dedicated for external transceiver 60-MHz clock input to PHY O AE10 AB3 AD3 hsusb1_stp Dedicated for external transceiver Stop signal O AF10 AB2 AC1 hsusb1_dir Dedicated for external transceiver data direction control from PHY I AF9 AA4 AC4 hsusb1_nxt Dedicated for external transceiver Next signal from PHY I AG9 V2 AD5 hsusb1_data0 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AF11 AC3 AD6 hsusb1_data1 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AG12 AD4 AC6 hsusb1_data2 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AH12 AD3 AC7 hsusb1_data3 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AH14 AD2 AD9 hsusb1_data4 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO AE11 Y3 AC5 hsusb1_data5 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO AH9 AB1 AD2 hsusb1_data6 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO AF13 AE3 AC8 hsusb1_data7 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO AE13 AA3 AD8 hsusb1_tll_clk Dedicated for external transceiver 60-MHz clock input to PHY O AE10 AB3 AD3 hsusb1_tll_stp Dedicated for external transceiver Stop signal I AF10 AB2 AC1 hsusb1_tll_dir Dedicated for external transceiver data direction control from PHY O AF9 AA4 AC4 hsusb1_tll_nxt Dedicated for external transceiver Next signal from PHY O AG9 V2 AD5 hsusb1_tll_data0 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AF11 AC3 AD6 hsusb1_tll_data1 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AG12 AD4 AC6 hsusb1_tll_data2 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AH12 AD3 AC7 hsusb1_tll_data3 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus IO AH14 AD2 AD9 hsusb1_tll_data4 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO AE11 Y3 AC5 hsusb1_tll_data5 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO AH9 AB1 AD2 hsusb1_tll_data6 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO AF13 AE3 AC8 hsusb1_tll_data7 Dedicated for external transceiver Bidirectional data bus additional signals for 12-pin ULPI operation IO AE13 AA3 AD8 HSUSB1 HSUSB1_TLL 104 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 2.5.4 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Removable Media Interfaces Table 2-18. Removable Media Interfaces – MMC/SDIO Signals Description SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1 ) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) M23 MULTIMEDIA MEMORY CARD (MMC1) / SECURE DIGITAL IO (SDIO1) mmc1_clk MMC/SD Output Clock O N28 N19 mmc1_cmd MMC/SD command signal IO M27 L18 L23 mmc1_dat0 MMC/SD Card Data bit 0 / SPI Serial Input IO N27 M19 M22 mmc1_dat1 MMC/SD Card Data bit 1 IO N26 M18 M21 mmc1_dat2 MMC/SD Card Data bit 2 IO N25 K18 M20 mmc1_dat3 MMC/SD Card Data bit 3 IO P28 N20 N23 mmc1_dat4 MMC/SD Card Data bit 4 IO P27 M20 N22 mmc1_dat5 MMC/SD Card Data bit 5 IO P26 P17 N21 mmc1_dat6 MMC/SD Card Data bit 6 IO R27 P18 N20 mmc1_dat7 MMC/SD Card Data bit 7 IO R25 P19 P24 MULTIMEDIA MEMORY CARD (MMC2) / SECURE DIGITAL IO (SDIO2) mmc2_clk MMC/SD Output Clock O AE2 W10 Y1 mmc2_dir_dat0 Direction control for DAT0 signal case an external transceiver used O AE4 V10 AB2 mmc2_dir_dat1 Direction control for DAT1 and DAT3 signals case an external transceiver used O AH3 M3 AA2 mmc2_dir_dat2 Direction control for DAT2 signal case an external transceiver used O AF19 E4 AC17 mmc2_dir_dat3 Direction control for DAT4, DAT5, DAT6, and DAT7 signals case an external transceiver used O AE21 G3 AB16 mmc2_clkin MMC/SD input Clock I AE3 K3 AA1 mmc2_dat0 MMC/SD Card Data bit 0 IO AH5 T10 AB3 mmc2_dat1 MMC/SD Card Data bit 1 IO AH4 T9 Y3 mmc2_dat2 MMC/SD Card Data bit 2 IO AG4 U10 W3 mmc2_dat3 MMC/SD Card Data bit 3 IO AF4 U9 V3 mmc2_dat4 MMC/SD Card Data bit 4 IO AE4 / AB3 P9 / V10 AB2 / T5 mmc2_dat5 MMC/SD Card Data bit 5 IO AH3 / AB4 M3/P8 AA2 / R4 mmc2_dat6 MMC/SD Card Data bit 6 IO AF3 / AA4 L3/P7 Y2 / T4 mmc2_dat7 MMC/SD Card Data bit 7 IO AE3 / AC2 K3/R7 AA1 / T6 mmc2_dir_cmd Direction control for CMD signal case an external transceiver is used O AF3 L3 Y2 mmc2_cmd MMC/SD command signal IO AG5 R10 AB5 AC1 MULTIMEDIA MEMORY CARD (MMC3) / SECURE DIGITAL IO (SDIO3) mmc3_clk MMC/SD Output Clock O AB1 / AF10 R9 / AB2 mmc3_cmd MMC/SD command signal IO AC3 / AE10 R8 / AB3 AD3 mmc3_dat0 MMC/SD Card Data bit 0 / SPI Serial Input IO AE4 / AE11 V10 / Y3 AB2 / AC5 mmc3_dat1 MMC/SD Card Data bit 1 IO AH3 / AH9 M3/AB1 AA2 / AD2 mmc3_dat2 MMC/SD Card Data bit 2 IO AF3 / AF13 L3/AE3 Y2 / AC8 mmc3_dat3 MMC/SD Card Data bit 3 IO AE3 / AE13 K3/AA3 AA1 / AD8 mmc3_dat4 MMC/SD Card Data bit 4 IO AF11 AC3 AD6 mmc3_dat5 MMC/SD Card Data bit 5 IO AG9 V2 AD5 mmc3_dat6 MMC/SD Card Data bit 6 IO AF9 AA4 AC4 mmc3_dat7 MMC/SD Card Data bit 7 IO AH14 AD2 AD9 (1) Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog) Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 105 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 2.5.5 www.ti.com Test Interfaces Table 2-19. Test Interfaces – ETK Signals Description SIGNAL NAME (1) 106 DESCRIPTION TYPE (1) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) etk_ctl ETK trace ctl O AE10 AB2 AD3 etk_clk ETK trace clock O AF10 AB3 AC1 etk_d0 ETK data 0 O AF11 AC3 AD6 etk_d1 ETK data 1 O AG12 AD4 AC6 etk_d2 ETK data 2 O AH12 AD3 AC7 etk_d3 ETK data 3 O AE13 AA3 AD8 etk_d4 ETK data 4 O AE11 Y3 AC5 etk_d5 ETK data 5 O AH9 AB1 AD2 etk_d6 ETK data 6 O AF13 AE3 AC8 etk_d7 ETK data 7 O AH14 AD2 AD9 etk_d8 ETK data 8 O AF9 AA4 AC4 etk_d9 ETK data 9 O AG9 V2 AD5 etk_d10 ETK data 10 O AE7 AE4 AC3 etk_d11 ETK data 11 O AF7 AF6 AC9 etk_d12 ETK data 12 O AG7 AE6 AC10 etk_d13 ETK data 13 O AH7 AF7 AD11 etk_d14 ETK data 14 O AG8 AF9 AC11 etk_d15 ETK data 15 O AH8 AE9 AD12 Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog) TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-20. Test Interfaces – JTAG Signals Description (1) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) jtag_ntrst Test Reset I AA17 U15 AB7 jtag_tck Test Clock I AA13 V14 AB6 jtag_rtck ARM Clock Emulation O AA12 W13 AA7 jtag_tms_tmsc Test Mode Select IO AA18 V15 AA9 AB10 jtag_tdi Test Data Input I AA20 U16 jtag_tdo Test Data Output O AA19 Y13 AB9 jtag_emu0 Test emulation 0 IO AA11 Y15 AC24 jtag_emu1 Test emulation 1 IO AA10 Y14 AD24 Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog) Table 2-21. Test Interfaces – SDTI Signals Description TYPE (1) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) SUBSYSTEM SIGNAL MULTIPLEXING (2) Serial clock dual edge O AF7 / AA11 / AG8 AF6 / Y15 / AF9 AC9 / AC24 / AC11 etk_d11 / jtag_emu0 / etk_d14 sdti_txd0 Serial data out (System Trace messages) O AG7 / AA10 / AA11 AE6 / Y14 / Y15 AC10 / AD24 / AC24 etk_d12 / jtag_emu1 / jtag_emu0 sdti_txd1 Serial data out (System Trace messages) O AH7 / AA10 AF7 / Y14 AD11 / AD24 etk_d13 / jtag_emu1 sdti_txd2 Serial data out (System Trace messages) O AG8 AF9 AC11 etk_d14 sdti_txd3 Serial data out (System Trace messages) O AH8 AE9 AD12 etk_d15 SIGNAL NAME sdti_clk (1) (2) DESCRIPTION Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog) The subsystem pin multiplexing options are not described in and Table 2-22. Test Interfaces – HWDBG Signals Description (1) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1) hw_dbg0 Debug signal 0 hw_dbg1 Debug signal 1 hw_dbg2 BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) O A24 / AF10 C23/AB2 AC1/A22 O A23 / AE10 D23/AB3 AD3/E18 Debug signal 2 O C27/ AF11 C26/AC3 AD6/J19 hw_dbg3 Debug signal 3 O C23 / AG12 B23/AD4 AC6/H24 hw_dbg4 Debug signal 4 O B24 / AH12 A24/AD3 AC7/G19 hw_dbg5 Debug signal 5 O C24 / AE13 B24/AA3 AD8/F19 hw_dbg6 Debug signal 6 O D24 / AE11 D24/Y3 AC5/G20 hw_dbg7 Debug signal 7 O A25 / AH9 C24/AB1 AD2/B21 hw_dbg8 Debug signal 8 O B25 / AF13 D25/AE3 AC8/F21 hw_dbg9 Debug signal 9 O C26 / AH14 E26/AD2 AD9/G21 hw_dbg10 Debug signal 10 O B23 / AF9 A23/AA4 AC4/F18 hw_dbg11 Debug signal 11 O D25 / AG9 D26/V2 AD5/J20 hw_dbg12 Debug signal 12 O D28 / AE7 G25/AE4 AC3/G22 hw_dbg13 Debug signal 13 O D26 / AF7 K24/AF6 AC9/E22 hw_dbg14 Debug signal 14 O E26 / AG7 G26/AE6 AC10/D24 hw_dbg15 Debug signal 15 O F28 / AH7 H25/AF7 AD11/E23 hw_dbg16 Debug signal 16 O F27 / AG8 H26/AF9 AC11/E24 hw_dbg17 Debug signal 17 O G26 / AH8 J26/AE9 AD12/F23 Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog) Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 107 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 2.5.6 www.ti.com Miscellaneous Table 2-23. Miscellaneous – GP Timer Signals Description SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (1) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) gpt8_pwm_evt PWM or event for GP timer 8 IO N8 / AD25 / V3 C5 / AD21/ V9 G4/ M4 gpt9_pwm_evt PWM or event for GP timer 9 IO T8 / AB26 / Y2 B4 / W8 / Y24 F4 / N4 gpt10_pwm_evt PWM or event for GP timer 10 IO R8 / AB25 / Y3 C4 / U8 / AA24 G5 / N3 gpt11_pwm_evt PWM or event for GP timer 11 IO P8 / AA25 / Y4 B5 / V8 / AD22 F3 / M5 (1) 108 Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog) TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 2.5.7 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 General-Purpose IOs Table 2-24. General-Purpose IOs Signals Description (1) (1) (2) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (2) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) gpio_0 General-purpose IO 0 IO gpio_1 General-purpose IO 1 IO gpio_2 General-purpose IO 2 gpio_3 gpio_4 BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) AF26 V16 W16 AF25 W15 Y13 IO AH26 F3 AB12 General-purpose IO 3 IO AG26 D3 AC16 General-purpose IO 4 IO AE14 C3 AD17 gpio_5 General-purpose IO 5 IO AF18 E3 AD18 gpio_6 General-purpose IO 6 IO AF19 E4 AC17 gpio_7 General-purpose IO 7 IO AE21 G3 AB16 gpio_8 General-purpose IO 8 IO AF21 D4 AA15 AD23 gpio_9 General-purpose IO 9 IO AF22 V12 gpio_10 General-purpose IO 10 IO AG25 AE14 Y7 gpio_11 General-purpose IO 11 IO AA11 Y15 AC24 gpio_12 General-purpose IO 12 IO AF10 AB2 AC1 gpio_13 General-purpose IO 13 IO AE10 AB3 AD3 gpio_14 General-purpose IO 14 IO AF11 AC3 AD6 gpio_15 General-purpose IO 15 IO AG12 AD4 AC6 gpio_16 General-purpose IO 16 IO AH12 AD3 AC7 gpio_17 General-purpose IO 17 IO AE13 AA3 AD8 gpio_18 General-purpose IO 18 IO AE11 Y3 AC5 gpio_19 General-purpose IO 19 IO AH9 AB1 AD2 gpio_20 General-purpose IO 20 IO AF13 AE3 AC8 gpio_21 General-purpose IO 21 IO AH14 AD2 AD9 gpio_22 General-purpose IO 22 IO AF9 AA4 AC4 gpio_23 General-purpose IO 23 IO AG9 V2 AD5 gpio_24 General-purpose IO 24 IO AE7 AE4 AC3 gpio_25 General-purpose IO 25 IO AF7 AF6 AC9 gpio_26 General-purpose IO 26 IO AG7 AE6 AC10 gpio_27 General-purpose IO 27 IO AH7 AF7 AD11 gpio_28 General-purpose IO 28 IO AG8 AF9 AC11 gpio_29 General-purpose IO 29 IO AH8 AE9 AD12 gpio_30 General-purpose IO 30 IO AF24 AD7 Y10 gpio_31 General-purpose IO 31 IO AA10 Y14 AD24 gpio_34 General-purpose IO 34 IO N4 J2 K4 gpio_35 General-purpose IO 35 IO M4 H1 K3 gpio_36 General-purpose IO 36 IO L4 H2 K2 gpio_37 General-purpose IO 37 IO K4 G2 J4 gpio_38 General-purpose IO 38 IO T3 F1 J3 gpio_39 General-purpose IO 39 IO R3 F2 J2 gpio_40 General-purpose IO 40 IO N3 E1 J1 gpio_41 General-purpose IO 41 IO M3 E2 H1 gpio_42 General-purpose IO 42 IO L3 D1 H2 gpio_43 General-purpose IO 43 IO K3 D2 G2 gpio_44 General-purpose IO 44 IO H2 V1 R2 gpio_45 General-purpose IO 45 IO K2 Y1 T2 gpio_46 General-purpose IO 46 IO P1 T1 U1 gpio_47 General-purpose IO 47 IO R1 U2 R3 gpio_48 General-purpose IO 48 IO R2 U1 T3 NA in table stands for "Not Applicable". Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog) Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 109 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-24. General-Purpose IOs Signals Description(1) (continued) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (2) gpio_49 General-purpose IO 49 gpio_50 General-purpose IO 50 gpio_51 110 BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) IO T2 P1 U2 IO W1 L2 V1 General-purpose IO 51 IO Y1 M2 V2 gpio_52 General-purpose IO 52 IO H3 AD1 NA gpio_53 General-purpose IO 53 IO V8 A3 NA gpio_54 General-purpose IO 54 IO U8 B6 D2 gpio_55 General-purpose IO 55 IO T8 B4 F4 gpio_56 General-purpose IO 56 IO R8 C4 G5 gpio_57 General-purpose IO 57 IO P8 B5 F3 gpio_58 General-purpose IO 58 IO N8 C5 G4 gpio_59 General-purpose IO 59 IO T4 N1 W2 gpio_60 General-purpose IO 60 IO G3 K2 K5 gpio_61 General-purpose IO 61 IO U3 J1 L1 gpio_62 General-purpose IO 62 IO H1 AC6 E1 gpio_63 General-purpose IO 63 IO L8 AC8 NA gpio_64 General-purpose IO 64 IO K8 B3 NA gpio_65 General-purpose IO 65 IO J8 C6 C2 gpio_66 General-purpose IO 66 IO D28 G25 G22 gpio_67 General-purpose IO 67 IO D26 K24 E22 gpio_68 General-purpose IO 68 IO D27 M25 F22 gpio_69 General-purpose IO 69 IO E27 F26 J21 gpio_70 General-purpose IO 70 IO AG22 AE21 AC19 gpio_71 General-purpose IO 71 IO AH22 AE22 AB19 gpio_72 General-purpose IO 72 IO AG23 AE23 AD20 gpio_73 General-purpose IO 73 IO AH23 AE24 AC20 gpio_74 General-purpose IO 74 IO AG24 AD23 AD21 gpio_75 General-purpose IO 75 IO AH24 AD24 AC21 gpio_76 General-purpose IO 76 IO E26 G26 D24 gpio_77 General-purpose IO 77 IO F28 H25 E23 gpio_78 General-purpose IO 78 IO F27 H26 E24 gpio_79 General-purpose IO 79 IO G26 J26 F23 gpio_80 General-purpose IO 80 IO AD28 AC26 AC22 gpio_81 General-purpose IO 81 IO AD27 AD26 AC23 gpio_82 General-purpose IO 82 IO AB28 AA25 AB22 gpio_83 General-purpose IO 83 IO AB27 Y25 Y22 gpio_84 General-purpose IO 84 IO AA28 AA26 W22 gpio_85 General-purpose IO 85 IO AA27 AB26 V22 gpio_86 General-purpose IO 86 IO G25 L25 J22 gpio_87 General-purpose IO 87 IO H27 L26 G23 gpio_88 General-purpose IO 88 IO H26 M24 G24 gpio_89 General-purpose IO 89 IO H25 M26 H23 gpio_90 General-purpose IO 90 IO E28 F25 D23 gpio_91 General-purpose IO 91 IO J26 N24 K22 gpio_92 General-purpose IO 92 IO AC27 AC25 V21 gpio_93 General-purpose IO 93 IO AC28 AB25 W21 gpio_94 General-purpose IO 94 IO A24 C23 A22 gpio_95 General-purpose IO 95 IO A23 D23 E18 gpio_96 General-purpose IO 96 IO C25 C25 B22 gpio_97 General-purpose IO 97 IO C27 C26 J19 gpio_98 General-purpose IO 98 IO C23 B23 H24 gpio_99 General-purpose IO 99 I AG17 AE16 AB18 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-24. General-Purpose IOs Signals Description(1) (continued) TYPE (2) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) General-purpose IO 100 I AH17 AE15 AC18 General-purpose IO 101 IO B24 A24 G19 gpio_102 General-purpose IO 102 IO C24 B24 F19 gpio_103 General-purpose IO 103 IO D24 D24 G20 gpio_104 General-purpose IO 104 IO A25 C24 B21 gpio_105 General-purpose IO 105 IO K28 P25 L24 gpio_106 General-purpose IO 106 IO L28 P26 K24 gpio_107 General-purpose IO 107 IO K27 N25 J23 gpio_108 General-purpose IO 108 IO L27 N26 K23 gpio_109 General-purpose IO 109 IO B25 D25 F21 gpio_110 General-purpose IO 110 IO C26 E26 G21 gpio_111 General-purpose IO 111 IO B26 E25 C22 gpio_112 General-purpose IO 112 I AG19 AD17 NA gpio_113 General-purpose IO 113 I AH19 AD16 NA gpio_114 General-purpose IO 114 I AG18 AE18 NA gpio_115 General-purpose IO 115 I AH18 AE17 NA gpio_116 General-purpose IO 116 IO P21 U18 V20 gpio_117 General-purpose IO 117 IO N21 R18 T21 gpio_118 General-purpose IO 118 IO R21 T18 V19 gpio_119 General-purpose IO 119 IO M21 R19 R20 gpio_120 General-purpose IO 120 IO N28 / T28 W19 / N19 M23 / R21 gpio_121 General-purpose IO 121 IO M27 / T25 U20 / L18 L23 / R23 gpio_122 General-purpose IO 122 IO N27 / R28 V19 / M19 M22 / P23 gpio_123 General-purpose IO 123 IO N26 M18 M21 gpio_124 General-purpose IO 124 IO N25 / T26 W18 / K18 M20/R22 gpio_125 General-purpose IO 125 IO P28 / T27 V20 / N20 N23/T24 gpio_126 General-purpose IO 126 IO D25 / P27 M20 / D26 J20 / N22 gpio_127 General-purpose IO 127 IO P26 P17 N21 gpio_128 General-purpose IO 128 IO R27 P18 N20 gpio_129 General-purpose IO 129 IO R25 P19 P24 gpio_130 General-purpose IO 130 IO AE2 / U28 Y20 / W10 Y1 / T23 gpio_131 General-purpose IO 131 IO AG5 / U27 V18 / R10 AB5 / U24 gpio_132 General-purpose IO 132 IO AH5 T10 AB3 gpio_133 General-purpose IO 133 IO AH4 T9 Y3 gpio_134 General-purpose IO 134 IO AG4 U10 W3 gpio_135 General-purpose IO 135 IO AF4 U9 V3 gpio_136 General-purpose IO 136 IO AE4 V10 AB2 gpio_137 General-purpose IO 137 IO AH3 M3 AA2 gpio_138 General-purpose IO 138 IO AF3 L3 Y2 gpio_139 General-purpose IO 139 IO AE3 K3 AA1 gpio_140 General-purpose IO 140 IO AF6 N3 V6 gpio_141 General-purpose IO 141 IO AE6 P3 V5 gpio_142 General-purpose IO 142 IO AF5 V3 W4 gpio_143 General-purpose IO 143 IO AE5 W3 V4 gpio_144 General-purpose IO 144 IO AB26 Y24 NA gpio_145 General-purpose IO 145 IO AB25 AA24 NA gpio_146 General-purpose IO 146 IO AA25 AD22 NA gpio_147 General-purpose IO 147 IO AD25 AD21 NA gpio_148 General-purpose IO 148 IO AA8 L4 W7 gpio_149 General-purpose IO 149 IO AA9 R2 W6 gpio_150 General-purpose IO 150 IO W8 W2 AC2 SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION gpio_100 gpio_101 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 111 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-24. General-Purpose IOs Signals Description(1) (continued) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TYPE (2) gpio_151 General-purpose IO 151 gpio_152 General-purpose IO 152 gpio_153 gpio_154 112 BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) IO Y8 H3 V7 IO AE1 V3 NA General-purpose IO 153 IO AD1 U4 NA General-purpose IO 154 IO AD2 R3 NA gpio_155 General-purpose IO 155 IO AC1 T3 NA gpio_156 General-purpose IO 156 IO Y21 U19 W19 gpio_157 General-purpose IO 157 IO AA21 V17 AB20 gpio_158 General-purpose IO 158 IO V21 U17 W18 gpio_159 General-purpose IO 159 IO U21 T20 Y18 gpio_160 General-purpose IO 160 IO T21 T19 AA18 gpio_161 General-purpose IO 161 IO K26 P20 AA19 gpio_162 General-purpose IO 162 IO W21 T17 V18 gpio_163 General-purpose IO 163 IO H18 F23 A23 gpio_164 General-purpose IO 164 IO H19 F24 B23 gpio_165 General-purpose IO 165 IO H20 H24 B24 gpio_166 General-purpose IO 166 IO H21 G24 C23 gpio_167 General-purpose IO 167 IO B23 A23 F18 gpio_168 General-purpose IO 168 IO AF15 C2 AC15 gpio_169 General-purpose IO 169 IO U26 W20 U23 gpio_170 General-purpose IO 170 IO J25 J23 A24 gpio_171 General-purpose IO 171 IO AB3 P9 T5 gpio_172 General-purpose IO 172 IO AB4 P8 R4 gpio_173 General-purpose IO 173 IO AA4 P7 T4 gpio_174 General-purpose IO 174 IO AC2 R7 T6 gpio_175 General-purpose IO 175 IO AC3 R8 NA gpio_176 General-purpose IO 176 IO AB1 R9 NA gpio_177 General-purpose IO 177 IO AB2 T8 R5 gpio_178 General-purpose IO 178 IO AA3 W7 N5 gpio_179 General-purpose IO 179 IO Y2 W8 N4 gpio_180 General-purpose IO 180 IO Y3 U8 N3 gpio_181 General-purpose IO 181 IO Y4 V8 M5 gpio_182 General-purpose IO 182 IO V3 V9 M4 gpio_183 General-purpose IO 183 IO AE15 C1 AC14 gpio_184 General-purpose IO 184 IO AF14 AB4 AC13 gpio_185 General-purpose IO 185 IO AG14 AC4 AC12 gpio_186 General-purpose IO 186 IO AE22 W11 AA6 gpio_188 General-purpose IO 188 IO U25 W17 W24 gpio_189 General-purpose IO 189 IO V28 Y18 V23 gpio_190 General-purpose IO 190 IO V27 Y19 W23 gpio_191 General-purpose IO 191 IO V26 Y17 T22 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 2.5.8 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Power Supplies Table 2-25. Power Supplies Signals Description (1) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL TOP (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL TOP (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) vdd_mpu ARM power domain Y9 / W9 / T9 / R9 / M9 / L9 / J9 / Y10 / U10 / T10 / R10 / N10 / M10 / L10 / J10 / Y11 / W11 / K11 / J11 / W12 / K13 / Y14 / K14 / J14 / Y15 / W15 / J15 NA H7/ N7/ U7/ V7/ N8/ G9/ L9/ M9/ W9/ Y9/ M10/ P10/ K11/ U11/ V11/ Y11/ G12/ D13/ U13 NA W13/ W12/ V13/ V12/ U13/ U12/ T8/ T7/ R8/ R7/ R6/ N8/ N7/ N6/ M12/ M8/ M7/ M6/ L12/ L11/ J10/ J9/ H10/ H9/ G10/ G9/F10 vdd_core Core power domain AC4 / J4 / H4 / D8 / AE9 / D9 / D15 / Y16 / AE18 / Y18 / W18 / K18 / J18 / AE19 / Y19 / U19 / T19 / N19 / M19 / J19 / Y20 / W20 / V20 / U20 / P20 / N20 / K20 / J20 / D22 / D23 / AE24 / M25 / L25 / E25 NA M7/ T7/ Y8/ G11/ Y12/ D15/ M17/ G18/ H20/ R20/ AC21 NA T20/ T19/ T18/ T17/ R19/ R18/ R17/ M15/ M14/ L15/ L14/ K19/ K18/ K17/ J18/ J17/ H13/ H12/ G13/ G12/ F13/ F12 cap_vdd_wkup Wakeup/EMU/memor y domains, connect capacitor AA15 NA K14 NA Y12 cap_vdd_d Decoupling capacitor AH20 NA AE19 NA NA vdds_dpll_dll DLL IO power domain (1.8 V): internal connection to PLL_VDDS, power supply for 3PLL (1.8 V) K15 NA K13 NA G18 vdda_dac Video DAC power plane V25 NA V25 NA AB13 vssa_dac Video DAC ground plane Y26 NA V24 NA AB15 vdds IO power plane AD3 / AD4 / W4 / AF8 / AE8 / AF16 / AE16 / AF23 / AE23 / F25 / F26 / AG27 / AE27/ AG20/ H28/ AG21 NA G4/ M4/ T4/ Y4/ L7/ AC7/ D9/ AE10/ C11/ J15/ AC15/ A18/ J18/ AC18/ AD20/ E24/ L24/ T24/ W24/ AC24 NA Y9 / W10 / W9 / V10 / V9 / U10 / N19 / N18 / N17 / M19 / M18 / M17 vdds_mem Memory IO power plane U1 / J1 / F1 / J2 / F2 / R4 / B5 / A5 / AH6 / B8 / A8 / B12 / A12 / D16 / C16 / B18 / A18 / B22 / A22 / G28 / C28 AC5 / P1 / H1 / F23 / E1 / C23 / A4 / A7 / A10 / A15 / A18 vdds_dpll_per Peripheral DPLLs power rail AA16 NA U14 NA U17 vdds_wkup_bg For wakeup LDO and VDDA (2 LDOs SRAM and BG) AA14 NA W14 NA AA13 (1) K8 / K7 / K6 / J8 / J7 / J6 / H15 / G16 / G15 / F16 / F15 / E16 NA in this table stands for "Not applicable". Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 113 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-25. Power Supplies Signals Description(1) (continued) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL TOP (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL TOP (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) AG2 / U2 / B2 / AG3 / W3 / P3 / J3 / E3 / A3 / P4 / E4 / AG6 / D7 / C7 / V9 / U9 / P9 / N9 / K9 / W10 / V10 / P10 / K10 / D10 / C10 / AF12 / AE12 / Y12 / K12 / J12 / Y13 / W13 / J13 / D13 / C13 / W14 / K16 / J16 / Y17 / W17 / K17 / J17 / W19 / V19 / R19 / P19 / L19 / K19 / D19 / C19 / AF20 / AE20 / T20 / R20 / M20 / L20 / D21 / C22 / AC25 / Y25 / W25 / AC26 / R26 / L26 / A26 / G27 / B27 / AA26/ M28/ AG16/ AH21 H2 / B18 / AC20 / AB5 / AB14 / AB20 / P2 / F22 / E2 / C22 / B4 / B7 / B10 / B15 G1/ K1/ R1/ W1/ B2/ H4/ N4/ R4/ W4/ AB5/ A6/ D7/ Y7/AE7/ A8/ G8/ D10/ G10/ L10/ N10/ Y10/ AC10/ C12/ D12/A13/ D14/ AD14/ K15/ Y16/ L17/ N17/ R17/ D18/ D20/G20/ E22/ AB22/ G23/ L23/ T23/ W23/ AF23/ B25/ K25/U25/ AD25 C1/ F1/ H2/ M2/ R2/ Y6/AA7/ Y11/ AA16/ W20/P20/ L21/ H20/ F20/ B14/A13/ A7 W15/ V16/ V15/ U16/ U15/ U14/ U11/ U9/T16/ T15/ T14/ T13/ T12/ T11/ T10/ T9/ R15/ R14/ R11/ R10/ P17/ P15/ P14/ P13/P12/ P11/ P10/ P8/ N16/ N15/ N14/ N13/ N12/ N11/ N10/ N9/ M16/ M13/ M11/ M10/ M9/ L17/ L13/ L10/ L8/ K15/ K14/ K11/ K10/ J16/ J15/ J14/ J13/ J12/ J11/H16/ H14/ H11 vss Ground vdds_sram SRAM LDOs W16 NA U12 NA AA12 vdds_mmc1 MMC IO power domain for CMD, CLK, and DAT(0..3) K25 NA N23 NA N24 vdds_mmc1a Power supply for MMC DAT [4..7] P25 NA P23 NA H8 cap_vdd_sram_m pu SRAM LDO capacitance for VDDRAM1 V4 NA N9 NA U8 cap_vdd_sram_co re SRAM LDO capacitance for VDDRAM2 L21 NA K20 NA H17 114 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 2.5.9 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 System and Miscellaneous Terminals Table 2-26. System and Miscellaneous Signals Description SIGNAL NAME TYPE (1 DESCRIPTION ) BALL BOTTOM (CBB Pkg.) BALL TOP (CBB Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CBC Pkg.) BALL TOP (CBC Pkg.) BALL BOTTOM (CUS Pkg.) sys_32k 32-kHz clock input I AE25 NA AE20 NA AA16 sys_xtalin Main input clock. Oscillator input or LVCMOS at 19.2, 13, or 12 MHz. I AE17 NA AF19 NA AD15 sys_xtalout Output of oscillator O AF17 NA AF20 NA AD14 sys_altclk Alternate clock source selectable for GPTIMERs (maximum 54 MHz), USB (48 MHz), or NTSC/PAL (54 MHz) I J25 NA J23 NA A24 sys_clkreq Request from OMAP3515/03 device for system clock (open source type) IO AF25 NA W15 NA Y13 sys_clkout1 Configurable output clock1 O AG25 NA AE14 NA Y7 sys_clkout2 Configurable output clock2 O AE22 NA W11 NA AA6 sys_boot0 Boot configuration mode bit 0 I AH26 NA F3 NA AB12 sys_boot1 Boot configuration mode bit 1 I AG26 NA D3 NA AC16 sys_boot2 Boot configuration mode bit 2 I AE14 NA C3 NA AD17 sys_boot3 Boot configuration mode bit 3 I AF18 NA E3 NA AD18 sys_boot4 Boot configuration mode bit 4 I AF19 NA E4 NA AC17 sys_boot5 Boot configuration mode bit 5 I AE21 NA G3 NA AB16 sys_boot6 Boot configuration mode bit 6 I AF21 NA D4 NA AA15 sys_nrespwron Power On Reset I AH25 NA V13 NA AA10 sys_nreswarm Warm Boot Reset (open drain output) IOD AF24 NA AD7 NA Y10 sys_nirq External FIQ input I AF26 NA V16 NA W16 sys_nvmode1 Indicates the voltage mode O AD26 NA AD15 NA Y16 sys_nvmode2 Indicates the voltage mode O AE26 NA W16 NA Y15 sys_off_mode Indicates the voltage mode O AF22 NA V12 NA AD23 sys_ndmareq0 External DMA request 0 (system expansion). Level (active low) or edge (falling) selectable. I U8 NA B6 NA D2 sys_ndmareq1 External DMA request 1 (system expansion). Level (active low) or edge (falling) selectable. I T8 / J8 NA B4 / C6 NA F4 / C2 sys_ndmareq2 External DMA request 2 (system expansion). Level (active low) or edge (falling) selectable. I L3 / R8 NA D1 / C4 NA H2 / G5 sys_ndmareq3 External DMA request 3 (system expansion). Level (active low) or edge (falling) selectable. I K3 / P8 NA D2 / B5 NA G2 / F3 sys_secure_ indicator MSECURE transactions indicator O AG9 NA V2 NA AD5 sys_drm_ msecure MSECURE output O AF9 NA AA4 NA AC4 (1) Type = Ball type for this specific function (I = Input, O = Output, Z = high-impedance, D = Open Drain, DS = Differential, A = Analog) 2.5.10 Feed-Through Balls (CBC and CBB Packages) Feed-through pins represent a wire. That is, they do not connect to the silicon die, but rather just connect from the bottom ball to the top ball. The purpose of these balls is to allow for different PoP packages. Table 2-27 and Table 2-28 list the feed-through balls on the OMAP35x CBC and CBB packages, respectively. Table 2-27. CBC Package Feed-Through Balls JEDEC 14x14mm, 0.65mm, 152ball JEDEC DESCRIPTION NC d-vdd NC (1) (1) BALL TOP BALL BOTTOM FEED-THROUGH BALL NAME No Connect A1 A1 pop_a1_a1 DDR Supply J1 L1 pop_j1_l1 No Connect AA1 AF1 pop_aa1_af1 For more details on the feedthrough pin connections, please refer to the PoP memory datasheet. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 115 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 2-27. CBC Package Feed-Through Balls (continued) f-vdd Flash Supply N2 T2 pop_n2_t2 f-vdd Flash Supply T2 Y2 pop_t2_y2 NC No Connect W2 AE2 pop_w2_ae2 NC No Connect Y2 AF4 pop_y2_af4 f-vdd Flash Supply AA6 AF5 pop_aa6_af5 f-vdd Flash Supply Y7 AF8 pop_y7_af8 NC, Int No Connect; Interrupt when using OneNAND POP Y9 AF10 pop_y9_af10 f-nbe0, cle0 No Connect/CLE AA10 AF12 pop_aa10_af12 d-vdd DDR Supply/ POP FLASH vpp supply AA11 AF13 pop_aa11_af13 d-tq No Connect/ DDR die temperature sensor AA12 AF14 pop_aa12_af14 vss Shared Ground AA13 AF15 pop_aa13_af15 d-vdd DDR Supply Y14 AF17 pop_y14_af17 d-vddq DDR Supply AA14 AF16 pop_aa14_af16 d-vdd DDR Supply B16 A20 pop_b16_a20 vss Shared Ground Y17 AF21 pop_y17_af21 d-vdd DDR Supply AA17 AF18 pop_aa17_af18 vss Shared Ground Y19 AF24 pop_y19_af24 d-vddq DDR Supply AA19 AF22 pop_aa19_af22 NC No Connect A20 A25 pop_a20_a25 NC No Connect Y20 AE25 pop_y20_ae25 NC No Connect AA20 AF25 pop_aa20_af25 NC No Connect A21 A26 pop_a21_a26 NC No Connect B21 B26 pop_b21_b26 d-vdd DDR Supply H21 K26 pop_h21_k26 d-vdd DDR Supply P21 U26 pop_p21_u26 NC No Connect Y21 AE26 pop_y21_ae26 NC No Connect AA21 AF26 pop_aa21_af26 Table 2-28. CBB Package Feed-Through Balls JEDEC 12x12, 0.5mm, 168ball JEDEC DESCRIPTION d-vdd d-vdd (1) BALL TOP BALL BOTTOM FEED-THROUGH BALL NAME DDR Supply A12 A15 pop_a12_a15 DDR Supply AA23 AE28 pop_aa23_ae28 d-vdd DDR Supply H23 AF28 pop_h23_af28 d-vdd DDR Supply K1 J28 pop_k1_j28 d-vdd DDR Supply Y23 M1 pop_y23_m1 f-vdd Flash Supply AA1 AA1 pop_aa1_aa1 f-vdd Flash Supply AC8 AF1 pop_ac8_af1 f-vdd Flash Supply AC13 AH10 pop_ac13_ah10 f-vdd Flash Supply L1 AH15 pop_l1_ah15 f-vdd Flash Supply U1 N1 pop_u1_n1 f-vpp Flash vpp supply AC11 AH13 pop_ac11_ah13 NC, int0 No Connect/PoP OneNAND interrupt AB9 AG11 pop_ab9_ag11 NC, int1 No Connect/PoP OneNAND interrupt AC9 AH11 pop_ac9_ah11 NC No Connect A1 A1 pop_a1_a1 NC No Connect A2 A2 pop_a2_a2 NC No Connect A22 A27 pop_a22_a27 NC No Connect A23 A28 pop_a23_a28 (1) 116 For more details on the feedthrough pin connections, please refer to the PoP memory datasheet. TERMINAL DESCRIPTION Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 2-28. CBB Package Feed-Through Balls (continued) NC No Connect AB1 AG1 pop_ab1_ag1 NC No Connect AB2 NA NA NC No Connect AB22 NA NA NC No Connect AB23 AG28 pop_ab23_ag28 NC No Connect AC1 AH1 pop_ac1_ah1 NC No Connect AC2 AH2 pop_ac2_ah2 NC No Connect AC22 AH27 pop_ac22_ah27 NC No Connect AC23 AH28 pop_ac23_ah28 NC No Connect B1 B1 pop_b1_b1 NC No Connect B2 NA NA NC No Connect B22 NA NA NC No Connect B23 B28 pop_b23_b28 f-rst#, rp# Flash reset AB11 AG13 pop_ab11_ag13 d-tq DDR temperature alert AC14 AH16 pop_ac14_ah16 vss Shared Ground AA2 AA2 pop_aa2_aa2 vss Shared Ground U2 AF2 pop_u2_af2 vss Shared Ground AA22 AF27 pop_aa22_af27 vss Shared Ground AB8 AG10 pop_ab8_ag10 vss Shared Ground AB13 AG15 pop_ab13_ag15 vss Shared Ground B12 B15 pop_b12_b15 vss Shared Ground H22 J27 pop_h22_j27 vss Shared Ground K2 M2 pop_k2_m2 vss Shared Ground K22 M26 pop_k22_m26 vss Shared Ground L2 N2 pop_l2_n2 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 TERMINAL DESCRIPTION 117 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com 3 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 3.1 Power Domains The OMAP3515/03 device integrates enhanced features that dynamically adapt energy consumption according to application needs and performance requirements. The OMAP3515/03 device includes an enhanced power-management scheme based on: • Nine independent functional voltage domains on chip partitioning • Multiple voltage domains • Voltage scaling support • Enhanced memory retention support • Optimized device off mode • Centralized management of power, reset, and clock The external power supplies of OMAP3515/03 are: • vdd_mpu for the ARM • vdd_core for macros • vdds for IO macros • vdds_mem for memory macros • vdds_sram for SRAM LDOs • vdds_dpll_dll for DLL IO • vdds_dpll_per for peripheral DPLLs • vdds_wkup_bg for wakeup LDO and VDDA (2 LDOs: SRAM and BandGap) • vdda_dac for video DAC • vdds_mmc1 and vdds_mmc1a for MMC IO • The supply voltages are detailed in Table 3-3. Figure 3-1 illustrates the power domains: 118 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 vdd_mpu vdds_dpll_dll DLL/DCDL BandGap vdds_wkup_bg LDO3 1.0 V/1.2 V WKUP cap_vdd_wkup vdds BCK MEM DPLL_MPU VDDS MEM SRAM1 ARRAY MPU cap_vdd_sram_mpu SRAM 1 LDO 0 V/1.0 V/1.2 V VDDS vdds_mem LDO in 1.8 V out 1.2 V EMU vdd_mpu domain vdds_sram vpp eFUSE LDO in 1.8 V out 1.2 V vdd_core Core SRAM2 ARRAY cap_vdd_sram_core DPLL_CORE vdds_mmc1 vdds_mmc1a SRAM 2 LDO 0 V/1.0 V/1.2 V MMC1 LDO HSDIVIDER LDO in 1.8 V out 1.2 V Periph1 tv_ref (for capacitor) DPLL4 vdds_dpll_per LDO vdda_dac HSDIVIDER Dual Video DAC Periph2 LDO in 1.8 V out 1.2 V DPLL5 vdd_core domain vss vssa_dac OMAP Device 030-003 Figure 3-1. OMAP3515/03 Power Domains This power domain segmentation switches off (or places in retention state) domains that are unused while keeping others active. This implementation is based on internal switches that independently control each power domain. A power domain regular logic is attached to one of the device VDD supplies through a primary domain switch. When the primary switch is open, most of the logic supply is off, resulting in a low-leakage state of the domain. Embedded switches are implemented for all power domains except the wake-up domain. This allows the domain to be powered off, if not being used, to give maximum power savings. For more information, see the PRCM chapter of the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUFA5]. All domain output signals at the interface between power domains are connected through isolation latch cells. These cells ensure a proper electrical isolation between the domains and an appropriate interface state at the domain boundaries. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 119 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 3.2 www.ti.com Absolute Maximum Ratings The following table specifies the absolute maximum ratings over the operating junction temperature range of OMAP commercial and extended temperature devices. Stresses beyond those listed under absolute maximum ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under recommended operating conditions is not implied. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Notes: • Logic functions and parameter values are not assured out of the range specified in the recommended operating conditions. • The OMAP3515/03 device adheres to EIA/JESD22−A114, Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Sensitivity Testing Human Body Model (HBM). Minimum pass level for HBM is ±1 kV. Table 3-1. Absolute Maximum Ratings Over Operating Junction Temperature Range PARAMETER MIN MAX UNIT vdd_mpu vdd_core Supply voltage range for core macros –0.5 1.6 V vdds vdds_mem Second supply voltage range for 1.8-V I/O macros –0.5 2.25 V vdds_mmc1 Supply voltage range for MMC1 CMD, CLK and DAT[3:0] and for memory stick I/Os 1.8-V mode –0.5 2.45 V 3.0-V mode -0.5 3.50 vdds_ vdds_mmc1a Second supply voltage range for MMC1 DAT[7:4] 1.8-V mode –0.5 2.45 3.0-V mode -0.5 3.50 vdds_dpll_dll vdds_dpll_per Supply voltage for DLL DPLL Supply voltage for Per DPLL –0.5 2.10 V vdds_sram vdds_wkup_bg Supply voltage for SRAM LDOs Supply voltage for wakeup LDO and VDDA (2 LDOs SRAM and BG) –0.5 2.25 V VPAD Voltage range at PAD Supply voltage range for 1.8-V IOs –0.54 (1) 2.34 (1) Supply voltage range for 3.0-V IOs (2) 3.45 (2) –0.63 (1) 2.73 (1) Crystal (xtalin/xtalout) (Balls AE17, AF17) –0.5 2.71 Other balls –0.5 vddsx (3) + 0.5 –0.5 MMC1, MS (Balls N28, M27, N27, N26, N25, P28) MMC1 (Balls P27, P26, R27, R25) I2C1, I2C2, I2C3, I2C4 (Balls K21, J21, AF15, AE15, AF14, AG14, AD26, AE26) vdda_dac Supply voltage range for analog macros VESD ESD stress voltage (4) HBM (human body model) (5) CDM (charged device model) (7) –0.45 V 2.43 V vdds_ MMC1a, mmc1_dat[7-4] (CBB pkg only) (6) 500 V Other pins 1000 MMC1 signals (CBB pkg only) (6) 300 Other pins 500 (8) IIOI Current-pulse injection on each I/O pin 200 mA Iclamp Clamp current for an input or output –20 20 mA Tstg Storage temperature range (9) –65 150 °C (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) 120 For a maximum time of 30% time period. For a maximum time of 15% time period. Depending on ball, vddsx can be vdds_mem or vdds. Electrostatic discharge (ESD) to measure device sensitivity/immunity to damage caused by electrostatic discharges into the device. JEDEC JESD22–A114F Corresponding signals: mmc1_dat0, mmc1_dat1, mmc1_dat2, mmc1_dat3, mmc1_dat4, mmc1_dat5, mmc1_dat6, mmc1_dat7, mmc1_clk, mmc1_cmd and vdds_mmc1 (CBB pkg only). JEDEC JESD22−C101D Each device is tested with I/O pin injection of 200 mA with a stress voltage of 1.5 times maximum vdd at room temperature. These temperatures extreme do not simulate actual operating conditions but exaggerate any faults that might exist. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 This section includes the maximum power consumption for each power domain (core, etc.). Table 3-2 summarizes the power consumption at the ball level. Table 3-2. Estimated Maximum Power Consumption At Ball Level PARAMETER Signal Description vdd_mpu Processors (1) vdd_core Core MAX ( T = 90°C) MAX ( T = 105°C) UNIT OMAP3515/03 (SmartReflex™ Enabled) 639 695 mA OMAP3515/03 (SmartReflex™ Disabled) 808 889 mA OMAP3515 (SmartReflex™ Enabled) 439 489 mA OMAP3515 (SmartReflex™ Disabled) 539 609 mA OMAP3503 (SmartReflex™ Enabled) 353 403 mA OMAP3503 (SmartReflex™ Disabled) 438 507 mA vdda_dac Video DAC 65 65 mA vdss_dpll_dll DLL + DPLL MPU, and core 25 25 mA vdds_dpll_per DPLL peripheral 1 and peripheral 2 15 15 mA vdds_sram Processors and core LDO (LDO1 and LDO2) 41 41 mA vdds_wkup_bg Bandgap, wakeup + LDO, EMU off 6 6 mA vdds_mem Standard I/Os (SDRC+GPMC) 37 37 mA vdds Standard I/Os (all excluding SDRC and GPMC) 63 63 mA vdds_mmc1 MMC I/O (2) 20 20 mA vdds_mmc1a Power supply for MMC IO [DAT4 – DAT7] 2 2 mA vpp eFuse 50 50 mA (1) (2) OPP6 is only supported on high-speed grade OMAP3530 devices. MMC card and I/O card are not included. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 121 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 3.3 www.ti.com Recommended Operating Conditions All OMAP3515/03 modules are used under the operating conditions contained in Table 3-3. The information in the notes below is provided solely for convenience and does not extend or modify the warranty provided under TI's standard terms and conditions for TI semiconductor products. Note (POH Limitations): To avoid significant device degradation for commercial temperature OMAP3515/OMAP3503 devices (0°C ≤ Tj ≤ 90°C), the device power-on hours (POH) must be limited to one of the following: • 100K total POH when operating across all OPPs and keeping the time spent at OPP5-OPP6 to less than 23K POH. • 50K total POH when operating at OPP5 - OPP6. • 44K total POH with no restrictions to the proportion of these POH at operating points OPP1 - OPP6. To avoid significant device degradation for extended temperature OMAP3515A/OMAP3503A devices (40°C ≤ Tj ≤ 105°C), the following restrictions apply: • OPP5 and OPP6 are not supported.* • The total device POH must be limited to less than 50K.* *If an extended temperature device is operated such that Tj never exceeds 90C (-40°C ≤Tj ≤ 90°C) then the OPP POH limits for commercial devices indicated above apply. Note: Logic functions and parameter values are not guaranteed out of the range specified in the recommended operating conditions. The above notations cannot be deemed a warranty or deemed to extend or modify the warranty under TI's standard terms and conditions for TI semiconductor products. Table 3-3. Recommended Operating Conditions PARAMETER VDD1 (vdd_mpu ), SmartReflex Disabled DESCRIPTION OMAP processor logic supply VDD2 (vdd_core) OMAP core logic supply (3) SmartReflex Disabled vdds MIN NOM MAX UNIT VDD1NOM (0.05*VDD1NOM) 1.35 VDD1NOM + (0.05*VDD1NOM) V OPP5: Overdrive VDD1NOM (0.05*VDD1NOM) 1.35 VDD1NOM + (0.05*VDD1NOM) V OPP4: Mid-Overdrive VDD1NOM (0.05*VDD1NOM) 1.27 VDD1NOM + (0.05*VDD1NOM) V OPP3: Nominal VDD1NOM (0.05*VDD1NOM) 1.20 VDD1NOM + (0.05*VDD1NOM) V OPP2: Low-Power VDD1NOM (0.05*VDD1NOM) 1.06 VDD1NOM + (0.05*VDD1NOM) V OPP1: Ultra LowPower (2) VDD1NOM (0.05*VDD1NOM) 0.985 VDD1NOM + (0.05*VDD1NOM) V OPP3: Nominal VDD2NOM (0.05*VDD2NOM) 1.15 VDD2NOM + (0.05*VDD2NOM) V OPP2: Low-Power VDD2NOM (0.05*VDD2NOM) 1.06 VDD2NOM + (0.05*VDD2NOM) V OPP1: Ultra LowPower (2) VDD2NOM (0.05*VDD2NOM) 0.985 VDD2NOM + (0.05*VDD2NOM) V 1.71 1.8 1.91 V 90 mVpp OPP6: Overdrive (1) Supply voltage for I/O macros Noise (peak-peak) vdds_mem Supply voltage for memory I/O macros 1.71 1.8 Noise (peak-peak) vdds_mmc1 (1) (2) (3) 122 Supply voltage range for MMC1 CMD, CLK and DAT[3:0] and for memory stick I/Os 1.89 V 90 mVpp 1.8-V mode 1.71 1.8 1.89 V 3.0-V mode 2.7 3.0 3.3 V OPP6 is only supported on high-speed grade OMAP3530/25 devices. Cannot boot in OPP1. If OPP1 is desired, boot in higher OPP then switch to OPP1. Core logic includes interconnect, graphics processor, and peripherals. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 3-3. Recommended Operating Conditions (continued) PARAMETER DESCRIPTION vdds_mmc1a Second supply voltage range for MMC1 DAT[7:4] vdds_wkup_bg Wakeup LDO 1.8-V mode 3.0-V mode MIN NOM MAX UNIT 1.71 1.8 1.89 V 2.7 3.0 3.3 1.71 1.8 1.89 V 50 mVpp Noise (peak-peak) vdda_dac Analog supply voltage for video DAC Noise (peak-peak) vdds_sram 1.71 1.8 For a frequency of 0 to 100 kHz (For a frequency < 100 kHz, decreases 20dB / sec) SRAM LDOs Peripherals DPLLs power supply Supply voltage for DPLLs I/Os 1.89 V 50 mVpp 1.71 1.8 1.89 V 36 mVpp 1.89 V 30 mVpp 1.71 1.8 Noise (peak-peak) vpp (4) eFuse programming vss Ground vssa_dac Dedicated ground for DAC Ta Operating free air temperature range Tj Operating junction temperature (5) V Commercial Temperature Extended Temperature Commercial Temperature Extended Temperature (4) (5) mVpp 1.8 Noise (peak-peak) vdds_dpll_dll V 30 1.71 Noise (peak-peak) vdds_dpll_per 1.89 0 0 0 V 0 0 0 V 0 – 70 °C -40 - 85 0 – 90 -40 - 105 °C It is recommended not to connect this pin. It is just used for eFuse programming on package unit. For proper device operation, Tj must be within the specified range. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 123 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 3.4 www.ti.com DC Electrical Characteristics Table 3-4 summarizes the dc electrical characteristics. Table 3-4. DC Electrical Characteristics PARAMETER MIN NOM MAX UNIT LVCMOS Pin Buffers - CBB: N28, M27, N27, N26, N25, P28,P27, P26, R27, R25/ CBC: N19, L18, M19, M18, K18, N20, M20, P17, P18, P19/ CUS: M23, L23, M22, M21, M20, N23 VIH vdds (1) = 1.8 V High-level input voltage vdds VIL vdds High-level output voltage (2) Low-level output voltage (2) VOL tT = 3.0 V vdds (1) = 1.8 V Low-level input voltage VOH (1) Input transition time (rise time, tR or fall time, tF evaluated between 10% and 90% at PAD) (1) = 3.0 V 0.65 × vdds (1) vdds + 0.3 0.625 × vdds (1) vdds + 0.3 –0.3 0.35 × vdds –0.3 0.25 × vdds vdds (1) = 1.8 V vdds (1) – 0.2 vdds (1) = 3.0 V 0.75 × vdds (1) V V V vdds (1) = 1.8 V 0.2 vdds (1) = 3.0 V 0.125 × vdds (1) Normal Mode 10 High-Speed Mode 3 V ns LVDS/CMOS Pin Buffers - CBB: AG19, AH19, AG18, AH18, AG17, AH17/ CBC: AE16, AE15, AD17, AE18, AD16, AE17/ CUS: AB18, AC18 Low-Power Receiver (LP-RX) VIL Low-level input threshold VIH High-level input threshold 800 mV Input hysteresis 25 mV VHYS 500 mV Ultralow-Power Receiver (ULP-RX) VIL-ULPM VIH Low-level input threshold, ULPM 300 High-level input threshold 880 mV mV High-Speed Receiver (HS-RX) VIDTH Differential input high threshold VIDTL Differential input low threshold –70 mV Maximum differential input voltage 270 mV VIDMAX VILHS Single-ended input low voltage VIHHS Single-ended input high voltage VCMRXDC 70 mV –40 Common-mode voltage mV 70 460 mV 330 mV LVDS/CMOS Pin Buffers - CBB: K28, L28, K27, L27/ CBC: P25, P26, N25, N26 / CUS: L24, K24, J23, K23 VCM Input common mode voltage range 600 Vos Receiver Input dc offset –20 Vid Receiver input differential amplitude 70 Input transition time (rise time, tR or fall time, tF evaluated between 10% and 90% at PAD) 267 tT 900 1200 mV 20 mV 100 200 mV (3) 533 ps LVDS/CMOS Pin Buffers - CBB: AG22, AH22, AG23, AH23, AG24, AH24/ CBC: AE21, AE22, AE23, AE24, AD23, AD24 / CUS: AC19, AB19, AD20, AC20, AD21, AC21 High-Speed Transceiver (HS-TX) VOHHS HS output high voltage 360 mV |VOD| HS transmit differential voltage 140 200 270 mV VCMTX HS transmit static common mode voltage 150 200 250 mV Low-Power Transceiver (LP-TX) (1) (2) (3) 124 This global value may be overridden on a per interface basis if another value is explicitly defined for that interface (for example, I2C). With 100 μA sink / source current at vddsxmin. Corresponds to peak-to-peak values: minimum = 140 mVpp; nominal = 200 mVpp; maximum = 400 mVpp. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 3-4. DC Electrical Characteristics (continued) PARAMETER VOL Thevenin output low level VOH Thevenin output high level MIN NOM –50 1.1 1.2 MAX UNIT 50 mV 1.3 V 550 mV Low-Power Receiver (LP-RX) VIL Low-level input threshold VIH High-level input threshold 880 mV Input hysteresis 25 mV VHYST Ultralow-Power Receiver (ULP-RX) VIL-ULPS VIH Low-level input threshold, ULPM 300 High-level input threshold 880 mV mV subLVDS/CMOS Pin Buffers - CBB: AA27, AA28, AB27, AB28, AD27, AD28, AC28, AC27/ CBC: AC26, AD26, AA25, Y25, AA26, AB26, AC25, AB25/ CUS: V22, W22, Y22, AB22, AC23, AC22, W21, V21 Vod Vocm tT Differential voltage range @ RL = 100 Ω 100 150 200 Common mode voltage range 0.8 0.9 1 V Input transition time (Vod rise time, tR or Vod fall time, tF evaluated between 20% and 80% at PAD) 200 500 ps mV Standard LVCMOS Pin Buffers VIH (4) High-level input voltage (Standard LVCMOS) 0.65 × vdds vdds + 0.3 V VIL (4) Low-level input voltage (Standard LVCMOS) - 0.3 0.35 × vdds V (5) VHYS Hysteresis voltage at an input VOH High-level output voltage, driver enabled, pullup or pulldown disabled 0.1 IO = IOH or IO = –2 mA vdds – 0.45 IO = IOH < |–2| mA vdds – 0.40 VOL Low-level output voltage with , driver enabled, IO = IOL or pullup or pulldown disabled IO = 2 mA tT Input transition time (rise time, tR or fall time, tF evaluated between 10% and 90% at PAD) II Input current with V I = VI max Off-state output current for output in high impedance with driver only, driver disabled V 0.45 IO = IOL < 2 mA IOZ IZ V 0.40 10 (6) ns –1 1 μA –20 20 μA 20 μA 0 Off-state output current for output in high impedance with driver/receiver/pullup only, driver disabled, pullup not inhibited –100 Off-state output current for output in high impedance with driver/receiver/pulldown only, driver disabled, pulldown not inhibited 100 Total leakage current through the PAD connection of a driver/receiver combination that may include a pullup or pulldown. The driver output is disabled and the pullup or pulldown is inhibited. V – 20 LVCMOS Open-Drain Pin Buffers Dedicated to I2C IOs - CBB: K21, J21, AF14, AG14, AF15, AE15, AD26, AE26/ CBC: J25, J24, C2, C1, AB4, AC4, AD15, W16, A21, C21/ CUS: K20, K21, AC13, AC12, AC15, AC14, Y16, Y15 (4) (5) (6) VIH High level input voltage 0.7 x vdds vdds + 0.5 V VIL Low level input voltage - 0.5 0.3 x vdds V VOL Low-level output voltage open-drain at 3-mA sink current 0 0.2 x vdds V - 10 10 μA 10 pF II Input current at each I/O pin with an input voltage between 0.1 x vdds to 0.9 x vdds CI Capacitance for each I/O pin VIH/VIL (Standard LVCMOS) parameters are applicable for sys_altclk input clocks. Vhys is the magnitude of the difference between the positive-going threshold voltage VT+ and the negative-going voltage VT-. This global value may be overridden on a per interface basis if another value is explicitly defined for that interface (for example, I2C). Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 125 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 3-4. DC Electrical Characteristics (continued) PARAMETER TOF MIN Output fall time from VIHmin to VILmax with a bus capacitance CB from 10 pF to 400 pF Fast mode NOM 20 + 0.1CB Standard mode MAX UNIT 250 ns 250 Output fall time with a capacitive load from 10 High-speed mode pF to 100 pF at 3-mA sink current 10 40 Output fall time with a capacitive load of 400 pF at 3-mA sink current 20 80 Output fall time with a capacitive load of 40 pF (for CBUS compatibility) 20 LVCMOS Open-Drain Pin Buffers Dedicated in GPIO mode - CBB: AF15, AE15, AF14, AG14, AD26, AE26 / CBC: C2, C1, AB4, AC4, AD15, W16, A21, C21/ CUS: AC15, AC14, AC13, AC12, Y16, Y15 126 VIH High-level input voltage VIL Low-level input voltage VOH High-level output voltage at 4-mA sink current VOL Low-level output voltage at 4-mA sink current ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 0.7 x vdds vdds + 0.5 V - 0.5 0.3 x vdds V vdds - 0.45 V 0.45 V Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 3.5 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Core Voltage Decoupling For module performance, decoupling capacitors are required to suppress the switching noise generated by high frequency and to stabilize the supply voltage. A decoupling capacitor is most effective when it is close to the device because this minimizes the inductance of the circuit board wiring and interconnects. Table 3-5 summarizes the power supplies decoupling characteristics. Table 3-5. Core Voltage Decoupling Characteristics PARAMETER Cvdd_mpu (1) Cvdd_core (1) MIN TYP MAX UNIT 50 100 120 nF 50 100 120 nF Cvdds_sram 100 nF Ccap_vdd_sram_mpu 0.7 1.0 1.3 μF Ccap_vdd_sram_core 0.7 1.0 1.3 μF Ccap_vdd_wkup 0.7 1.0 1.3 μF Cvdds_wkup_bg 100 nF Cvdds_dpll_dll 100 nF Cvdds_dpll_per 100 nF Cvdda_dac 100 nF Ccap_vdd_d 100 200 nF Cvdds_mmc1 100 nF Cvdds_mmc1a 100 nF Cvdds 100 nF Cvdds_mem 100 nF (1) 1 capacitor per 2 to 4 balls Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 127 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Figure 3-2 illustrates an example of power supply decoupling. OMAP Device vdds_sram vdds_sram Cvdds_sram vdda_dac Cvdda_dac cap_vdd_sram_mpu vdda_dac Video DAC vssa_dac Ccap_vdd_sram_mpu SRAM_LDO1 cap_vdd_sram_core SRAM_LDO2 BG Ccap_vdd_sram_core vdds_wkup_bg vdds_wkup_bg Cvdds_wkup_bg WKUP_LDO vdds_mmc1 vdds_mmc1 cap_vdd_wkup MMC IOs Cvdds_mmc1 Ccap_vdd_wkup DPLL_MPU vdds_dpll_dll vdds_mem vdds Cvdds_mem vdds_dpll_dll vdds_mem IOs and Memory vdds Cvdds_dpll_dll Cvdds DPLL_CORE vdds_dpll_per vdds_dpll_per DPLL5 Cvdds_dpll_per DPLL4 Vdd_core vdd_mpu vdd_mpu Cvdd_mpu MPU vdd_core Core Cvdd_core VSS 030-004 A. B. Signals "vdds" and "vdds_mem" are combined with "vdds" on the CBC package. Signals "vdds" and "vdds_mem" are separate on the CBB and CUS packages. Figure 3-2. Power Supply Decoupling 128 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 3.6 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Power-up and Power-down This section provides the timing requirements for the OMAP3515/03 hardware signals. 3.6.1 Power-up Sequence The following steps give an example of power-up sequence supported by the OMAP3515/03 device. 1. vdds and vdds_mem are ramped ensuring a level on the IO domain and sys_nrespwron must be low. At the same time, vdds_sram and vdds_wkup_bg can also be ramped. 2. Once vdds_wkup_bg rail is stabilized, vdd_core can be ramped. 3. Once vdd_core is stabilized, then vdd_mpu can be ramped. 4. vdds_dpll_dll and vdds_dpll_per rails can be ramped at any time during the above sequence. 5. sys_nrespwron can be released as soon as the vdds_pll_dll rail is stabilized, and sys_xtalin and sys_32k clocks are stabilized. 6. During the whole sequence above, sys_nreswarm is held low by OMAP3515/03. sys_nreswarm is released after the eFuse check has been performed; that is, after sys_nrespwron is released. 7. The other power supplies can then be turned on upon software request. shows the power-up sequence. Notes: • If an external square clock is provided, it could be started after sys_nrespwron release provided it is clean: no glitch, stable frequency, and duty cycle. • Higher voltage can be used. OPP voltage values may change following the silicon characterization result. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 129 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com 1.8 V vdds_wkup_bg 1.8 V vdds_mem,vdds, vdds_sram ldo3 (internal) (2) vdd_core (2) vdd_mpu 1.8 V vdds_dpll_dll 1.8 V vdds_dpll_per sys_32k sys_nrespwron sys_xtalin EFUSE.RSTPWRON(internal) sys_nreswarm vdds_mmc1,vdds_mmc1a, vdda_dac(1), vpp 030-005 Figure 3-3. Power-up Sequence 130 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 3.6.2 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Power-down Sequence The following steps give an example of the power-down sequence supported by the OMAP3515/03 device. 1. Reset OMAP3515/03 device. 2. Stop all signals driven to OMAP3515/03 balls. 3. Option 1: Power down all domains simutaneously. 4. Option 2: If all domains cannot be powered down simultaneously, follow the below sequence: (a) Power off all complex I/O domains (vdds_mmc1, vdds_mmc1a, vdda_dac) (b) Power off all core domains (vdd_core, vdd_mpu ) (c) Power off all PLL domains (vdds_dpll_dll, vdds_dpll_per) (d) Power off all SRAM LDOs (vdds_sram) (e) Power off all reference domains (vdds_wkup_bg) (f) Power off all standard I/O domains (vdds, vdds_mem) The OMAP3515/03 device proceeds with the power-down sequence shown in Figure 3-4 . Note: Another possible power-down sequence: • vdd_mpu shuts down before vdd_core. • vdds_sram, vdds_wkup_bg, vdds, and vdds_mem shut down simultaneously. • vdds_dpll_dll and vdds_dpll_per shut down anytime between all complex IO domains shut down and vdds_sram shuts down. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 131 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com sys_nrespwron vdds_mmc1, vdda_dac vdds_wkup_bg vdd_mpu vdd_core vdds_mem, vdds, vdds_sram vdds_dpll_dll, vdds_dpll_per sys_32kin sys.clk 030-006 Figure 3-4. Power-down Sequence 132 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 4 CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS The OMAP3515/03 device has three external input clocks, a low frequency (sys_32k), a high frequency (sys_xtalin), and an optional (sys_altclk). The OMAP3515/03 device has two configurable output clocks, sys_clkout1 and sys_clkout2. Figure 4-1 shows the interface to the external clock sources and clock outputs. OMAP sys_32k Power IC Alternate Clock Source Selectable (54, 48 MHz or other [up to 59 MHz]) sys_altclk sys_clkout1 To Peripherals (From OSC_CLK: 12, 13,16.8, 19.2, 26, or 38.4 MHz) sys_clkout2 To Peripherals (From OSC_CLK: 12,13, 16.8, 19.2, 26, or 38.4 MHz, core_clk [DPLL, up to 332 MHz], DPLL-96 MHz or DPLL-54 MHz outputs with a divider of 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16) sys_xtalout To Quartz (Oscillator output) or Unconnected sys_xtalin To Quartz (Oscillator input) or Square Clock sys_clkreq Clock Request. To Square Clock Source or from Peripherals sys_xtalout sys_xtalout Oscillator is Used Unconnected Oscillator is Bypassed sys_xtalin sys_clkreq GPin sys_xtalin sys_clkreq Square Clock Source 030-007 Figure 4-1. Clock Interface The OMAP3515/03 device operation requires the following three input clocks: • The 32-kHz frequency is used for low frequency operation. It supplies the wake-up domain for operation in lowest power mode (off mode). This clock is provided through the sys_32k pin. • The system alternative clock can be used (through the sys_altclk pin) to provide alternative 48 or 54 MHz or other clock source (up to 59 MHz). • The system clock input (12, 13, 16.8, 19.2, 26, or 38.4 MHz) is used to generate the main source clock of the OMAP3515/03 device. It supplies the DPLLs as well as several OMAP modules. The system clock input can be connected to either: – A crystal oscillator clock managed by sys_xtalin and sys_xtalout. In this case, the sys_clkreq is used as an input (GPIN). – A CMOS digital clock through the sys_xtalin pin. In this case, the sys_clkreq is used as an output to request the external system clock. The OMAP3515/03 outputs externally two clocks: • sys_clkout1 can output the oscillator clock (12, 13, 16.8, 19.2, 26, or 38.4 MHz) at any time. It can be controlled by software or externally using sys_clkreq control. When the device is in the off state, the sys_clkreq can be asserted to enable the oscillator and activate the sys_clkout1 without waking up the device. The off state polarity of sys_clkout1 is programmable. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS 133 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 • www.ti.com sys_clkout2 can output the oscillator clock (12, 13, 16.8, 19.2, 26, or 38.4 MHz), core_clk (core DPLL output), 96 MHz or 54 MHz. It can be divided by 2, 4, 8, or 16 and its off state polarity is programmable. This output is active only when the core power domain is active. For more information on the OMAP3515/03 Applications Processor clocking structure, see the Power, Reset, and Clock management (PRCM) chapter of the OMAP35x Applications Processor TRM (literature number SPRUFA5). 4.1 Input Clock Specifications The clock system accepts three input clock sources: • 32-kHz digital CMOS clock • Crystal oscillator clock or CMOS digital clock (12, 13, 16.8, 19.2, 26, or 38.4 MHz) • Alternate clock (48 or 54 MHz, or other up to 59 MHz) 4.1.1 Clock Source Requirements Table 4-1 illustrates the requirements to supply a clock to the OMAP3515/03 device. Table 4-1. Clock Source Requirements PAD CLOCK FREQUENCY sys_xtalout sys_xtalin sys_altclk 4.1.2 STABILITY DUTY CYCLE JITTER TRANSITION 12, 13, 16.8, or 19.2 MHz Crystal ± 25 ppm na na na 12, 13, 16.8, 19.2, 26, or 38.4 MHz Square ± 50 ppm 45% to 55% < 1% < 3.6 ns ± 50 ppm 40% to 60% < 1% < 5 ns 48,54 or up to 59 MHz External Crystal Description To supply a 12-, 13-, 16.8-, or 19.2-MHz clock to the OMAP3515/03, an external crystal can be connected to the sys_xtalin and sys_xtalout pins. Figure 4-2 describes the crystal implementation. OMAP Device sys_xtalin sys_xtalout Optional Rbias Optional Rd Cf2 Cf1 Crystal 030-008 Figure 4-2. Crystal Implementation(1) (2) (3) (4) (1) On the PCB, the oscillator components (crystal, foot capacitors, optional Rbias and Rd) must be located close to the package. All these components must be routed first with the lowest possible number of board vias. (2) An optional resistor Rd can be added in series with the crystal to debug or filter the harmonics; a footprint must be reserved on the PCB for use with 10-MHz crystals and feature low-drive levels. (3) A 120-kΩ internal bias resistor Rbias is used. The feedback resistor Rbias provides negative feedback to the oscillator to put it in the 134 CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 linear operating region; thus oscillation begins when power is applied. (4) Cf1 and Cf2 represent the total capacitance of the PCB and components excluding the power IC and crystal. Their values in fact depend on the crystal datasheet. In the datasheet of the crystal, the frequency is specified at a specific load capacitor value which is the equivalent capacitor of the two capacitors Cf1 and Cf2 connected to sys_xtalin and sys_xtalout. The frequency of the oscillations depends on the value of the capacitors (10 pF corresponds to a load capacitor of 5 pF for the crystal). The crystal must be in the fundamental mode of operation and parallel resonant. Table 4-2 summarizes the required electrical constraints. Table 4-2. Crystal Electrical Characteristics NAME DESCRIPTION MIN (1) fp Parallel resonance crystal frequency CL Load capacitance for crystal parallel resonance ESR12&13 TYP MAX 12, 13, 16.8, or 19.2 MHz 20 pF Crystal ESR (12 and 13 MHz) (1) 80 Ω ESR16.8&19.2 Crystal ESR (16.8 and 19.2 MHz) (2) 50 Ω Co Crystal shunt capacitance Lm Crystal motional inductance for fp = 12 MHz Cm Crystal motional capacitance DL Crystal drive level Rbias Internal bias resistor (1) (2) 5 UNIT 1 5 30 120 7 pF 35 mH 100 fF 0.5 mW 300 kΩ Measured with the load capacitance specified by the crystal manufacturer. This load is defined by the foot capacitances tied in series. If CL = 20 pF, then both foot capacitors will be Cf1 = Cf2 = 40 pF. Parasitic capacitance from package and board must also be taken in account. Measured with the load capacitance specified by the crystal manufacturer. This load is defined by the foot capacitances tied in series. If CL = 20 pF, then both foot capacitors will be Cf1 = Cf2 = 40 pF. Parasitic capacitance from package and board must also be taken in account. 2 ESR=Rm 1+ C0 CL When selecting a crystal, the system design must take into account the temperature and aging characteristics of a crystal versus the user environment and expected lifetime of the system. Table 4-3 details the switching characteristics of the oscillator and the input requirements of the 12-, 13-, 16.8-, or 19.2-MHz input clock. Table 4-3. Base Oscillator Switching Characteristics NAME fp tsX (1) (2) DESCRIPTION MIN Oscillation frequency Start-up time TYP 12, 13, 16.8, or 19.2 (1) (2) 8 MAX UNIT MHz ms Start-up time defined as time interval between oscillator control signal release and sys_xtalin amplitude at 50% of its final value (vdd and vdds supplies ramped and stable). The start-up time can be performed in function of the crystal characteristics. 8-ms minimum only when using the internal oscillator; it is programmable after reset for wake-up. At power-on reset, the time is adjustable using the pin itself. The reset must be released when the oscillator or clock source is stable. Before the processor boots up and the oscillator is set to bypass mode, there is a start-up time when the internal oscillator is in application mode and receives a square wave. The start-up time in this case is about 100 μs. For fp = 12 or 13 MHz: CL = 13.5 pF and Lm = 35 mH For fp = 16.8 or 19.2 MHz: CL = 9 pF and Lm = 15 mH 4.1.3 Clock Squarer Input Description A 1.8-V CMOS clock squarer is another source that can supply a 12-, 13-, 16.8-, 19.2-, 26-, or 38.4-MHz clock to the OMAP3515/03. An analog clock squarer function converts a low-amplitude sinusoidal clock into a low-jitter digital signal. It can be connected to input pin sys_xtalin (sys_xtalout unconnected). Figure 4-3 illustrates the effective connections. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS 135 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com OMAP Device Oscillator In Bypass Mode sys_clkreq sys_xtalin sys_xtalout Clock Squarer Source 030-010 Figure 4-3. Clock Squarer Source Connection To connect a digital clock source, the oscillator is configured in bypass mode. The sys_clkreq pin is an OMAP3515/03 output which can be used to switch the clock source on or off. 1. Pin sys_xtalout is not used in this mode. It must be left unconnected. 2. Once the system is powered up, the clock squarer source or crystal oscillator source can be applied; however, this affects the performance. The input source must be configured after power up to attain the desired system requirements. Table 4-4 summarizes the electrical constraints required by the clock squarer used in the fundamental mode of operation. Note: There is an internal pulldown resistor of 5k Ω (max.) on sys_xtalin when the oscillator is disabled. Table 4-4. Base Oscillator Electrical Characteristics (in Bypass Mode) NAME DESCRIPTION MIN (1) f Frequency tsX Start-up time IDDQ Current consumption on VDDS when sys_xtalin = 0 and in powerdown mode (1) (2) TYP MAX 12, 13, 16.8, 19.2, 26, or 38.4 UNIT MHz (2) ms 1 μA Measured with the load capacitance specified by the manufacturer. Parasitic capacitance from package and board must also be taken in account. Before the processor boots up and the oscillator is set to bypass mode, there is a start-up time when the internal oscillator is in application mode and receives a square wave. The start-up time in this case is about 100 μs. Table 4-5 details the input requirements of the 12-, 13-, 16.8-, 19.2-, 26-, or 38.4-MHz input clock. Table 4-5. 12-, 13-, 16.8-, 19.2-, 26-, or 38.4-MHz Input Clock Squarer Timing Requirements NAME DESCRIPTION MIN TYP MAX OCS0 1 / tc(xtalin) Frequency, sys_xtalin OCS1 tw(xtalin) Pulse duration, sys_xtalin low or high OCS2 tJ(xtalin) Peak-to-peak jitter (1), sys_xtalin OCS3 tR(xtalin) Rise time, sys_xtalin 3.6 OCS4 tF(xtalin) Fall time, sys_xtalin 3.6 ns OCS5 tJ(xtalin) Frequency stability, sys_xtalin ±25 ppm (1) 136 12, 13, 16.8, 19.2, 26, or 38.4 UNIT 0.45 * tc(xtalin) 0.55 * tc(xtalin) –1% 1% MHz ns ns Peak-to-peak jitter is defined as the difference between the maximum and the minimum output periods on a statistical population of 300 period samples. The sinusoidal noise is added on top of the vdds supply voltage. CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 OCS0 OCS1 OCS1 sys.xtalin 030-011 Figure 4-4. Crystal Oscillator in Bypass Mode 4.1.4 External 32-kHz CMOS Input Clock A 32.768-kHz clock signal (often abbreviated to 32-kHz) can be supplied by an external 1.8-V CMOS signal on pin sys_32k. Table 4-6 summarizes the electrical constraints imposed to the clock source. Table 4-6. 32-kHz Input Clock Source Electrical Characteristics NAME DESCRIPTION f Frequency CI Input capacitance RI Input resistance MIN TYP MAX UNIT 32.768 kHz 0.44 pF 106 0.25 GΩ Table 4-7 details the input requirements of the 32-kHz input clock. Table 4-7. 32-kHz Input Clock Source Timing Requirements (1) NAME DESCRIPTION MIN TYP MAX UNIT CK0 1 / tc(32k) Frequency, sys_32k CK3 tR(32k) Rise time, sys_32k 20 ns CK4 tF(32k) Fall time, sys_32k 20 ns CK5 tJ(32k) Frequency stability, sys_32k ±200 ppm (1) 32.768 kHz See Table 3-4, Electrical Characteristics, Standard LVCMOS IOs part for sys_32k VIH/VIL parameters. CK0 CK1 CK1 sys_32k 030-012 Figure 4-5. 32-kHz CMOS Clock 4.1.5 External sys_altclk CMOS Input Clock A 48-, 54-, or up to 59- MHz clock signal can be supplied by an external 1.8-V CMOS signal on pin sys_altclk. Table 4-8 summarizes the electrical constraints imposed by the clock source. Table 4-8. 48-, 54-, or up to 59- MHz Input Clock Source Electrical Characteristics NAME DESCRIPTION f Frequency , sys_altclk CI Input capacitance RI Input resistance MIN TYP MAX 48-, 54-, or up to 59- MHz MHz 0.74 0.25 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 UNIT pF 106 GΩ CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS 137 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 4-9 details the input requirements of the input clock. Table 4-9. 48- or 54-MHz Input Clock Source Timing Requirements (1) NAME DESCRIPTION MIN TYP (2) MAX 1 / tc(altclk) Frequency, sys_altclk ALT1 tw(altclk) Pulse duration, sys_altclk low or high 0.40 * tc(altclk) 0.60 * tc(altclk) ALT2 tJ(altclk) Peak-to-peak jitter (1), sys_altclk –1% 1% ALT3 tR(altclk) Rise time, sys_altclk 10 ns ALT4 tF(altclk) Fall time, sys_altclk 10 ns ALT5 tJ(altclk) Frequency stability, sys_altclk ± 50 ppm (1) (2) 48-, 54-, or up to 59- MHz UNIT ALT0 MHz ns Peak-to-peak jitter is defined as the difference between the maximum and the minimum output periods on a statistical population of 300 period samples. The sinusoidal noise is added on top of the vdds supply voltage. See Table 3-4, Electrical Characteristics, for sys_altclk VIH/VIL parameters. ALT0 ALT1 ALT1 sys_altclk 030-013 Figure 4-6. Alternate CMOS Clock 138 CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 4.2 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Output Clock Specifications Two output clocks (pin sys_clkout1 and pin sys_clkout2) are available: • sys_clkout1 can output the oscillator clock (12, 13, 16.8, 19.2, 26, or 38.4 MHz) at any time. It can be controlled by software or externally using sys_clkreq control. When the device is in the off state, the sys_clkreq can be asserted to enable the oscillator and activate the sys_clkout1 without waking up the device. The off state polarity of sys_clkout1 is programmable. • sys_clkout2 can output sys_clk (12, 13, 16.8, 19.2, 26, or 38.4 MHz), CORE_CLK (core DPLL output, 332 MHz maximum), APLL-96 MHz, or APLL-54 MHz. It can be divided by 2, 4, 8, or 16 and its off state polarity is programmable. This output is active only when the core domain is active. Table 4-10 summarizes the sys_clkout1 output clock electrical characteristics. Table 4-10. sys_clkout1 Output Clock Electrical Characteristics NAME DESCRIPTION f Frequency CI Load capacitance (1) (1) MIN TYP MAX UNIT 12, 13, 16.8, 19.2, 26, or 38.4 MHz f(max) = 38.4 MHz 37 pF f(max) = 26 MHz 50 The load capacitance is adapted to a frequency. Table 4-11 details the sys_clkout1 output clock timing characteristics. Table 4-11. sys_clkout1 Output Clock Switching Characteristics NAME DESCRIPTION MIN f 1 / CO0 Frequency CO1 tw(CLKOUT1) Pulse duration, sys_clkout1 low or high CO2 tR(CLKOUT1) CO3 tF(CLKOUT1) (1) TYP MAX UNIT 12, 13, 16.8, 19.2, 26, or 38.4 0.40 * tc(CLKOUT1) MHz 0.60 * tc(CLKOUT1) ns Rise time, sys_clkout1 (1) 5.5 ns Fall time, sys_clkout1 (1) 5.5 ns With a load capacitance of 50 pF. CO0 CO1 CO1 sys_clkout 030-014 Figure 4-7. sys_clkout1 System Output Clock Table 4-12 summarizes the sys_clkout2 output clock electrical characteristics. Table 4-12. sys_clkout2 Output Clock Electrical Characteristics NAME DESCRIPTION f Frequency, sys_clkout2 CL Load capacitance (1) (1) f(max) = 166 MHz MIN TYP 2 8 MAX UNIT 322 MHz 12 pF The load capacitance is adapted to a frequency. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS 139 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 4-13 details the sys_clkout2 output clock timing characteristics. Table 4-13. sys_clkout2 Output Clock Switching Characteristics NAME DESCRIPTION MIN f 1 / CO0 Frequency CO1 tw(CLKOUT2) Pulse duration, sys_clkout2 low or high CO2 tR(CLKOUT2) Rise time, sys_clkout2 (1) CO3 tF(CLKOUT2) Fall time, sys_clkout2 (1) (1) TYP 0.40 * tc(CLKOUT2) MAX UNIT 322 MHz 0.60 * tc(CLKOUT2) ns 3.7 ns 4.3 ns With a load capacitance of 12 pF. CO0 CO1 CO1 sys_clkout 030-015 Figure 4-8. sys_clkout2 System Output Clock 140 CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 4.3 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 DPLL and DLL Specifications The OMAP3515/03 integrates seven DPLLs and a DLL. The PRM and CM drive five of them, while the sixth ( not supported) and the seventh ( not supported) are controlled by the display subsystem. The five main DPLLs are: • DPLL1 (MPU) • DPLL2 ( not supported on OMAP3515/03 devices) • DPLL3 (Core) • DPLL4 (Peripherals) • DPLL5 (Second Peripherals DPLL) Figure 4-9 illustrates the DLL and DPLL implementation. OMAP vdds_dpll_dll Power Rail DPLL1 DPLL2 DLL DPLL3 DPLL4 DPLL5 vdds_dpll_per 030-016 (1) DPLL2 is not supported on OMAP3515/03 devices. Figure 4-9. DPLL and DLL Implementation For more information on the OMAP3530/25 Applications Processor DPLLs and clocking structure, see the Power, Reset, and Clock management (PRCM) chapter of the OMAP35x Applications Processor TRM (literature number SPRUFA5). 4.3.1 Digital Phase-Locked Loop (DPLL) The DPLL provides all interface clocks and some functional clocks (such as the processor clocks) of the OMAP3515/03 device. DPLL1 and DPLL2 get an always-on clock used to produce the synthesized clock. They get a high-speed bypass clock used to switch the DPLL output clock on this high-speed clock during bypass mode. The high-speed bypass clock is an L3 divided clock (programmable by 1 or 2) that saves DPLL processor power consumption when the processor does not need to run faster than the L3 clock speed, or optimizes performance during frequency scaling. Each DPLL synthesized frequency is set by programming M (multiplier) and N (divider) factors. In addition, all DPLL outputs can be controlled by an independent divider (M2 to M6). The clock generating DPLLs of the OMAP3515/03 device have following features: • Independent power domain per DPLL • Controlled by clock-manager (CM) Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS 141 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 • • • 4.3.1.1 www.ti.com Fed with always-on system clock with independent gating control per DPLL Analog part supplied through dedicated power supply (1.8 V) and an embedded LDO to get rid of 1MHz noise Up to five independent output dividers for simultaneous generation of multiple clock frequencies DPLL1 (MPU) DPLL1 is located in the MPU subsystem and supplies all clocks of the subsystem. All MPU subsystem clocks are internally generated in the subsystem. When the core domain is on, it can use the DPLL3 (CORE DPLL) output as a high-frequency bypass input clock. 4.3.1.2 DPLL3 (CORE) DPLL3 supplies all interface clocks and also a few module functional clocks. It can be also source of the emulation trace clock. It is located in the core domain area. All interface clocks and a few module functional clocks are generated in the CM. When the core domain is on, it can be used as a bypass input to DPLL1 and DPLL2. 4.3.1.3 DPLL4 (Peripherals) DPLL4 generates clocks for the peripherals. It supplies five clock sources: 96-MHz functional clocks to subsystems and peripherals, 54 MHz to TV DAC, display functional clock, camera sensor clock, and emulation trace clock. It is located in the core domain area. All interface clocks and few module functional clocks are generated in the CM. Its outputs to the DSS, PER, and EMU domains are propagated with always-on clock trees. 4.3.1.4 DPLL5 (Second peripherals DPLL) DPLL5 supplies the 120-MHz functional clock to the CM. 4.3.2 Delay-Locked Loops (DLL) The SDRC includes analog-controlled delay technology for interfacing high-speed mobile DDR memory components. For more information, see the SDRC-GPMC chapter of the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98 ]. A DLL is a calibration module used on dynamic track of voltage and temperature variations, as well as to compensate the silicon process dispersion. The SDRC DLL has four modes of operation: 1. APPLICATION MODE 0: used to generate 72° delay 2. APPLICATION MODE 1: used to generate 90° delay 3. MODEMAXDELAY: used for low frequency operation where we do not have the requirement of accurate 72° or 90° phase shift 4. IDLE MODE: a low-power state that allows the DLL to gain lock quickly on exit from this mode 142 CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 4.3.3 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 DPLLs and DLL Characteristics Several specifications characterize the seven DPLLs. Table 4-14 summarizes the DPLL characteristics and assumes testing over recommended operating conditions. Table 4-14. DPLL Characteristics NAME PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNIT vdds_dpll_per 1.71 1.8 1.89 V vdds_dpll_dll 1.71 1.8 1.89 V 25 105 °C COMMENTS (1) At ball level (+5%, +10%) TJ Junction temperature –40 Will not unlock after lock over this range for slow temperature drifts finput Input reference frequency (2) 0.75 65 MHz FINP finternal Internal reference frequency 0.75 2.1 MHz FREQSEL3 = 0; FINT = FINP/(N+1) 7.5 21 MHz FREQSEL3 = 1; FINT = FINP/(N+1) foutput CLKOUT output frequency 25 900 MHz foutput*2 CLKOUTx2 output frequency 50 1800 MHz tlock Frequency lock time (3) 71.4 200 μs 150 FINT cycles; FREQSEL3 = 0 37.1 104 μs 780 FINT cycles; FREQSEL3 = 1 plock Phase lock time 166.7 466.7 μs 350 FINT cycles; FREQSEL3 = 0 46.7 130.7 μs 980 FINT cycles; FREQSEL3 = 1 4.8 13.3 μs 10 FINT cycles 4.8 13.3 μs 19 53.3 μs 19 53.3 μs 71.4 200 μs trelock Relock time – frequency lock (4) Lowcurrstby = 0; FREQSEL3 = 0 100 FINT cycles Lowcurrstby = 0; FREQSEL3 = 1 40 FINT cycles Lowcurrstby = 1; FREQSEL3 = 0 400 FINT cycles Lowcurrstby = 1; FREQSEL3 = 1 prelock Relock time – Phase lock (4) 150 FINT cycles Lowcurrstby = 0; FREQSEL3 = 0 11.9 33.3 μs 95.2 266.7 μs 26.7 74.7 μs 250 FINT cycles Lowcurrstby = 0; FREQSEL3 = 1 200 FINT cycles Lowcurrstby = 1; FREQSEL3 = 0 560 FINT cycles Lowcurrstby = 1; FREQSEL3 = 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) freqsel needs to be programmed accordingly to reference clock and DPLL divider (register setting), Lowcurrstdby depends on the targeted DPLL power state (dynamic). Lowcurrstdby = 0 then DPLL is in normal mode Lowcurrstdby = 1 then DPLL is in low-power mode Input frequencies below 0.75 MHz are possible with performance penalty. Maximum frequency for nominal conditions. Speed binning possible above fmax. Relock time assumes typical operating conditions, 4°C maximum temperature drift (see the Functional Specification for more detailed information). Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS 143 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com show s the DPLL1 clock frequency ranges. Note: The DPLL1 clock frequency ranges depend on the VDD1 (vdd_mpu ) operating point. Table 4-15. DPLL1 Clock Frequency Ranges Clock Signal ARM_CLK (1) (2) Description DPLL1 output clock. Max Unit OPP6 (1) 720 MHz OPP5 600 MHz OPP4 550 MHz OPP3 500 MHz OPP2 250 MHz OPP1 (2) 125 MHz OPP6 frequency range is only supported on high-speed grade OMAP3530/25 devices. Cannot boot in OPP1. If OPP1 is desired, boot in higher OPP then switch to OPP1. Table 4-16 through Table 4-18 show the DPLL3 clock frequency ranges. Note: The DPLL3 clock frequency ranges depend on the VDD2 (vdd_core) operating point and the L3 clock speed configuration. Table 4-16. DPLL3 Clock Frequency Ranges, VDD2 OPP3 Config 1 (166 MHz) Clock Signal Description Config 2 (133 MHz) Min Max Min Max Unit CM: CORE_CLK Output of clock manager (CM), generated directly from DPLL3. - 332 - 266 MHz CM: L3_ICLK Output of clock manager (CM), generated using DPLL3. - 166 - 133 MHz CM: L4_ICLK Output of clock manager (CM), generated using CM L3_ICLK and divider. - 83 - 66.5 MHz SGX SGX input clock, taken from CM CORE_CLK. - 110.67 - 88.67 MHz SDRC SDRC input clock, taken from CM L3_ICLK. - 166 - 133 MHz GPMC GPMC input clock, taken from CM L3_ICLK. - 83 - 66.5 MHz Table 4-17. DPLL3 Clock Frequency Ranges, VDD2 OPP2 Config 1 (83 MHz) Clock Signal Description Config 2 (100 MHz) Min Max Min Max Unit CM: CORE_CLK Output of clock manager (CM), generated directly from DPLL3. - 166 - 200 MHz CM: L3_ICLK Output of clock manager (CM), generated using DPLL3. - 83 - 100 MHz CM: L4_ICLK Output of clock manager (CM), generated using CM L3_ICLK and divider. - 41.5 - 50 MHz SGX SGX input clock, taken from CM CORE_CLK. - 55.53 - 66.67 MHz SDRC SDRC input clock, taken from CM L3_ICLK. - 83 - 100 MHz GPMC GPMC input clock, taken from CM L3_ICLK. - 41.5 - 50 MHz 144 CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 4-18. DPLL3 Clock Frequency Ranges, VDD2 OPP1 (1) Config 1 (40 MHz) Clock Signal Description Config 2 (50 MHz) Min Max Min Max Unit CM: CORE_CLK Output of clock manager (CM), generated directly from DPLL3. - 83 - 100 MHz CM: L3_ICLK Output of clock manager (CM), generated using DPLL3. - 41.5 - 50 MHz CM: L4_ICLK Output of clock manager (CM), generated using CM L3_ICLK and divider. - 20.75 - 25 MHz SGX SGX input clock, taken from CM CORE_CLK. - N/A - N/A MHz SDRC SDRC input clock, taken from CM L3_ICLK. - 41.5 - 50 MHz GPMC GPMC input clock, taken from CM L3_ICLK. - 41.5 - 25 MHz (1) Cannot boot in OPP1. If OPP1 is desired, boot in higher OPP then switch to OPP1. Table 4-19 summarizes the DLL characteristics. Table 4-19. DLL Characteristics PARAMETER MIN NOM MAX Supply voltage vdds_dpll_dll 1.71 1.8 1.89 V Junction operating temperature –40 25 105 °C Input clock frequency 66 120 133 MHz 83 120 166 Input load (1) UNIT COMMENTS APPLICATION MODE 0 APPLICATION MODE 1 15 fF Lock time (2) 500 Clocks Relock time 500 ns 150 372 Clocks 1 2 μs IDLE to APPLICATION MODE @133 MHz 1 1.5 μs IDLE to APPLICATION MODE @166 MHz (Mode transitions through idle mode) (1) (2) IDLE to MODEMAXDELAY IDLE to APPLICATION MODE 1 or 0 This parameter is design goal and is not tested on silicon. Lock signal would go high from power down within 500 clocks. Lock signal switches to low state when the input clock is switched off after 3 μs. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS 145 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 4.3.4 www.ti.com DPLL and DLL Noise Isolation The DPLL and DLL require dedicated power supply pins to isolate the core analog circuit from the switching noise generated by the core logic that can cause jitter on the clock output signal. Guard rings are added to the cell to isolate it from substrate noise injection. The vdd supplies are the most sensitive to noise; decoupling capacitance is recommended below the supply rails. The maximum input noise level allowed is 30 mVPP for frequencies below 1 MHz. Figure 4-10 illustrates an example of a noise filter. OMAP Device Noise Filter vdds_dpll_dll DPLL_MPU DPLL_CORE DPLL2 C DLL Noise Filter vdds_dpll_per DPLL5 C DPLL4 030-017 (1) DPLL2 is not supported on OMAP3515/03 devices. Figure 4-10. DPLL and DLL Noise Filter Table 4-20 specifies the noise filter requirements. Table 4-20. DPLL and DLL Noise Filter Requirements NAME MIN TYP Filtering capacitor 100 MAX UNIT nF (1) The capacitors must be inserted between power and ground as close as possible. (2) This circuit is provided only as an example. (3) The filter must be located as close as possible to the device. (4) No filtering required if noise is below 10 mVPP. 146 CLOCK SPECIFICATIONS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 5 VIDEO DAC SPECIFICATIONS A dual-display interface equips the OMAP3515/03 processor. This display subsystem provides the necessary control signals to interface the memory frame buffer directly to the external displays (TV-set). Two (one per channel) 10-bit current steering DACs are inserted between the DSS and the TV set to generate the video analog signal. One of the video DACs also includes TV detection and power-down mode. Figure 5-1 illustrates the OMAP3515/03 DAC architecture. For more information, see the DSS chapter of the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. OMAP Device TV DCT DIN1[9:0] ROUT1 tv_vfb1 TVOUT BUFFER Video DAC 1 tv_out1 DSS tv_vfb2 ROUT2 DIN2[9:0] TVOUT TVOUT BUFFER BUFFER Video DAC 2 tv_out2 vdda_dac V_ref vssa_dac tv_vref CBG 030-018 Figure 5-1. Video DAC Architecture The following paragraphs detail the 10-bit DAC interface pinout, static and dynamic specifications, and noise requirements. The operating conditions and absolute maximum ratings are detailed in Table 5-2 and Table 5-4. 5.1 Interface Description Table 5-1 summarizes the external pins of the video DAC. Table 5-1. External Pins of 10-bit Video DAC PIN NAME I/O DESCRIPTION tv_out1 O TV analog output composite DAC1 video output. An external resistor is connected between this node and tv_vfb1. The nominal value of ROUT1 is 1650 Ω. Finally, note that this is the output node that drives the load (75 Ω). Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 VIDEO DAC SPECIFICATIONS 147 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 5-1. External Pins of 10-bit Video DAC (continued) PIN NAME I/O DESCRIPTION tv_out2 O TV analog output S-VIDEO DAC2 video output. An external resistor is connected between this node and tv_vfb2. The nominal value of ROUT2 is 1650 Ω. Finally, note that this is the output node that drives the load (75 Ω). tv_vref I Reference output voltage from internal bandgap A decoupling capacitor (CBG) needs to be connected for optimum performance. tv_vfb1 O Amplifier feedback node Amplifier feedback node. An external resistor is connected between this node and tv_out1. The nominal value of ROUT1 is 1650 Ω (1%). tv_vfb2 O Amplifier feedback node Amplifier feedback node. An external resistor is connected between this node and tv_out2. The nominal value of ROUT2 is 1650 Ω (1%). 148 VIDEO DAC SPECIFICATIONS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 5.2 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Electrical Specifications Over Recommended Operating Conditions (TMIN to TMAX, vdda_dac = 1.8 V, ROUT1/2 = 1650 Ω, RLOAD = 75 Ω, unless otherwise noted) Table 5-2. DAC – Static Electrical Specification PARAMETER R CONDITIONS/ASSUMPTIONS MIN Resolution TYP MAX UNIT 10 Bits DC ACCURACY INL (1) Integral nonlinearity –1 1 LSB DNL (2) Differential nonlinearity –1 1 LSB ANALOG OUTPUT RLOAD = 75 Ω - Full-scale output voltage - Output offset voltage 0,7 - Output offset voltage drift - Gain error –17 RVOUT Output impedance 67.5 VREF Reference voltage range 0.525 - Reference noise density RSET Full-scale current adjust resistor 0.88 1 V 50 mV 20 mV/°C 19 % FS 75 82.5 Ω 0.55 0.575 V 4200 Ω REFERENCE PSRR Reference PSRR (3) 100-kHz reference noise bandwidth 129 3700 (Up to 6 MHz) 4000 40 dB POWER CONSUMPTION Ivdda-up Analog Supply Current (4) 2 channels, no load 8 mA - Analog supply driving a 75-Ω load (RMS) 2 channels 50 mA Ivdda-up (peak) Peak analog supply current: Lasts less than 1 ns 60 mA Ivdd-up Digital supply current (5) Measured at fCLK = 54 MHz, fOUT = 2 MHz sine wave, vdd = 1.3 V 2 mA Ivdd-up (peak) Peak digital supply current (6) Lasts less than 1 ns 2.5 mA Ivdda-down Analog power at power-down T = 30°C, vdda = 1.8 V 1.5 mA Ivdd-down Digital power at power-down T = 30°C, vdd = 1.3 V 1 mA (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) The INL is measured at the output of the DAC (accessible at an external pin during bypass mode). The DNL is measured at the output of the DAC (accessible at an external pin during bypass mode). Assuming a capacitor of 0.1 μF at the tv_ref node. The analog supply current Ivdda is directly proportional to the full-scale output current IFS and is insensitive to fCLK The digital supply current IVDD is dependent on the digital input waveform, the DAC update rate fCLK, and the digital supply VDD. The peak digital supply current occurs at full-scale transition for duration less than 1 ns. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 VIDEO DAC SPECIFICATIONS 149 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com (TMIN to TMAX, vdda_dac = 1.8 V, ROUT1/2 = 1650 Ω, RLOAD = 75 Ω, unless otherwise noted) Table 5-3. Video DAC – Dynamic Electrical Specification PARAMETER (1) fCLK CONDITIONS/ASSUMPTIONS MIN TYP MAX 54 UNIT Output update rate Equal to input clock frequency Clock jitter rms clock jitter required in order to assure 10bit accuracy Attenuation at 5.1 MHz Corner frequency for signal 0.1 Attenuation at 54 MHz (1) Image frequency 25 tST Output settling time Time from the start of the output transition to output within ± 1 LSB of final value. 85 ns tRout Output rise time Measured from 10% to 90% of full-scale transition 25 ns tFout Output fall time Measured from 10% to 90% of full-scale transition 25 ns BW Signal bandwidth 6 MHz Differential gain (2) 1.5% Differential phase (2) MHz 40 ps 0.5 1.5 dB 30 33 dB 1 deg. SFDR Within bandwidth fCLK = 54 MHz, fOUT = 1 MHz 45 dB SNR Signal-to-noise ratio 1 kHz to 6 MHz bandwidth fCLK = 54 MHz, fOUT = 1 MHz 55 (3) dB PSRR Power supply rejection ratio Up to 6 MHz 20 (4) Crosstalk Between the two video channels (1) (2) (3) (4) 150 –50 dB –40 dB For internal input clock information, For more information, see the DSS chapter of the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. The differential gain and phase value is for dc coupling. Note that there is degradation for the ac coupling. The SNR value is for dc coupling. Note that there is a 6-dB degradation for ac coupling. The PSSR value is for dc coupling. Note that there is a 10-dB degradation for ac coupling. VIDEO DAC SPECIFICATIONS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 5.3 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Analog Supply (vdda_dac) Noise Requirements In order to assure 10-bit accuracy of the DAC analog output, the analog supply vdda_dac has to meet the noise requirements stated in this section. The DAC Power Supply Rejection Ratio is defined as the relative variation of the full-scale output current divided by the supply variation. Thus, it is expressed in percentage of Full-Scale Range (FSR) per volt of DI OUT I OUTFS VAC 100 × supply variation as shown in the following equation: PSRRDAC = % FSR V Depending on frequency, the PSRR is defined in Table 5-4. Table 5-4. Video DAC – Power Supply Rejection Ratio Supply Noise Frequency PSRR % FSR/V 0 to 100 kHz 1 > 100 kHz The rejection decreases 20 dB/dec. Example: at 1 MHz the PSRR is 10% of FSR/V A graphic representation is shown in Figure 5-2. PSRR (% FSR/V) First pole of DAC output load 10 1 f 100 kHz 1 MHz 030-019 Figure 5-2. Video DAC – Power Supply Rejection Ratio To ensure that the DAC SFDR specification is met, the PSRR values and the clock jitter requirements translate to the following limits on vdda_dac (for the Video DAC). The maximum peak-to-peak noise on vdda (ripple) is defined in Table 5-5: Table 5-5. Video DAC – Maximum Peak-to-Peak Noise on vdda_dac Tone Frequency Maximum Peak-to-Peak Noise on vdda_dac 0 to 100 kHz < 30 mVpp > 100 kHz Decreases 20 dB/dec. Example: at 1 MHz the maximum is 3 mVpp The maximum noise spectral density (white noise) is defined in Table 5-6: Table 5-6. Video DAC – Maximum Noise Spectral Density Supply Noise Bandwidth Maximum Supply Noise Density 0 to 100 kHz < 20 μV / √Hz > 100 kHz Decreases 20 dB/dec. Example: at 1 MHz the maximum noise density is 2 μ / √Hz Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 VIDEO DAC SPECIFICATIONS 151 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Because the DAC PSRR deteriorates at a rate of 20 dB/dec after 100 kHz, it is highly recommended to have vdda_dac low pass filtered (proper decoupling) (see the illustrated application: Section 5.4, External Component Value Choice). 5.4 External Component Value Choice The full-scale output voltage VOUTMAX is regulated by the reference amplifier, and is set by an internal resistor RSET. IOUTMAX can be expressed as: IOUTMAX = IREF /8 * (63 + 15/16) (1) Where: VREF = 0.55V IREF = VREF/ (2* RSET) (2) (3) The output current IOUT appearing at DAC output is a function of both the input code and IOUTMAX and can be expressed as: IOUT = (DAC_CODE/1023) * IOUTMAX (4) Where: DAC_CODE = 0 to 1023 is the DAC input code in decimal. (5) The output voltage is: VOUT = IOUT *N* RCABLE (6) Where: (N = amplifier gain = 21) RCABLE = 75 Ω (cable typical impedance) (7) (8) The TV-out buffer requires a per channel external resistors: ROUT1/2. The equation below can be used to select different resistor values (if necessary): ROUT = (N+1) RCABLE = 1650 Ω (9) Recommended parameter values are: Table 5-7. Video DAC – Recommended External Components Values Recommended Value UNIT CBG 100 nF ROUT1/2 1650 Ω In order to limit the reference noise bandwidth and to suppress transients on VREF, it is necessary to connect a large decoupling capacitor ©BG) between the tv_vref and vssa_dac pins. 152 VIDEO DAC SPECIFICATIONS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 6 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS 6.1 Timing Test Conditions All timing requirements and switching characteristics are valid over the recommended operating conditions of , unless otherwise specified. 6.2 6.2.1 Interface Clock Specifications Interface Clock Terminology The Interface clock is used at the system level to sequence the data and/or control transfers accordingly with the interface protocol. 6.2.2 Interface Clock Frequency The two interface clock characteristics are: • The maximum clock frequency • The maximum operating frequency The interface clock frequency documented in this document is the maximum clock frequency, which corresponds to the maximum frequency programmable on this output clock. This frequency defines the maximum limit supported by the OMAP3515/03 IC and doesn’t take into account any system consideration (PCB, peripherals). The system designer will have to consider these system considerations and OMAP3515/03 IC timings characteristics as well, to define properly the maximum operating frequency, which corresponds to the maximum frequency supported to transfer the data on this interface. 6.2.3 Clock Jitter Specifications Jitter is a phase noise, which may alter different characteristics of a clock signal. The jitter specified in this document is the time difference between the typical cycle period and the actual cycle period affected by noise sources on the clock. The cycle (or period) jitter terminology identifies this type of jitter. Cycle (or Period) Jitter Tn-1 Tn Tn+1 Max. Cycle Jitter = Max (Ti) Min. Cycle Jitter = Min (Ti) Jitter Standard Deviation (or rms Jitter) = Standard Deviation (Ti) 030-020 Figure 6-1. Cycle (or Period) Jitter 6.2.4 Clock Duty Cycle Error The duty cycle error is the ratio between either the high-level pulse duration or the low-level pulse duration and the cycle time of a clock signal. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 153 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 6.3 www.ti.com Timing Parameters The timing parameter symbols used in the timing requirement and switching characteristic tables are created in accordance with JEDEC Standard 100. To shorten the symbols, some pin names and other related terminologies have been abbreviated as follows: Table 6-1. Timing Parameters LOWERCASE SUBSCRIPTS 154 Symbols Parameter c Cycle time (period) d Delay time dis Disable time en Enable time h Hold time su Setup time START Start bit t Transition time v Valid time w Pulse duration (width) X Unknown, changing, or don’t care level H High L Low V Valid IV Invalid AE Active Edge FE First Edge LE Last Edge Z High impedance TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 6.4 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 External Memory Interfaces The OMAP3515/03 processor includes the following external memory interfaces: • General-purpose memory controller (GPMC) • SDRAM controller (SDRC) 6.4.1 General-Purpose Memory Controller (GPMC) The GPMC is the OMAP3515/03 unified memory controller used to interface external memory devices such as: • Asynchronous SRAM-like memories and ASIC devices • Asynchronous page mode and synchronous burst NOR flash • NAND flash 6.4.1.1 GPMC/NOR Flash Interface Synchronous Timing Table 6-3 and Table 6-4 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-2 through Figure 6-5) and electrical characteristic conditions. Table 6-2. GPMC/NOR Flash Synchronous Mode Timing Conditions TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 1.8 ns tF Input signal fall time 1.8 ns 15.94 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Output load capacitance Table 6-3. GPMC/NOR Flash Interface Timing Requirements – Synchronous Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER OPP3 MIN OPP1 (2) OPP2 MAX MIN MAX MIN UNIT MAX F12 tsu(DV-CLKH) Setup time, read gpmc_d[15:0] valid before gpmc_clk high 1.9 1.9 3.2 ns F13 th(CLKH-DV) Hold time, read gpmc_d[15:0] valid after gpmc_clk high 1.9 1.9 1.9 ns F21 tsu(WAITV-CLKH) Setup time, gpmc_waitx (3) valid before gpmc_clk high 1.9 1.9 3.2 ns F22 th(CLKH-WAITV) Hold Time, gpmc_waitx (3) valid after gpmc_clk high 2.5 2.5 2.5 ns (1) (2) (3) For VDD2 (vdd_core) OPP voltages, see Section 3.3, Recommended Operating Conditions. Cannot boot in OPP1. If OPP1 is desired, boot in higher OPP then switch to OPP1. Wait monitoring support is limited to a WaitMonitoringTime value > 0. For a full description of wait monitoring feature, see the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (literature number ). Table 6-4. GPMC/NOR Flash Interface Switching Characteristics – Synchronous Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN 0.9 V MAX 12.05 MIN UNIT MAX F0 tc(CLK) Cycle time(15), output clock gpmc_clk period 10 25 ns F1 tw(CLKH) Typical pulse duration, output clock gpmc_clk high 0.5 P(12) 0.5 P(12) 0.5 P(12) 0.5 P(12) 0.5 P(12) 0.5 P(12) ns F1 tw(CLKL) Typical pulse duration, output clock gpmc_clk low 0.5 P(12) 0.5 P(12) 0.5 P(12) 0.5 P(12) 0.5 P(12) 0.5 P(12) ns tdc(CLK) Duty cycle error, output clk gpmc_clk –500 500 –602 602 –1250 1250 ps TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 155 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-4. GPMC/NOR Flash Interface Switching Characteristics – Synchronous Mode (continued) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN 0.9 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX tj(CLK) Jitter standard deviation(16), output clock gpmc_clk 33.3 33.3 33.3 ps tR(CLK) Rise time, output clock gpmc_clk 1.6 2 2 ns tF(CLK) Fall time, output clock gpmc_clk 1.6 2 2 ns tR(DO) Rise time, output data 2 2 2 ns tF(DO) Fall time, output data 2 2 2 ns F2 td(CLKH-nCSV) Delay time, gpmc_clk rising edge to gpmc_ncsx(11) transition F(6) – 1.9 F(6) + 3.3 F(6) – 1.8 F(6) + 4.1 F(6) – 2.6 F(6) + 4.9 ns F3 td(CLKH-nCSIV) Delay time, gpmc_clk rising edge to gpmc_ncsx(11) invalid E(5) – 1.9 E(5) + 3.3 E(5) – 1.8 E(5) + 4.1 E(5) – 2.6 E(5) + 4.9 ns F4 td(ADDV-CLK) Delay time, address bus valid to gpmc_clk first edge B(2) – 4.1 B(2) + 2.1 B(2) – 4.1 B(2) + 2.1 B(2) – 4.9 B(2) + 2.6 ns F5 td(CLKH-ADDIV) Delay time, gpmc_clk rising edge to gpmc_a[16:1] invalid F6 td(nBEV-CLK) Delay time, gpmc_nbe0_cle, gpmc_nbe1 valid to gpmc_clk first edge B(2) – 1.1 B(2) + 2.1 B(2) – 0.9 B(2) + 1.9 B(2) – 2.6 B(2) + 2.6 ns F7 td(CLKH-nBEIV) Delay time, gpmc_clk rising edge to gpmc_nbe0_cle, gpmc_nbe1 invalid D(4) – 2.1 D(4) + 1.1 D(4) – 1.9 D(4) + 0.9 D(4) – 2.6 D(4) + 2.6 ns F8 td(CLKH-nADV) Delay time, gpmc_clk rising edge to gpmc_nadv_ale transition G(7) – 1.9 G(7) + 4.1 G(7) – 2.1 G(7) + 4.1 G(7) – 2.6 G(7) + 4.9 ns F9 td(CLKH-nADVIV) Delay time, gpmc_clk rising edge to gpmc_nadv_ale invalid D(4) – 1.9 D(4) + 4.1 D(4) – 2.1 D(4) + 4.1 D(4) – 2.6 D(4) + 4.9 ns F10 td(CLKH-nOE) Delay time, gpmc_clk rising edge to gpmc_noe transition H(8) – 2.1 H(8) + 2.1 H(8) – 2.1 H(8) + 2.1 H(8) – 2.6 H(8) + 4.9 ns F11 td(CLKH-nOEIV) Delay time, gpcm rising edge to gpmc_noe invalid E(5) – 2.1 E(5) + 2.1 E(5) – 2.1 E(5) + 2.1 E(5) – 2.6 E(5) + 4.9 ns F14 td(CLKH-nWE) Delay time, gpmc_clk rising edge to gpmc_nwe transition I(9) – 1.9 I(9) + 4.1 I(9) – 2.1 I(9) + 4.1 I(9) – 2.6 I(9) + 4.9 ns F15 td(CLKH-Data) Delay time, gpmc_clk rising edge to data bus transition J(10) – 2.1 J(10) + 1.1 J(10) – 1.9 J(10) + 0.9 J(10) – 2.6 J(10) + 2.6 ns F17 td(CLKH-nBE) Delay time, gpmc_clk rising edge to gpmc_nbex_cle transition J(10) – 2.1 J(10) + 1.1 J(10) – 1.9 J(10) + 0.9 J(10) – 2.6 J(10) + 2.6 ns F18 tW(nCSV) Pulse duration, gpmc_ncsx(11) low F19 F20 156 tW(nBEV) tW(nADVV) –2.1 –2.1 –2.6 ns Read A(1) A(1) A(1) ns Write A(1) A(1) A(1) ns Pulse duration, Read gpmc_nbe0_cle, Write gpmc_nbe1 low C(3) C(3) C(3) ns C(3) C(3) C(3) ns Pulse duration, gpmc_nadv_ale low Read K(13) K(13) K(13) ns Write K(13) K(13) K(13) ns TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-4. GPMC/NOR Flash Interface Switching Characteristics – Synchronous Mode (continued) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V 0.9 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX F23 td(CLKH-IODIR) Delay time, gpmc_clk rising edge to gpmc_io_dir high (IN direction) H(8) – 2.1 H(8) + 4.1 H(8) – 2.1 H(8) + 4.1 H(8) – 2.6 H(8) + 4.9 ns F24 td(CLKH-IODIV) Delay time, gpmc_clk rising edge to gpmc_io_dir low (OUT direction) M(17) – 2.1 M(17) + 4.1 M(17) – 2.1 M(17) + 4.1 M(17) – 2.6 M(17) + 4.9 ns (1) For single read: A = (CSRdOffTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK period For burst read: A = (CSRdOffTime – CSOnTime + (n – 1) * PageBurstAccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK period For burst write: A = (CSWrOffTime – CSOnTime + (n – 1) * PageBurstAccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK period with n being the page burst access number. (2) B = ClkActivationTime * GPMC_FCLK (3) For single read: C = RdCycleTime * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK For burst read: C = (RdCycleTime + (n – 1) * PageBurstAccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK For burst write: C = (WrCycleTime + (n – 1) * PageBurstAccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK with n being the page burst access number. (4) For single read: D = (RdCycleTime – AccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK For burst read: D = (RdCycleTime – AccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK For burst write: D = (WrCycleTime – AccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK (5) For single read: E = (CSRdOffTime – AccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK For burst read: E = (CSRdOffTime – AccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK For burst write: E = (CSWrOffTime – AccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK (6) For nCS falling edge (CS activated): – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 0: – F = 0.5 * CSExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 1: – F = 0.5 * CSExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if (ClkActivationTime and CSOnTime are odd) or (ClkActivationTime and CSOnTime are even) – F = (1 + 0.5 * CSExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK otherwise – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 2: – F = 0.5 * CSExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if ((CSOnTime – ClkActivationTime) is a multiple of 3) – F = (1 + 0.5 * CSExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((CSOnTime – ClkActivationTime – 1) is a multiple of 3) – F = (2 + 0.5 * CSExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((CSOnTime – ClkActivationTime – 2) is a multiple of 3) (7) For ADV falling edge (ADV activated): – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 0: – G = 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 1: – G = 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if (ClkActivationTime and ADVOnTime are odd) or (ClkActivationTime and ADVOnTime are even) – G = (1 + 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK otherwise – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 2: – G = 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if ((ADVOnTime – ClkActivationTime) is a multiple of 3) – G = (1 + 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((ADVOnTime – ClkActivationTime – 1) is a multiple of 3) – G = (2 + 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((ADVOnTime – ClkActivationTime – 2) is a multiple of 3) For ADV rising edge (ADV deactivated) in Reading mode: – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 0: – G = 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 1: – G = 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if (ClkActivationTime and ADVRdOffTime are odd) or (ClkActivationTime and ADVRdOffTime are even) – G = (1 + 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK otherwise – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 2: – G = 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if ((ADVRdOffTime – ClkActivationTime) is a multiple of 3) – G = (1 + 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((ADVRdOffTime – ClkActivationTime – 1) is a multiple of 3) – G = (2 + 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((ADVRdOffTime – ClkActivationTime – 2) is a multiple of 3) For ADV rising edge (ADV deactivated) in Writing mode: – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 0: – G = 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 1: – G = 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if (ClkActivationTime and ADVWrOffTime are odd) or (ClkActivationTime and ADVWrOffTime are even) – G = (1 + 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK otherwise – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 2: TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 157 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 – – – www.ti.com G = 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if ((ADVWrOffTime – ClkActivationTime) is a multiple of 3) G = (1 + 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((ADVWrOffTime – ClkActivationTime – 1) is a multiple of 3) G = (2 + 0.5 * ADVExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((ADVWrOffTime – ClkActivationTime – 2) is a multiple of 3) (8) For OE falling edge (OE activated) / IO DIR rising edge (Data Bus input direction): – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 0: – H = 0.5 * OEExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 1: – H = 0.5 * OEExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if (ClkActivationTime and OEOnTime are odd) or (ClkActivationTime and OEOnTime are even) – H = (1 + 0.5 * OEExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK otherwise – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 2: – H = 0.5 * OEExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if ((OEOnTime – ClkActivationTime) is a multiple of 3) – H = (1 + 0.5 * OEExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((OEOnTime – ClkActivationTime – 1) is a multiple of 3) – H = (2 + 0.5 * OEExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((OEOnTime – ClkActivationTime – 2) is a multiple of 3) For OE rising edge (OE deactivated): – GpmcFCLKDivider = 0: – H = 0.5 * OEExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 1: – H = 0.5 * OEExtraDelay * GPMC_FC if (ClkActivationTime and OEOffTime are odd) or (ClkActivationTime and OEOffTime are even) – H = (1 + 0.5 * OEExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK otherwise – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 2: – H = 0.5 * OEExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if ((OEOffTime – ClkActivationTime) is a multiple of 3) – H = (1 + 0.5 * OEExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((OEOffTime – ClkActivationTime – 1) is a multiple of 3) – H = (2 + 0.5 * OEExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((OEOffTime – ClkActivationTime – 2) is a multiple of 3) (9) For WE falling edge (WE activated): – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 0: – I = 0.5 * WEExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 1: – I = 0.5 * WEExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if (ClkActivationTime and WEOnTime are odd) or (ClkActivationTime and WEOnTime are even) – I = (1 + 0.5 * WEExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK otherwise – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 2: – I = 0.5 * WEExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if ((WEOnTime – ClkActivationTime) is a multiple of 3) – I = (1 + 0.5 * WEExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((WEOnTime – ClkActivationTime – 1) is a multiple of 3) – I = (2 + 0.5 * WEExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((WEOnTime – ClkActivationTime – 2) is a multiple of 3) For WE rising edge (WE deactivated): – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 0: – I = 0.5 * WEExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 1: – I = 0.5 * WEExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if (ClkActivationTime and WEOffTime are odd) or (ClkActivationTime and WEOffTime are even) – I = (1 + 0.5 * WEExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK otherwise – Case GpmcFCLKDivider = 2: – I = 0.5 * WEExtraDelay * GPMC_FCLK if ((WEOffTime – ClkActivationTime) is a multiple of 3) – I = (1 + 0.5 * WEExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((WEOffTime – ClkActivationTime – 1) is a multiple of 3) – I = (2 + 0.5 * WEExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK if ((WEOffTime – ClkActivationTime – 2) is a multiple of 3) (10) J = GPMC_FCLK period (11) In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. In gpmc_waitx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3. (12) P = gpmc_clk period (13) For read: K = (ADVRdOffTime – ADVOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK For write: K = (ADVWrOffTime – ADVOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK (14) GPMC_FCLK is General-Purpose Memory Controller internal functional clock. (15) Related to the gpmc_clk output clock maximum and minimum frequencies programmable in the I/F module by setting the GPMC_CONFIG1_CSx configuration register bit field GpmcFCLKDivider. (16) The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. (17) M = (RdCycleTime - AccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK Above M parameter expression is given as one example of GPMC programming. IO DIR signal will go from IN to OUT after both RdCycleTime and BusTurnAround completion. Behavior of IO direction signal does depend on kind of successive Read/Write accesses performed to Memory and multiplexed or non-multiplexed memory addressing scheme, bus keeping feature enabled or not. IO DIR behavior is automatically handled by GPMC controller. For a full description of the gpmc_io_dir feature, see the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. 158 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 F1 F1 F0 gpmc_clk F3 F2 F18 gpmc_ncsx F4 gpmc_a[10:1] Valid Address F7 F6 F19 gpmc_nbe0_cle F19 gpmc_nbe1 F6 F8 F8 F20 F9 gpmc_nadv_ale F10 F11 gpmc_noe F13 F12 D0 gpmc_d[15:0] gpmc_waitx F23 OUT gpmc_io_dir F24 IN OUT 030-021 In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. In gpmc_waitx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-2. GPMC/NOR Flash – Synchronous Single Read – (GpmcFCLKDivider = 0) TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 159 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com F1 F0 F1 gpmc_clk F2 F3 gpmc_ncsx F4 Valid Address gpmc_a[10:1] F6 F7 gpmc_nbe0_cle F7 gpmc_nbe1 F6 F8 F8 F9 gpmc_nadv_ale F10 F11 gpmc_noe F13 F13 F12 D0 gpmc_d[15:0] F21 F12 D1 D2 D3 F22 gpmc_waitx F24 F23 gpmc_io_dir OUT IN OUT 030-022 In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. In gpmc_waitx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-3. GPMC/NOR Flash – Synchronous Burst Read – 4x16-bit (GpmcFCLKDivider = 0) 160 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 F1 F1 F0 gpmc_clk F2 F3 gpmc_ncsx F4 Valid Address gpmc_a[10:1] F17 F6 F17 F17 gpmc_nbe0_cle F17 F17 F17 gpmc_nbe1 F6 F8 F8 F9 gpmc_nadv_ale F14 F14 gpmc_nwe F15 gpmc_d[15:0] D0 D1 F15 D2 F15 D3 gpmc_waitx gpmc_io_dir OUT 030-023 In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. In gpmc_waitx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-4. GPMC/NOR Flash – Synchronous Burst Write – (GpmcFCLKDivider = 0) TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 161 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com F1 F0 F1 gpmc_clk F3 F2 gpmc_ncsx F7 F6 Valid gpmc_nbe0_cle F6 F7 Valid gpmc_nbe1 F4 Address (MSB) gpmc_a[26:17] F12 F5 F4 gpmc_a[16:1]_d[15:0] Address (LSB) F8 F13 D0 D1 F12 D2 F8 D3 F9 gpmc_nadv_ale F10 F11 gpmc_noe gpmc_waitx F24 F23 gpmc_io_dir OUT IN OUT 030-024 In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. In gpmc_waitx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-5. GPMC/Multiplexed NOR Flash – Synchronous Burst Read 162 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 F1 F1 F0 gpmc_clk F2 F3 gpmc_ncsx F4 gpmc_a[26:17] Address (MSB) F17 F6 F17 F17 gpmc_nbe0_cle F17 F17 F17 gpmc_nbe1 F6 F8 F8 F9 gpmc_nadv_ale F14 F14 gpmc_nwe F15 gpmc_d[15:0] Address (LSB) D0 D1 F15 F15 D2 D3 gpmc_waitx OUT gpmc_io_dir 030-025 In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. In gpmc_waitx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-6. GPMC/Multiplexed NOR Flash – Synchronous Burst Write 6.4.1.2 GPMC/NOR Flash Interface Asynchronous Timing Table 6-7 and Table 6-8 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-7 through Figure 6-12) and electrical characteristic conditions. Table 6-5. GPMC/NOR Flash Asynchronous Mode Timing Conditions TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 1.8 ns tF Input signal fall time 1.8 ns 15.94 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Output load capacitance Table 6-6. GPMC/NOR Flash Interface Asynchronous Timing – Internal Parameters (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN FI1 Maximum output data generation delay from internal functional clock FI2 Maximum input data capture delay by internal functional clock FI3 FI4 (1) (2) 1.0 V MAX MIN (2) 0.9 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX 6.5 9.1 13.7 ns 4 5.6 8.1 ns Maximum device select generation delay from internal functional clock 6.5 9.1 13.7 ns Maximum address generation delay from internal functional clock 6.5 9.1 13.7 ns The internal parameters table must be used to calculate Data Access Time stored in the corresponding CS register bit field. Internal parameters are referred to the GPMC functional internal clock which is not provided externally. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 163 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-6. GPMC/NOR Flash Interface Asynchronous Timing – Internal Parameters(1) (2) (continued) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN 0.9 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX FI5 Maximum address valid generation delay from internal functional clock 6.5 9.1 13.7 ns FI6 Maximum byte enable generation delay from internal functional clock 6.5 9.1 13.7 ns FI7 Maximum output enable generation delay from internal functional clock 6.5 9.1 13.7 ns FI8 Maximum write enable generation delay from internal functional clock 6.5 9.1 13.7 ns FI9 Maximum functional clock skew 100 170 200 ps Table 6-7. GPMC/NOR Flash Interface Timing Requirements – Asynchronous Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN MAX 1.0 V MIN 0.9 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX FA5 (1) tacc(DAT) Data maximum access time H (2) H (2) H (2) GPMC_FCLK cycles FA20 (3) tacc1-pgmode(DAT) Page mode successive data maximum access time P (4) P (4) P (4) GPMC_FCLK cycles FA21 (5) tacc2-pgmode(DAT) Page mode first data maximum access time H (2) H (2) H (2) GPMC_FCLK cycles (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) The FA5 parameter illustrates the amount of time required to internally sample input Data. It is expressed in number of GPMC functional clock cycles. From start of read cycle and after FA5 functional clock cycles, input Data is internally sampled by active functional clock edge. FA5 value must be stored inside the AccessTime register bit field. H = AccessTime * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) The FA20 parameter illustrates amount of time required to internally sample successive input Page Data. It is expressed in number of GPMC functional clock cycles. After each access to input Page Data, next input Page Data is internally sampled by active functional clock edge after FA20 functional clock cycles. The FA20 value must be stored in the PageBurstAccessTime register bit field. P = PageBurstAccessTime * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) The FA21 parameter illustrates amount of time required to internally sample first input Page Data. It is expressed in number of GPMC functional clock cycles. From start of read cycle and after FA21 functional clock cycles, First input Page Data is internally sampled by active functional clock edge. FA21 value must be stored inside the AccessTime register bit field. Table 6-8. GPMC/NOR Flash Interface Switching Characteristics – Asynchronous Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN FA0 FA1 FA3 1.0 V MAX MIN 0.9 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX tR(DO) Rise time, output data 2.0 2.0 2.0 ns tF(DO) Fall time, output data 2.0 2.0 2.0 ns tW(nBEV) Pulse duration, Read gpmc_nbe0_cl Write e, gpmc_nbe1 valid time N(12) N(12) N(12) ns N(12) N(12) N(12) ns Pulse duration, Read gpmc_ncsx(13) Write v low A(1) A(1) A(1) ns A(1) A(1) A(1) ns tW(nCSV) td(nCSV-nADVIV) Delay time, Read gpmc_ncsx(13) Write valid to gpmc_nadv_al e invalid B(2) – 0.2 B(2) + 2.0 B(2) – 0.2 B(2) + 2.6 B(2) – 0.2 B(2) + 3.7 ns B(2) – 0.2 B(2) + 2.0 B(2) – 0.2 B(2) + 2.6 B(2) – 0.2 B(2) + 3.7 ns FA4 td(nCSV-nOEIV) Delay time, gpmc_ncsx(13) valid to gpmc_noe invalid (Single read) C(3) – 0.2 C(3) + 2.0 C(3) – 0.2 C(3) + 2.6 C(3) – 0.2 C(3) + 3.7 ns FA9 td(AV-nCSV) Delay time, address bus valid to gpmc_ncsx(13) valid J(9) – 0.2 J(9) + 2.0 J(9) – 0.2 J(9) + 2.6 J(9) – 0.2 J(9) + 3.7 ns 164 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-8. GPMC/NOR Flash Interface Switching Characteristics – Asynchronous Mode (continued) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V 0.9 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX J(9) – 0.2 J(9) + 2.0 J(9) – 0.2 J(9) + 2.6 J(9) – 0.2 J(9) + 3.7 ns K(10) – 0.2 K(10) + 2.0 K(10) – 0.2 K(10) + 2.6 K(10) – 0.2 K(10) + 3.7 ns FA10 td(nBEV-nCSV) Delay time, gpmc_nbe0_cle, gpmc_nbe1 valid to gpmc_ncsx(13) valid FA12 td(nCSV-nADVV) Delay time, gpmc_ncsx(13) valid to gpmc_nadv_ale valid FA13 td(nCSV-nOEV) Delay time, gpmc_ncsx(13) valid to gpmc_noe valid L(11) – 0.2 L(11) + 2.0 L(11) – 0.2 L(11) + 2.6 L(11) – 0.2 L(11) + 3.7 ns FA14 td(nCSV-IODIR) Delay time, gpmc_ncsx(13) valid to gpmc_io_dir high L(11) – 0.2 L(11) + 2.0 L(11) – 0.2 L(11) + 2.6 L(11) – 0.2 L(11) + 3.7 ns FA15 td(nCSV-IODIR) Delay time, gpmc_ncsx(13) valid to gpmc_io_dir low FA16 tw(AIV) Address invalid duration between 2 successive R/W accesses FA18 td(nCSV-nOEIV) Delay time, gpmc_ncsx(13) valid to gpmc_noe invalid (Burst read) FA20 tw(AV) Pulse duration, address valid – 2nd, 3rd, and 4th accesses FA25 td(nCSV-nWEV) Delay time, gpmc_ncsx(13) valid to gpmc_nwe valid E(5) – 0.2 E(5) + 2.0 E(5) – 0.2 E(5) + 2.6 E(5) – 0.2 E(5) + 3.7 ns FA27 td(nCSV-nWEIV) Delay time, gpmc_ncsx(13) valid to gpmc_nwe invalid F(6) – 0.2 F(6) + 2.0 F(6) – 0.2 F(6) + 2.6 F(6) – 0.2 F(6) + 3.7 ns FA28 td(nWEV-DV) Delay time, gpmc_ new valid to data bus valid 3.7 ns FA29 td(DV-nCSV) Delay time, data bus valid to gpmc_ncsx(13) valid J(9) + 3.7 ns FA37 td(nOEV-AIV) Delay time, gpmc_noe valid to gpmc_a[16:1]_d[15:0] address phase end 3.7 ns M(14) – 0.2 M(14) + 2.0 M(14) – 0.2 G(7) I(8) – 0.2 M(14) + 2.6 G(7) I(8) + 2.0 I(8) – 0.2 D(4) J(9) – 0.2 J(9) + 2.0 M(14) + 3.7 G(7) I(8) + 2.6 D(4) 2.0 M(14) – 0.2 I(8) – 0.2 J(9) – 0.2 2.0 ns I(8) + 3.7 D(4) 2.6 J(9) + 2.6 2.6 J(9) – 0.2 ns ns ns (1) For single read: A = (CSRdOffTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK For single write: A = (CSWrOffTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK For burst read: A = (CSRdOffTime – CSOnTime + (n – 1) * PageBurstAccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK For burst write: A = (CSWrOffTime – CSOnTime + (n – 1) * PageBurstAccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK with n being the page burst access number (2) For reading: B = ((ADVRdOffTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * (ADVExtraDelay – CSExtraDelay)) * GPMC_FCLK For writing: B = ((ADVWrOffTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * (ADVExtraDelay – CSExtraDelay)) * GPMC_FCLK (3) C = ((OEOffTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * (OEExtraDelay – CSExtraDelay)) * GPMC_FCLK (4) D = PageBurstAccessTime * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK (5) E = ((WEOnTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * (WEExtraDelay – CSExtraDelay)) * GPMC_FCLK (6) F = ((WEOffTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * (WEExtraDelay – CSExtraDelay)) * GPMC_FCLK (7) G = Cycle2CycleDelay * GPMC_FCLK (8) I = ((OEOffTime + (n – 1) * PageBurstAccessTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * (OEExtraDelay – CSExtraDelay)) * GPMC_FCLK (9) J = (CSOnTime * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * CSExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK (10) K = ((ADVOnTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * (ADVExtraDelay – CSExtraDelay)) * GPMC_FCLK TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 165 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com (11) L = ((OEOnTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * (OEExtraDelay – CSExtraDelay)) * GPMC_FCLK (12) For single read: N = RdCycleTime * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK For single write: N = WrCycleTime * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK For burst read: N = (RdCycleTime + (n – 1) * PageBurstAccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK For burst write: N = (WrCycleTime + (n – 1) * PageBurstAccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK (13) In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. (14) M = ((RdCycleTime - CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) - 0.5 * CSExtraDelay) * GPMC_FCLK Above M parameter expression is given as one example of GPMC programming. IO DIR signal will go from IN to OUT after both RdCycleTime and BusTurnAround completion. Behavior of IO direction signal does depend on kind of successive Read/Write accesses performed to Memory and multiplexed or non-multiplexed memory addressing scheme, bus keeping feature enabled or not. IO DIR behavior is automatically handled by GPMC controller. For a full description of the gpmc_io_dir feature, see the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. GPMC_FCLK gpmc_clk FA5 FA1 gpmc_ncsx FA9 gpmc_a[10:1] Valid Address FA0 FA10 gpmc_nbe0_cle Valid gpmc_nbe1 Valid FA0 FA10 FA3 FA12 gpmc_nadv_ale FA4 FA13 gpmc_noe gpmc_d[15:0] Data IN 0 Data IN 0 gpmc_waitx FA14 gpmc_io_dir FA15 OUT IN OUT 030-026 Figure 6-7. GPMC/NOR Flash – Asynchronous Read – Single Word Timing(1) (2) (3) (1) In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. In gpmc_waitx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3. (2) FA5 parameter illustrates amount of time required to internally sample input data. It is expressed in number of GPMC functional clock cycles. From start of read cycle and after FA5 functional clock cycles, input data is internally sampled by active functional clock edge. FA5 value must be stored inside AccessTime register bit field. (3) GPMC_FCLK is an internal clock (GPMC functional clock) not provided externally. 166 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 GPMC_FCLK gpmc_clk FA5 FA5 FA1 FA1 gpmc_ncsx FA16 FA9 FA9 gpmc_a[10:1] Address 0 Address 1 FA0 FA0 FA10 FA10 gpmc_nbe0_cle Valid gpmc_nbe1 Valid FA0 FA0 Valid Valid FA10 FA10 FA3 FA3 FA12 FA12 gpmc_nadv_ale FA4 FA4 FA13 FA13 gpmc_noe gpmc_d[15:0] Data Upper gpmc_waitx FA15 gpmc_io_dir FA14 OUT IN FA14 OUT FA15 IN 030-027 Figure 6-8. GPMC/NOR Flash – Asynchronous Read – 32-bit Timing(1) (2) (3) (1) In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. In gpmc_waitx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3. (2) FA5 parameter illustrates amount of time required to internally sample input data. It is expressed in number of GPMC functional clock cycles. From start of read cycle and after FA5 functional clock cycles, input data is internally sampled by active functional clock edge. FA5 value must be stored inside AccessTime register bit field. (3) GPMC_FCLK is an internal clock (GPMC functional clock) not provided externally. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 167 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com GPMC_FCLK gpmc_clk FA21 FA20 FA20 FA20 FA1 gpmc_ncsx FA9 Add0 gpmc_a[10:1] Add1 Add2 Add3 D0 D1 D2 Add4 FA0 FA10 gpmc_nbe0_cle FA0 FA10 gpmc_nbe1 FA12 gpmc_nadv_ale FA18 FA13 gpmc_noe gpmc_d[15:0] D3 D3 gpmc_waitx FA15 gpmc_io_dir OUT FA14 IN OUT 030-028 Figure 6-9. GPMC/NOR Flash – Asynchronous Read – Page Mode 4x16-bit Timing(1) (2) (3) (4) (1) In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. In gpmc_waitx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3. (2) FA21 parameter illustrates amount of time required to internally sample first input page data. It is expressed in number of GPMC functional clock cycles. From start of read cycle and after FA21 functional clock cycles, first input page data is internally sampled by active functional clock edge. FA21 value must be stored inside AccessTime register bit field. (3) FA20 parameter illustrates amount of time required to internally sample successive input page data. It is expressed in number of GPMC functional clock cycles. After each access to input page data, next input page data is internally sampled by active functional clock edge after FA20 functional clock cycles. FA20 is also the duration of address phases for successive input page data (excluding first input page data). FA20 value must be stored in PageBurstAccessTime register bit field. (4) GPMC_FCLK is an internal clock (GPMC functional clock) not provided externally. 168 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 gpmc_fclk gpmc_clk FA1 gpmc_ncsx FA9 Valid Address gpmc_a[10:1] FA0 FA10 gpmc_nbe0_cle FA0 FA10 gpmc_nbe1 FA3 FA12 gpmc_nadv_ale FA27 FA25 gpmc_nwe FA29 Data OUT gpmc_d[15:0] gpmc_waitx OUT gpmc_io_dir 030-029 In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. In gpmc_waitx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-10. GPMC/NOR Flash – Asynchronous Write – Single Word Timing TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 169 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com GPMC_FCLK gpmc_clk FA1 FA5 gpmc_ncsx FA9 gpmc_a[26:17] Address (MSB) FA0 FA10 gpmc_nbe0_cle Valid FA0 FA10 gpmc_nbe1 Valid FA3 FA12 gpmc_nadv_ale FA4 FA13 gpmc_noe FA29 gpmc_a[16:1]_d[15:0] FA37 Address (LSB) FA14 gpmc_io_dir Data IN Data IN FA15 OUT IN OUT gpmc_waitx 030-030 Figure 6-11. GPMC/Multiplexed NOR Flash – Asynchronous Read – Single Word Timing(1) (2) (3) (1) In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. In gpmc_waitx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3. (2) FA5 parameter illustrates amount of time required to internally sample input data. It is expressed in number of GPMC functional clock cycles. From start of read cycle and after FA5 functional clock cycles, input data is internally sampled by active functional clock edge. FA5 value must be stored inside AccessTime register bit field. (3) GPMC_FCLK is an internal clock (GPMC functional clock) not provided externally. 170 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 gpmc_fclk gpmc_clk FA1 gpmc_ncsx FA9 gpmc_a[26:17] Address (MSB) FA0 FA10 gpmc_nbe0_cle FA0 FA10 gpmc_nbe1 FA3 FA12 gpmc_nadv_ale FA27 FA25 gpmc_nwe FA29 gpmc_a[16:1]_d[15:0] FA28 Valid Address (LSB) Data OUT gpmc_waitx gpmc_io_dir OUT 030-031 In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. In gpmc_waitx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-12. GPMC/Multiplexed NOR Flash – Asynchronous Write – Single Word Timing 6.4.1.3 GPMC/NAND Flash Interface Timing Table 6-10 through Table 6-12 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 613 through Figure 6-16) and electrical characteristic conditions. Table 6-9. GPMC/NAND Flash Asynchronous Mode Timing Conditions TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 1.8 ns tF Input signal fall time 1.8 ns 15.94 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Output load capacitance Table 6-10. GPMC/NAND Flash Interface Asynchronous Timing – Internal Parameters (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN GNFI1 Maximum output data generation delay from internal functional clock GNFI2 Maximum input data capture delay by internal functional clock (1) (2) 1.0 V MAX MIN (2) 0.9 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX 6.5 9.1 13.7 ns 4 5.6 8.1 ns Internal parameters table must be used to calculate data access time stored in the corresponding CS register bit field. Internal parameters are referred to the GPMC functional internal clock which is not provided externally. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 171 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-10. GPMC/NAND Flash Interface Asynchronous Timing – Internal Parameters(1) (2) (continued) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN 0.9 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX GNFI3 Maximum device select generation delay from internal functional clock 6.5 9.1 13.7 ns GNFI4 Maximum address latch enable generation delay from internal functional clock 6.5 9.1 13.7 ns GNFI5 Maximum command latch enable generation delay from internal functional clock 6.5 9.1 13.7 ns GNFI6 Maximum output enable generation delay from internal functional clock 6.5 9.1 13.7 ns GNFI7 Maximum write enable generation delay from internal functional clock 6.5 9.1 13.7 ns GNFI8 Maximum functional clock skew 100 170 200 ps Table 6-11. GPMC/NAND Flash Interface Timing Requirements NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN GNF12 (1) tacc(DAT) (1) (2) 1.0 V MAX MIN MAX J (2) Data maximum access time 0.9 V MIN UNIT MAX J (2) J (2) GPMC_FCLK cycles The GNF12 parameter illustrates the amount of time required to internally sample input data. It is expressed in number of GPMC functional clock cycles. From start of the read cycle and after GNF12 functional clock cycles, input data is internally sampled by the active functional clock edge. The GNF12 value must be stored inside AccessTime register bit field. J = AccessTime * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) Table 6-12. GPMC/NAND Flash Interface Switching Characteristics NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN 0.9 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX tR(DO) Rise time, output data 2.0 2.0 2.0 ns tF(DO) Fall time, output data 2.0 2.0 2.0 ns GNF0 tw(nWEV) Pulse duration, gpmc_nwe valid time GNF1 td(nCSV-nWEV) Delay time, gpmc_ncsx(13) valid to gpmc_nwe valid B(2) – 0.2 B(2) + 2.0 B(2) – 0.2 B(2) + 2.6 B(2) – 0.2 B(2) + 3.7 ns GNF2 tw(CLEH-nWEV) Delay time, C(3) – 0.2 gpmc_nbe0_cle high to gpmc_nwe valid C(3) + 2.0 C(3) – 0.2 C(3) + 2.6 C(3) – 0.2 C(3) + 3.7 ns GNF3 tw(nWEV-DV) Delay time, gpmc_d[15:0] valid to gpmc_nwe valid D(4) – 0.2 D(4) + 2.0 D(4) – 0.2 D(4) + 2.6 D(4) – 0.2 D(4) + 3.7 ns GNF4 tw(nWEIV-DIV) Delay time, gpmc_nwe invalid to gpmc_d[15:0] invalid E(5) – 0.2 E(5) + 2.0 E(5) – 0.2 E(5) + 2.6 E(5) – 0.2 E(5) + 3.7 ns GNF5 tw(nWEIV-CLEIV) Delay time, gpmc_nwe invalid to gpmc_nbe0_cle invalid F(6) – 0.2 F(6) + 2.0 F(6) – 0.2 F(6) + 2.6 F(6) – 0.2 F(6) + 3.7 ns 172 A(1) A(1) A(1) ns TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-12. GPMC/NAND Flash Interface Switching Characteristics (continued) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V 0.9 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX GNF6 tw(nWEIV-nCSIV) Delay time, gpmc_nwe invalid to gpmc_ncsx(13) invalid G(7) – 0.2 G(7) + 2.0 G(7) – 0.2 G(7) + 2.6 G(7) – 0.2 G(7) + 3.7 ns GNF7 tw(ALEH-nWEV) Delay time, gpmc_nadv_ale High to gpmc_nwe valid C(3) – 0.2 C(3) + 2.0 C(3) – 0.2 C(3) + 2.6 C(3) – 0.2 C(3) + 3.7 ns GNF8 tw(nWEIV-ALEIV) Delay time, gpmc_nwe invalid to gpmc_nadv_ale invalid F(6) – 0.2 F(6) + 2.0 F(6) – 0.2 F(6) + 2.6 F(6) – 0.2 F(6) + 3.7 ns GNF9 tc(nWE) Cycle time, Write cycle time GNF10 td(nCSV-nOEV) Delay time, gpmc_ncsx(13) valid to gpmc_noe valid GNF13 tw(nOEV) Pulse duration, gpmc_noe valid time K(10) K(10) K(10) ns GNF14 tc(nOE) Cycle time, Read cycle time L(11) L(11) L(11) ns GNF15 tw(nOEIV-nCSIV) Delay time, gpmc_noe invalid to gpmc_ncsx(13) invalid H(8) I(9) – 0.2 M(12) – 0.2 H(8) I(9) + 2.0 M(12) + 2.0 I(9) – 0.2 M(12) – 0.2 H(8) I(9) + 2.6 M(12) + 2.6 I(9) – 0.2 M(12) – 0.2 ns I(9) + 3.7 M(12) + 3.7 ns ns (1) A = (WEOffTime – WEOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * GPMC_FCLK (2) B = ((WEOnTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * (WEExtraDelay – CSExtraDelay)) * GPMC_FCLK (3) C = ((WEOnTime – ADVOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * (WEExtraDelay – ADVExtraDelay)) * GPMC_FCLK (4) D = (WEOnTime * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * WEExtraDelay ) * GPMC_FCLK (5) E = ((WrCycleTime – WEOffTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) – 0.5 * WEExtraDelay ) * GPMC_FCLK (6) F = ((ADVWrOffTime – WEOffTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * (ADVExtraDelay – WEExtraDelay )) * GPMC_FCLK (7) G = ((CSWrOffTime – WEOffTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * (CSExtraDelay – WEExtraDelay )) * GPMC_FCLK (8) H = WrCycleTime * (1 + TimeParaGranularity) * GPMC_FCLK (9) I = ((OEOnTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * (OEExtraDelay – CSExtraDelay)) * GPMC_FCLK (10) K = (OEOffTime – OEOnTime) * (1 + TimeParaGranularity) * GPMC_FCLK (11) L = RdCycleTime * (1 + TimeParaGranularity) * GPMC_FCLK (12) M = ((CSRdOffTime – OEOffTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) + 0.5 * (CSExtraDelay – OEExtraDelay )) * GPMC_FCLK (13) In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 173 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com GPMC_FCLK GNF1 GNF6 GNF2 GNF5 gpmc_ncsx gpmc_nbe0_cle gpmc_nadv_ale gpmc_noe GNF0 gpmc_nwe GNF3 GNF4 Command gpmc_a[16:1]_d[15:0] 030-032 In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. Figure 6-13. GPMC/NAND Flash – Command Latch Cycle Timing GPMC_FCLK GNF1 GNF6 GNF7 GNF8 gpmc_ncsx gpmc_nbe0_cle gpmc_nadv_ale gpmc_noe GNF9 GNF0 gpmc_nwe GNF3 gpmc_a[16:1]_d[15:0] GNF4 Address 030-033 In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. Figure 6-14. GPMC/NAND Flash – Address Latch Cycle Timing 174 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 GPMC_FCLK GNF12 GNF10 GNF15 gpmc_ncsx gpmc_nbe0_cle gpmc_nadv_ale GNF14 GNF13 gpmc_noe gpmc_a[16:1]_d[15:0] DATA gpmc_waitx 030-034 Figure 6-15. GPMC/NAND Flash – Data Read Cycle Timing(1) (2) (3) (1) The GNF12 parameter illustrates amount of time required to internally sample input data. It is expressed in number of GPMC functional clock cycles. From start of read cycle and after GNF12 functional clock cycles, input data is internally sampled by active functional clock edge. The GNF12 value must be stored inside AccessTime register bit field. (2) GPMC_FCLK is an internal clock (GPMC functional clock) not provided externally. (3) In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. In gpmc_waitx, x is equal to 0 ,1, 2, or 3. GPMC_FCLK GNF1 GNF6 gpmc_ncsx gpmc_nbe0_cle gpmc_nadv_ale gpmc_noe GNF9 GNF0 gpmc_nwe GNF3 gpmc_a[16:1]_d[15:0] GNF4 DATA 030-035 In gpmc_ncsx, x is equal to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. In gpmc_waitx, x is equal to 0 or 1. Figure 6-16. GPMC/NAND Flash – Data Write Cycle Timing TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 175 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 6.4.2 www.ti.com SDRAM Controller Subsystem (SDRC) The SDRAM controller subsystem (SDRC) module provides connectivity between the OMAP35x Applications Processor and external DRAM memory components. The SDRC module only supports lowpower double-data-rate (LPDDR) SDRAM devices. Memory devices can be interfaced to the SDRC using a stacked-memory approach or through the printed circuit board (PCB). The stacked-memory approach uses the package on package interface pins (available on CBB & CBC package). 6.4.2.1 SDRAM Controller Subsystem Device-Specific Information The approach to specifying interface timing for the SDRC memory bus is different than on other interfaces such as the general-purpose memory controller (GPMC) and the multi-channel buffered serial ports (McBSPs). For these other interfaces the device timing was specified in terms of data manual specifications and I/O buffer information specification (IBIS) models. For the SDRC memory bus, the approach is to specify compatible memory devices and provide the printed circuit board (PCB) solution and guidelines directly to the user. Texas Instruments (TI) has performed the simulation and system characterization to ensure all interface timings in this solution are met. 6.4.2.2 LPDDR Interface The LPDDR interface is balled out on the bottom side of all OMAP35x packages and on the top side of OMAP35x POP packages. The LPDDR interface on the top of the POP package has been designed for compatibility any POP LPDDR device with a matching footprint and compliance with the JEDEC LPDDR266 specification. This section provides the timing specification for the bottom-side LPDDR interface as a PCB design and manufacturing specification. The design rules constrain PCB trace length, PCB trace skew, signal integrity, cross-talk, and signal timing. These rules, when followed, result in a reliable LPDDR memory system without the need for a complex timing closure process. For more information regarding guidelines for using this LPDDR specification, see the Understanding TI's PCB Routing Rule-Based DDR Timing Specification Application Report (literature number SPRAAV0). 6.4.2.2.1 LPDDR Interface Schematic Figure 6-17 and Figure 6-18 show the LPDDR interface schematics for a LPDDR memory system. The 1 x16 LPDDR system schematic is identical to Figure 6-17 except that the high word LPDDR device is deleted. 176 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 OMAP35x LPDDR sdrc_d0 T DQ0 sdrc_d7 sdrc_dm0 sdrc_dqs0 sdrc_d8 T DQ7 LDM LDQS DQ8 sdrc_d15 sdrc_dm1 sdrc_dqs1 T T T T T T LPDDR sdrc_d16 T DQ0 sdrc_d23 sdrc_dm2 sdrc_dqs2 sdrc_d24 T DQ7 LDM LDQS DQ8 sdrc_d31 sdrc_dm3 sdrc_dqs3 sdrc_ba0 sdrc_ba1 sdrc_a0 T sdrc_a14 sdrc_ncs0 sdrc_ncs1 sdrc_ncas sdrc_nras sdrc_nwe sdrc_cke0 sdrc_cke1 sdrc_clk sdrc_nclk T T T T T T T T T T DQ15 UDM UDQS DQ15 UDM UDQS BA0 BA1 A0 BA0 BA1 A0 A14 CS A14 CS CAS RAS WE CKE CAS RAS WE CKE CK CK CK CK N/C T T T T N/C T T Figure 6-17. OMAP35x LPDDR High Level Schematic (x16 memories) TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 177 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com LPDDR OMAP35x sdrc_d0 T DQ0 sdrc_d7 sdrc_dm0 sdrc_dqs0 sdrc_d8 T DQ7 DM0 DQS0 DQ8 sdrc_d15 sdrc_dm1 sdrc_dqs1 T T DQ15 DM1 DQS1 sdrc_d16 T DQ16 sdrc_d23 sdrc_dm2 sdrc_dqs2 sdrc_d24 T DQ23 DM2 DQS2 DQ24 sdrc_d31 sdrc_dm3 sdrc_dqs3 sdrc_ba0 sdrc_ba1 sdrc_a0 T sdrc_a14 sdrc_ncs0 sdrc_ncs1 sdrc_ncas sdrc_nras sdrc_nwe sdrc_cke0 sdrc_cke1 sdrc_clk sdrc_nclk T T T T T T T T T T T T T DQ31 DM3 DQS3 BA0 BA1 A0 A14 CS T N/C T CAS RAS WE CKE T T T N/C T CK CK T Figure 6-18. OMAP35x LPDDR High Level Schematic (x32 memory) 6.4.2.2.2 Compatible JEDEC LPDDR Devices Table 6-13 shows the parameters of the JEDEC LPDDR devices that are compatible with this interface. Generally, the LPDDR interface is compatible with x16 and x32 LPDDR266 and LPDDR333 speed grade LPDDR devices. Table 6-13. Compatible JEDEC LPDDR Devices NO. PARAMETER MIN 1 JEDEC LPDDR Device Speed Grade LPDDR-266 2 JEDEC LPDDR Device Bit Width 16 32 Bits 3 JEDEC LPDDR Device Count 1 2 Devices 4 JEDEC LPDDR Device Ball Count 60 90 Balls (1) (2) 178 MAX UNIT NOTES See Note (1) See Note (2) Higher LPDDR speed grades are supported due to inherent JEDEC LPDDR backwards compatibility. 1 x16 LPDDR device is used for 16 bit LPDDR memory system. 1x32 or 2x16 LPDDR devices are used for a 32-bit LPDDR memory system. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 6.4.2.2.3 PCB Stackup The minimum stackup required for routing the OMAP35x is a six layer stack as shown in Table 6-14. Additional layers may be added to the PCB stack up to accommodate other circuity or to reduce the size of the PCB footprint. Table 6-14. OMAP35x Minimum PCB Stack Up LAYER TYPE DESCRIPTION 1 Signal Top Routing Mostly Horizontal 2 Plane Ground 3 Plane Power 4 Signal Internal Routing 5 Plane Ground 6 Signal Bottom Routing Mostly Vertical Table 6-15. PCB Stack Up Specifications NO. PARAMETER MIN 1 PCB Routing/Plane Layers 6 2 Signal Routing Layers 3 3 Full ground layers under LPDDR routing region 2 4 Number of ground plane cuts allowed within LPDDR routing region 5 Number of ground reference planes required for each LPDDR routing 1 layer 6 Number of layers between LPDDR routing layer and reference ground 0 plane 7 PCB Routing Feature Size 4 Mils 8 PCB Trace Width w 4 Mils 9 PCB BGA escape via pad size 18 Mils 10 PCB BGA escape via hole size 8 Mils 11 Device BGA Pad Size See Note (1) 12 LPDDR Device BGA Pad Size See Note (2) 13 Single Ended Impedance, ZO 50 14 Impedance Control Z-5 (1) (2) (3) TYP MAX UNIT NOTES 0 1 0 Z 75 Ω Z+5 Ω See Note (3) Please see the Flip Chip Ball Grid Array Package Reference Guide (literature number SPRU811) for device BGA pad size. Please see the LPDDR device manufacturer documentation for the LPDDR device BGA pad size. Z is the nominal singled ended impedance selected for the PCB specified by item 12. 6.4.2.3 Placement Figure 6-19 shows the required placement for the OMAP35x device as well as the LPDDR devices. The dimensions for Figure 6-19 are defined in Table 6-16. The placement does not restrict the side of the PCB that the devices are mounted on. The ultimate purpose of the placement is to limit the maximum trace lengths and allow for proper routing space. For 1x16 and 1x32 LPDDR memory systems, the second LPDDR device is omitted from the placement. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 179 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com X Y OFFSET Y LPDDR Device Y OFFSET LPDDR Controller A1 OMAP A1 Recommended LPDDR Device Orientation Figure 6-19. OMAP35x and LPDDR Device Placement Table 6-16. Placement Specifications NO. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) MAX UNIT 1 PARAMETER X 1440 Mils See Notes (1), (2) 2 Y 1030 Mils See Notes (1), (2) 3 Y Offset 4 LPDDR Keepout Region 5 Clearance from non-LPDDR signal to LPDDR Keepout Region MIN 525 Mils NOTES See Notes (1) (2) (3) , , See Note (4) 4 w See Note (5) See Figure 6-17 for dimension definitions. Measurements from center of device to center of LPDDR device. For 16 bit memory systems it is recommended that Y Offset be as small as possible. LPDDR keepout region to encompass entire LPDDR routing area. Non-LPDDR signals allowed within LPDDR keepout region provided they are separated from LPDDR routing layers by a ground plane. 6.4.2.4 LPDDR Keep Out Region The region of the PCB used for the LPDDR circuitry must be isolated from other signals. The LPDDR keep out region is defined for this purpose and is shown in Figure 6-20. The size of this region varies with the placement and LPDDR routing. Additional clearances required for the keep out region are shown in Table 6-16. 180 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 LPDDR Controller A1 LPDDR Device A1 Region should encompass all LPDDR circuitry and varies depending on placement. Non-LPDDR signals should not be routed on the LPDDR signal layers within the LPDDR keep out region. Non-LPDDR signals may be routed in the region provided they are routed on layers separated from LPDDR signal layers by a ground layer. No breaks should be allowed in the reference ground layers in this region. In addition, the 1.8 V power plane should cover the entire keep out region. Figure 6-20. LPDDR Keepout Region 6.4.2.5 Net Classes Table 6-17 lists the clock net classes for the LPDDR interface. Table 6-18 lists the signal net classes, and associated clock net classes, for the signals in the LPDDR interface. These net classes are used for the termination and routing rules that follow. Table 6-17. Clock Net Class Definitions CLOCK NET CLASS OMAP PIN NAMES CK sdrc_clk/sdrc_nclk DQS0 sdrc_dqs0 DQS1 sdrc_dqs1 DQS2 sdrc_dqs2 DQS3 sdrc_dqs3 Table 6-18. Signal Net Class Definitions CLOCK NET CLASS 6.4.2.6 ASSOCIATED CLOCK NET CLASS OMAP PIN NAMES ADDR_CTRL CK sdrc_ba, sdrc_a, sdrc_ncs0, sdrc_ncas, sdrc_nras, sdrc_nwe, sdrc_cke0 DQ0 DQS0 sdrc_d, sdrc_dm0 DQ1 DQS1 sdrc_d, sdrc_dm1 DQ2 DQS2 sdrc_d, sdrc_dm2 DQ3 DQS3 sdrc_d, sdrc_dm3 LPDDR Signal Termination No terminations of any kind are required in order to meet signal integrity and overshoot requirements. Serial terminators are permitted, if desired, to reduce EMI risk; however, serial terminations are the only type permitted. Table 6-19 shows the specifications for the series terminators. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 181 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-19. LPDDR Signal Terminations NO. PARAMETER MIN 1 CK Net Class 0 2 ADDR_CTRL Net Class 0 3 Data Byte Net Classes (DQS0-DQS3, DQ0-DQ3) 0 (1) (2) (3) TYP MAX UNIT NOTES 10 Ω See Note (1) 22 Zo Ω See Notes (1), (2), (3) 22 Zo Ω See Notes (1), (2), (3) Only series termination is permitted, parallel or SST specifically disallowed. Terminator values larger than typical only recommended to address EMI issues. Termination value should be uniform across net class. 6.4.2.7 LPDDR CK and ADDR_CTRL Routing Figure 6-21 shows the topology of the routing for the CK and ADDR_CTRL net classes. The route is a balanced T as it is intended that the length of segments B and C be equal. In addition, the length of A should be maximized. T C A LPDDR Controller B A1 OMAP A1 Figure 6-21. CK and ADDR_CTRL Routing and Topology Table 6-20. CK and ADDR_CTRL Routing Specification NO. PARAMETER 1 Center to Center CK-CK spacing MIN TYP MAX 2w UNIT NOTES 2 CK A to B/A to C Skew Length Mismatch 25 Mils See Note (1) 3 CK B to C Skew Length Mismatch 25 Mils 4 Center to Center CK to other LPDDR trace spacing 4w 5 CK/ADDR_CTRL nominal trace length CACLM-50 6 See Note (2) See Note (3) CACLM+50 Mils ADDR_CTRL to CK Skew Length Mismatch 100 Mils 7 ADDR_CTRL to ADDR_CTRL Skew Length Mismatch 100 Mils 8 Center to Center ADDR_CTRL to other LPDDR trace 4w spacing 4w See Note (2) 9 Center to Center ADDR_CTRL to other ADDR_CTRL 3w trace spacing 3w See Note (2) 10 ADDR_CTRL A to B/A to C Skew Length Mismatch 100 Mils 11 ADDR_CTRL B to C Skew Length Mismatch 100 Mils (1) (2) (3) 182 CACLM See Note (1) Series terminator, if used, should be located closest to device. Center to center spacing is allowed to fall to minimum (w) for up to 500 mils of routed length to accommodate BGA escape and routing congestion. CACLM is the longest Manhattan distance of the CK and ADDR_CTRL net classes. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Figure 6-22 shows the topology and routing for the DQS and DQ net classes; the routes are point to point. Skew matching across bytes is not needed nor recommended. T A1 E0 T LPDDR Controller E1 OMAP T A1 E2 T E3 Figure 6-22. DQS and DQ Routing and Topology Table 6-21. DQS and DQ Routing Specification (1) NO. PARAMETER 2 DQS E Skew Length Mismatch 3 Center to Center DQS to other LPDDR trace spacing 4w 4 DQS/DQ nominal trace length DQLM - 50 5 6 7 Center to Center DQ to other LPDDR trace spacing 4w See Note (2) 8 Center to Center DQ to other DQ trace spacing 3w See Note (2), (4) 9 DQ E Skew Length Mismatch (1) (2) (3) (4) MIN TYP MAX UNIT 25 Mils NOTES See Note (2) DQLM DQLM + 50 Mils DQ to DQS Skew Length Mismatch 100 Mils DQ to DQ Skew Length Mismatch 100 Mils 100 See Note (3) Mils Series terminator, if used, should be located closest to LPDDR. Center to center spacing is allowed to fall to minimum (w) for up to 500 mils of routed length to accommodate BGA escape and routing congestion. Center to center spacing is allowed to fall to minimum (w) for up to 500 mils of routed length to accommodate BGA escape and routing congestion. DQLM is the longest Manhattan distance of the DQS and DQ net classes. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 183 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 6.5 www.ti.com Video Interfaces 6.5.1 Camera Interface The camera subsystem provides the system interfaces and the processing capability to connect supported YCbCr Interfaces to the OMAP3515/03 device. The camera subsystem supports up to two simultaneous pixel flows but only one of them can use supported video processing hardware: • PARALLEL : the parallel interface data must go through the video processing hardware. 6.5.1.1 Parallel Camera Interface Timing The parallel camera interface is a 12-bit interface which can be used in two modes: 1. SYNC mode: progressive and interlaced image sensor modules for 8-, 10-, 11-, and 12-bit data. The pixel clock can be up to 75 MHz in 12-bit mode. The pixel clock can be up to 130 MHz in 8-bit packed mode. 2. ITU mode provides an ITU-R BT 656 compatible data stream with progressive image sensor modules only in 8- and 10-bit configurations. The pixel clock can be up to 75 MHz. 6.5.1.1.1 SYNC Normal Mode 6.5.1.1.1.1 12-Bit SYNC Normal – Progressive Mode Table 6-23 and Table 6-24 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions and electrical chaDSI Timing Conditionsracteristic conditions (see Figure 6-23). Table 6-22. ISP Timing Conditions – 12-Bit SYNC Normal – Progressive Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 2.7 ns tF Input signal fall time 2.7 ns Output load capacitance 8.6 pF Output Condition CLOAD Table 6-23. ISP Timing Requirements – 12-Bit SYNC Normal – Progressive Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX ISP17 tc(pclk) Cycle time (2), cam_pclk period ISP18 tW(pclkH) Typical pulse duration, cam_pclk high 0.5*P (3) 0.5*P (3) ns ISP18 tW(pclkL) Typical pulse duration, cam_pclk low 0.5*P (3) 0.5*P (3) ns tdc(pclk) Duty cycle error, cam_pclk 667 1111 ps tj(pclk) Cycle jitter (4), cam_pclk 133 200 ps ISP19 tsu(dV-pclkH) Setup time, cam_d[11:0] valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP20 th(pclkH-dV) Hold time, cam_d[11:0] valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP21 tsu(dV-vsH) Setup time, cam_vs valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP22 th(pclkH-vsV) Hold time, cam_vs valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP23 tsu(dV-hsH) Setup time, cam_hs valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns (1) (2) (3) (4) 184 13.3 22.2 ns The timing requirements are assured for the cycle jitter and duty cycle error conditions specified. Related with the input maximum frequency supported by the ISP module. P = cam_pclk period in ns Maximum cycle jitter supported by cam_pclk input clock. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-23. ISP Timing Requirements – 12-Bit SYNC Normal – Progressive Mode(1) (continued) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN MAX 1.0 V MIN UNIT MAX ISP24 th(pclkH-hsV) Hold time, cam_hs valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP25 tsu(dV-hsH) Setup time, cam_wen valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP26 th(pclkH-hsV) Hold time, cam_wen valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns Table 6-24. ISP Switching Characteristics – 12-Bit SYNC Normal – Progressive Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN ISP15 tc(xclk) Cycle time (1), cam_xclk period ISP16 tW(xclkH) Typical pulse duration, cam_xclk high ISP16 (1) (2) (3) 1.0 V MAX 4.6 MIN UNIT MAX 4.6 ns 0.5*PO (2) 0.5*PO (2) ns (2) (2) ns tW(xclkL) Typical pulse duration, cam_xclk low tdc(xclk) Duty cycle error, cam_xclk 0.5*PO 231 0.5*PO 231 ps tj(xclk) Jitter standard deviation (3), cam_xclk 33 33 ps tR(xclk) Rise time, cam_xclk 0.93 0.93 ns tF(xclk) Fall time, cam_xclk 0.93 0.93 ns Related with the cam_xclk maximum and minimum frequencies programmable in the ISP module. Warning: The camera sensor or the camera module must be disabled to change the frequency configuration. For more information, see the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98] PO = cam_xclk period in ns The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 185 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com ISP16 ISP15 ISP16 cam_xclki ISP17 ISP18 ISP18 cam_pclk ISP19 ISP20 ISP21 ISP22 cam_vs cam_hs ISP23 cam_d[11:0] D(0) D(n-3) D(n-2) ISP24 D(n-1) D(0) D(1) D(n-1) ISP25 ISP26 cam_wen cam_fld 030-056 Figure 6-23. ISP – 12-Bit SYNC Normal – Progressive Mode(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (1) The polarity of cam_pclk, cam_fld, cam_vs, and cam_hs are configurable. If the cam_hs, cam_vs, and cam_fld signals are output, the signal length can be set. (2) The parallel camera in SYNC mode supports progressive image sensor modules and 8-, 10-, 11-, or 12-bit data. (3) When the image sensor has fewer than 12 data lines, it must be connected to the lower data lines and the unused lines must be grounded. (4) However, it is possible to shift the data to 0, 2, or 4 data internal lanes. (5) The bit configurations are: cam_d[11:4] or cam_d[7:0] in 8-bit mode, cam_d[11:2] or cam_d[9:0] in 10-bit mode, cam_d[10:0] in 11-bit mode, and cam_d[11:0] in 12-bit mode. (6) Optionally, the data write to memory can be qualified by the external cam_wen signal. (7) The cam_wen signal can be used as a external memory write-enable signal. The data is stored to memory only if cam_hs, cam_vs, and cam_wen signals are asserted. (8) In cam_xclki; I is equal to a or b. 6.5.1.1.1.2 8-bit Packed SYNC – Progressive Mode Table 6-26 and Table 6-27 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions and electrical characteristic conditions (see Figure 6-24). Table 6-25. ISP Timing Conditions – 8-bit Packed SYNC – Progressive Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 2.5 ns tF Input signal fall time 2.5 ns 186 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-25. ISP Timing Conditions – 8-bit Packed SYNC – Progressive Mode (continued) TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT 8.6 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Output load capacitance Table 6-26. ISP Timing Requirements – 8-bit Packed SYNC – Progressive Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN ISP3 tc(pclk) Cycle time (2), cam_pclk period 1.0 V MAX MIN 7.7 UNIT MAX 15.4 (3) ns (3) ns 0.5*P (3) ns ISP4 tW(pclkH) Typical pulse duration, cam_pclk high 0.5*P ISP4 tW(pclkL) Typical pulse duration, cam_pclk low 0.5*P (3) tdc(pclk) Duty cycle error, cam_pclk 385 769 ps tj(pclk) Cycle jitter (4), cam_pclk 83 167 ps ISP5 tsu(dV-pclkH) Setup time, cam_d[11:0] valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP6 th(pclkH-dV) Hold time, cam_d[11:0] valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP7 tsu(dV-vsH) Setup time, cam_vs valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP8 th(pclkH-vsV) Hold time, cam_vs valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP9 tsu(dV-hsH) Setup time, cam_hs valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP10 th(pclkH-hsV) Hold time, cam_hs valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP11 tsu(dV-hsH) Setup time, cam_wen valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP12 th(pclkH-hsV) Hold time, cam_wen valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns (1) (2) (3) (4) 0.5*P The timing requirements are assured for the cycle jitter and duty cycle error conditions specified. Related with the input maximum frequency supported by the ISP module. P = cam_pclk period in ns. Maximum cycle jitter supported by cam_pclk input clock. Table 6-27. ISP Switching Characteristics – 8-bit packed SYNC – Progressive Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN ISP1 tc(xclk) Cycle time (1), cam_xclk period ISP2 tW(xclkH) Typical pulse duration, cam_xclk high ISP2 (1) (2) (3) 1.0 V MAX 4.6 MIN UNIT MAX 4.6 ns 0.5*PO (2) 0.5*PO (2) (2) (2) 0.5*PO 0.5*PO ns tW(xclkL) Typical pulse duration, cam_xclk low tdc(xclk) Duty cycle error, cam_xclk 231 231 ns ps tj(xclk) Jitter standard deviation (3), cam_xclk 67 67 ps tR(xclk) Rise time, cam_xclk 0.93 0.93 ns tF(xclk) Fall time, cam_xclk 0.93 0.93 ns Related with the cam_xclk maximum and minimum frequencies programmable in the ISP module. Warning: You must disable the camera sensor or the camera module to change the frequency configuration. For more information, see the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98] PO = cam_xclk period in ns The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 187 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 ISP1 www.ti.com ISP2 ISP2 cam_xclki ISP4 ISP3 ISP4 cam_pclk ISP5 ISP6 ISP7 ISP8 cam_vs cam_hs ISP9 cam_d[7:0] D(0) D(n-3) D(n-2) ISP10 D(n-1) D(0) D(1) D(n-1) ISP12 ISP11 cam_wen cam_fld 030-059 Figure 6-24. ISP – 8-bit Packed SYNC – Progressive Mode(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (1) The polarity of cam_pclk, cam_fld, cam_vs, and cam_hs are configurable. (2) The image sensor must be connected to the lower data lines and the unused lines must be grounded. However, it is possible to shift the data to 0, 2, or 4 data internal lanes. The bit configurations are: cam_d[11:4] or cam_d[7:0] in 8-bit packed mode. (3) Optionally, the data write to memory can be qualified by the external cam_wen signal. The cam_wen signal can be used as a external memory write-enable signal. The data is stored to memory only if cam_hs, cam_vs, and cam_wen signals are asserted. The polarity of cam_fld is programmable. (4) The camera module can pack 8-bit data into 16 bits. It doubles the maximum pixel clock. This mode can be particularly useful to transfer a YCbCr data stream or compressed stream to memory at very high speed. (5) In cam_xclki; I is equal to a or b. 6.5.1.1.1.3 12-Bit SYNC Normal – Interlaced Mode Table 6-29 and Table 6-30 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions and electrical characteristic conditions (see Figure 6-25). Table 6-28. ISP Timing Conditions – 12-Bit SYNC Normal – Interlaced Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 2.7 ns tF Input signal fall time 2.7 ns 188 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-28. ISP Timing Conditions – 12-Bit SYNC Normal – Interlaced Mode (continued) TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT 8.6 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Output load capacitance Table 6-29. ISP Timing Requirements – 12-Bit SYNC Normal – Interlaced Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V MIN ISP17 tc(pclk) Cycle time (2), cam_pclk period MAX 13.3 UNIT MIN MAX 22.2 (3) ns ISP18 tW(pclkH) Typical pulse duration, cam_pclk high 0.5*P ISP18 tW(pclkL) Typical pulse duration, cam_pclk low 0.5*P (3) tdc(pclk) Duty cycle error, cam_pclk 667 1111 ps tj(pclk) Cycle jitter (4), cam_pclk 133 200 ps ISP19 tsu(dV-pclkH) Setup time, cam_d[11:0] valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP20 th(pclkH-dV) Hold time, cam_d[11:0] valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP21 tsu(dV-vsH) Setup time, cam_vs valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP22 th(pclkH-vsV) Hold time, cam_vs valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP23 tsu(dV-hsH) Setup time, cam_hs valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP24 th(pclkH-hsV) Hold time, cam_hs valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP25 tsu(dV-hsH) Setup time, cam_wen valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP26 th(pclkH-hsV) Hold time, cam_wen valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP27 tsu(dV-fldH) Setup time, cam_fld valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP28 th(pclkH-fldV) Hold time, cam_fld valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns (1) (2) (3) (4) 0.5*P (3) ns 0.5*P (3) ns The timing requirements are assured for the cycle jitter and duty cycle error conditions specified. Related with the input maximum frequency supported by the ISP module. P = cam_lclk period in ns. Maximum cycle jitter supported by cam_pclk input clock. Table 6-30. ISP Switching Characteristics – 12-Bit SYNC Normal – Interlaced Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN ISP15 tc(xclk) Cycle time (1), cam_xclk period 1.0 V MAX 4.6 MIN UNIT MAX 4.6 (2) ns (2) ns 0.5*PO (2) ns ISP16 tW(xclkH) Typical pulse duration, cam_xclk high 0.5*PO ISP16 tW(xclkL) Typical pulse duration, cam_xclk low 0.5*PO (2) tdc(xclk) Duty cycle error, cam_xclk 231 231 ps tj(xclk) Jitter standard deviation (3), cam_xclk 33 33 ps tR(xclk) Rise time, cam_xclk 0.93 0.93 ns tF(xclk) Fall time, cam_xclk 0.93 0.93 ns (1) (2) (3) 0.5*PO Related with the cam_xclk maximum and minimum frequencies programmable in the ISP module. Warning: You must disable the camera sensor or the camera module to change the frequency configuration. For more information, see the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98] PO = cam_xclk period in ns. The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 189 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com ISP16 ISP15 ISP16 cam_xclki ISP18 ISP17 ISP18 cam_pclk ISP20 ISP19 FRAME(0) cam_vs FRAME(0) ISP21 L(0) cam_hs ISP22 L(n-1) L(0) ISP23 cam_d[11:0] D(0) D(n-3) D(n-2) D(n-1) D(0) D(1) ISP24 D(2) D(n-1) ISP25 ISP26 cam_wen ISP28 ISP27 cam_fld PAIR IMPAIR 030-057 Figure 6-25. ISP – 12-Bit SYNC Normal – Interlaced Mode(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (1) The polarity of cam_pclk, cam_fld, cam_vs, and cam_hs are configurable. If the cam_hs, cam_vs, and cam_fld signals are output, the signal length can be set. (2) The parallel camera in SYNC mode supports interlaced image sensor modules and 8-, 10-, 11-, or 12-bit data. (3) When the image sensor has fewer than 12 data lines, it must be connected to the lower data lines and the unused lines must be grounded. (4) It is possible to shift the data to 0, 2, or 4 data internal lanes. (5) The bit configurations are: cam_d[11:4] or cam_d[7:0] in 8-bit mode, cam_d[11:2] or cam_d[9:0] in 10-bit mode, cam_d[10:0] in 11-bit mode, and cam_d[11:0] in 12-bit mode. (6) Optionally, the data write to memory can be qualified by the external cam_wen signal. (7) The cam_wen signal can be used as a external memory write-enable signal. The data is stored to memory only if cam_hs, cam_vs, and cam_wen signals are asserted. (8) In cam_xclki; I is equal to a or b. 6.5.1.1.1.4 8-bit Packed SYNC – Interlaced Mode Table 6-32 and Table 6-33 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions and electrical characteristic conditions (see Figure 6-26). 190 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-31. ISP Timing Conditions – 8-bit Packed SYNC – Interlaced Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 2.5 ns tF Input signal fall time 2.5 ns Output load capacitance 8.6 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Table 6-32. ISP Timing Requirements – 8-bit Packed SYNC – Interlaced Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX ISP3 tc(pclk) Cycle time (2), cam_pclk period ISP4 tW(pclkH) Typical pulse duration, cam_pclk high 0.5*P (3) 0.5*P (3) ISP4 tW(pclkL) Typical pulse duration, cam_pclk low 0.5*P (3) 0.5*P (3) tdc(pclk) Duty cycle error, cam_pclk 7.7 15.4 ns 385 (4) 83 ns 769 ps 167 ps tj(pclk) Cycle jitter ISP5 tsu(dV-pclkH) Setup time, cam_d[11:0] valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP6 th(pclkH-dV) Hold time, cam_d[11:0] valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP7 tsu(dV-vsH) Setup time, cam_vs valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP8 th(pclkH-vsV) Hold time, cam_vs valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP9 tsu(dV-hsH) Setup time, cam_hs valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP10 th(pclkH-hsV) Hold time, cam_hs valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP11 tsu(dV-hsH) Setup time, cam_wen valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP12 th(pclkH-hsV) Hold time, cam_wen valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP13 tsu(dV-fldH) Setup time, cam_fld valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns ISP14 th(pclkH-fldV) Hold time, cam_fld valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.08 2.27 ns (1) (2) (3) (4) , cam_pclk ns The timing requirements are assured for the cycle jitter and duty cycle error conditions specified. Related with the input maximum frequency supported by the ISP module. P = cam_lclk period in ns. Maximum cycle jitter supported by cam_pclk input clock. Table 6-33. ISP Switching Characteristics – 8-bit Packed SYNC – Interlaced Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN ISP16 tc(xclk) Cycle time (1), cam_xclk period 1.0 V MAX 4.6 MIN UNIT MAX 4.6 (2) ns (2) ns 0.5*PO (2) ns ISP2 tW(xclkH) Typical pulse duration, cam_xclk high 0.5*PO ISP2 tW(xclkL) Typical pulse duration, cam_xclk low 0.5*PO (2) tdc(xclk) Duty cycle error, cam_xclk 231 231 ps tj(xclk) Jitter standard deviation (3), cam_xclk 67 67 ps tR(xclk) Rise time, cam_xclk 0.93 0.93 ns tF(xclk) Fall time, cam_xclk 0.93 0.93 ns (1) (2) (3) 0.5*PO Related with the cam_xclk maximum and minimum frequencies programmable in the ISP module. Warning: You must disable the camera sensor or the camera module to change the frequency configuration. For more information, see the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98] PO = cam_xclk period in ns. The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 191 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com ISP2 ISP1 ISP2 cam_xclki ISP4 ISP3 ISP4 cam_pclk ISP6 ISP5 cam_vs FRAME(0) FRAME(0) ISP7 cam_hs L(0) ISP8 L(n-1) L(0) ISP9 cam_d[7:0] D(0) D(n-3) D(n-2) D(n-1) D(0) D(1) ISP10 D(2) D(n-1) ISP11 ISP12 cam_wen ISP14 ISP13 cam_fld PAIR IMPAIR 030-060 Figure 6-26. ISP – 8-bit Packed SYNC – Interlaced Mode(1) (2) (3) (4) (10) (1) The polarity of cam_pclk, cam_fld, cam_vs, and cam_hs are configurable. (2) The image sensor must be connected to the lower data lines and the unused lines must be grounded. However, it is possible to shift the data to 0, 2, or 4 data internal lanes. The bit configurations are: cam_d[11:4] or cam_d[7:0] in 8-bit packed mode. (3) Optionally, the data write to memory can be qualified by the external cam_wen signal. The cam_wen signal can be used as a external memory write-enable signal. The data is stored to memory only if cam_hs, cam_vs, and cam_wen signals are asserted. (4) The camera module can pack 8-bit data into 16 bits. It doubles the maximum pixel clock. This mode can be particularly useful to transfer a YCbCr data stream or compressed stream to memory at very high speed. (5) In cam_xclki; I is equal to a or b. 6.5.1.1.2 ITU Mode Table 6-35 and Table 6-36 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions and electrical characteristic conditions (see Figure 6-27). Table 6-34. ISP Timing Conditions – ITU Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT 2.7 ns Input Conditions tR 192 Input signal rise time TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-34. ISP Timing Conditions – ITU Mode (continued) TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER tF VALUE UNIT Input signal fall time 2.7 ns Output load capacitance 8.6 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Table 6-35. ISP Timing Requirements – ITU Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX ISP17 tc(pclk) Cycle time (2), cam_pclk period ISP18 tW(pclkH) Typical pulse duration, cam_pclk high 0.5*P (3) 0.5*P (3) ns ISP18 tW(pclkL) Typical pulse duration, cam_pclk low 0.5*P (3) 0.5*P (3) ns tdc(pclk) Duty cycle error, cam_pclk 13.3 22.2 ns 667 (4) 133 ps 200 ps tj(pclk) Cycle jitter ISP23 tsu(dV-pclkH) Setup time, cam_d[9:0] valid before cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns ISP24 th(pclkH-dV) Hold time, cam_d[9:0] valid after cam_pclk rising edge 1.82 3.25 ns (1) (2) (3) (4) , cam_pclk 1111 The timing requirements are assured for the cycle jitter and duty cycle error conditions specified. Related with the input maximum frequency supported by the ISP module. P = cam_lclk period in ns. Maximum cycle jitter supported by cam_lclk input clock. Table 6-36. ISP Switching Characteristics – ITU Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX ISP15 tc(xclk) Cycle time (1), cam_xclk period ISP16 tW(xclkH) Typical pulse duration, cam_xclk high 0.5*PO (2) 0.5*PO (2) ns ISP16 tW(xclkL) Typical pulse duration, cam_xclk low 0.5*PO (2) 0.5*PO (2) ns tdc(xclk) Duty cycle error, cam_xclk 231 231 ps tj(xclk) Jitter standard deviation (3), cam_xclk 33 33 ps tR(xclk) Rise time, cam_xclk 0.93 0.93 ns tF(xclk) Fall time, cam_xclk 0.93 0.93 ns (1) (2) (3) 4.6 4.6 ns Related with the cam_xclk maximum and minimum frequencies programmable in the ISP module. Warning: The camera sensor or the camera module must be disabled to change the frequency configuration. For more information, see the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98] PO = cam_xclk period in ns The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 193 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com ISP16 ISP15 ISP16 cam_xclki ISP17 ISP18 ISP18 cam_pclk ISP23 cam_d[9:0] SOF D (0) ISP24 D(n-1) EOF SOF D(0) D(n-1) EOF 030-058 Figure 6-27. ISP – ITU Mode(1) (2) (1) The unused lines must be grounded and the data bus must be connected to the lower data lines. It is possible to shift the data to 0, 2, or 4 data internal lanes. The different configurations are: cam_d[11:4] or cam_d[7:0] in 8-bit mode and cam_d[11:2] or cam_d[9:0] in 10-bit mode. (2) The parallel camera in ITU mode supports progressive camera modules. 194 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 6.5.2 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Display Subsystem (DSS) The display subsystem (DSS) provides the logic to display the video frame from external (SDRAM) or internal (SRAM) memory on an LCD panel or a TV set. The DSS integrates a display controller, a remote frame buffer module (RFBI), and a TV-out module. It can be used in two configurations: • LCD display in: – Bypass mode (RFBI module bypassed) – RFBI mode (through RFBI module) • TV display (not discussed in this document because of its analog IO signals) The two displays can be active at the same time. NOTE For more information, see Display Subsystem / Display Subsystem Functional Description section of the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. 6.5.2.1 LCD Display in Bypass Mode Two types of LCD panel are supported: • Thin film transistor (TFT) or active matrix technology • Supertwisted nematic (STN) or passive matrix technology Both configurations are discussed in the following paragraphs. 6.5.2.1.1 LCD Display in TFT Mode 6.5.2.1.1.1 LCD Display in TFT Mode – HDTV Application Table 6-37 assumes testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-28). Table 6-37. LCD Display Switching Characteristics in TFT Mode – HDTV Application(3) (4) NO. PARAMETER OPP3 OPP2 UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX DL0 td(PCLKA-HSYNCT) Delay time, dss_pclk active edge to dss_hsync transition –4.2 4.2 –4.7 4.7 ns DL1 td(PCLKA-VSYNCT) Delay time, dss_pclk active edge to dss_vsync transition –4.2 4.2 –4.7 4.7 ns DL2 td(PCLKA-ACBIASA) Delay time, dss_pclk active edge to dss_acbias active level –4.2 4.2 –4.7 4.7 ns DL3 td(PCLKA-DATAV) Delay time, dss_pclk active edge to dss_data bus valid –4.2 4.2 –4.7 4.7 ns DL4 tc(PCLK) Cycle time(2), dss_pclk DL5 tw(PCLK) Pulse duration, dss_pclk low or high 13.468 0.45*P (1) 15.152 0.55*P (1) 0.45*P (1) ns 0.55*P (1) ns (1) P = dss_pclk period. (2) The pixel clock frequency is software programmable via the pixel clock divider configuration from 1 to 255 division range in the DISPC_DIVISOR register. (3) The capacitive load is equivalent to 25 pF at 1.15 V and 30 pF at 1.0 V. (4) For more information, see the DSS chapter in the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 195 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com DL5 DL4 dss_pclk DL1 dss_vsync DL0 dss_hsync DL2 dss_acbias DL3 dss_data[23:0] 030-061 Figure 6-28. LCD Display in TFT Mode – HDTV Application(1) (2) (3) (4) (1) The pixel data bus depends on the use of 8-, 9-, 12-, 16-, 18-, or 24-bit per pixel data output pins. (2) The pixel clock frequency is programmable. (3) All timings not illustrated in the waveform are programmable by software, control signal polarity, and driven edge of dss_pclk. (4) For more information, see the DSS chapter in the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. 6.5.2.1.2 LCD Display in STN Mode Table 6-38 assumes testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-29). Table 6-38. LCD Display Switching Characteristics in STN Mode(3) NO. PARAMETER DL3 td(PCLKA-DATAV) Delay time, dss_pclk active edge to dss_data bus valid DL4 tc(PCLK) Cycle time(2), dss_pclk DL5 tw(PCLK) Pulse duration, dss_pclk low or high (4) (5) OPP3 OPP2 UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX –6.9 6.9 –6.9 6.9 0.55*P(1) 0.45*P(1) 22.727 0.45*P(1) 22.727 ns ns 0.55*P(1) ns (1) P = dss_pclk period. (2) The pixel clock frequency is software programmable via the pixel clock divider configuration from 1 to 255 division range in the DISPC_DIVISOR register. (3) The DSS in STN mode is used with 4 or 8 pins only; unused pixel data bits always remain low. (4) The capacitive load is equivalent to 40 pF. (5) For more information, see the DSS chapter in the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. 196 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 DL5 DL4 dss_pclk dss_vsync dss_hsync dss_acbias DL3 dss_data[23:0] 030-062 Figure 6-29. LCD Display in STN Mode(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (1) The pixel data bus depends on the use 4-, 8-, 12-, 16-, 18-, or 24-bit per pixel data output pins. (2) All timings not illustrated in the waveform are programmable by software, control signal polarity, and driven edge of dss_pclk. (3) dss_vsync width must be programmed to be as small as possible. (4) The pixel clock frequency is programmable. (5) For more information, see the DSS chapter in the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. 6.5.2.2 LCD Display in RFBI Mode Table 6-40 and Table 6-41 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-30 through Figure 6-32). Table 6-39. LCD Timing Conditions – RFBI Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE MIN UNIT MAX Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 15 ns tF Input signal fall time 15 ns 30 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Output load capacitance Table 6-40. LCD Display Timing Requirements in RFBI Mode NO. PARAMETER OPP3 MIN MAX OPP2 MIN MAX OPP1(1) MIN UNIT MAX DR0 tsu(DAV-RDH) Setup time, rfbi_da[15:0] valid to rfbi_rd high 7.0 9.0 ns DR1 th(RDH-DAIV) Hold time, rfbi_rd high to rfbi_da[15:0] invalid 5.0 5.0 ns td(Data rfbi_da[15:0] are sampled at the end off the access time sampled) N(2) N(2) ns (1) Cannot boot in OPP1. If OPP1 is desired, boot in higher OPP then switch to OPP1. (2) N = (AccessTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * L4CLK TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 197 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-41. LCD Display Switching Characteristics in RFBI Mode PARAMETER OPP3 MIN OPP1(1) OPP2 MAX MIN MAX MIN UNIT MAX tw(rfbi_wrH) Pulse duration, rfbi_wr high A(2) A(2) ns tw(rfbi_wrL) Pulse duration, rfbi_wr low B(3) B(3) ns (4) (4) ns td(rfbi_a0-rfbi_wrL) Delay time, rfbi_a0 transition to rfbi_wr low C td(rfbi_wrH-rfbi_a0) Delay time, rfbi_wr high to rfbi_a0 transition D(5) D(5) ns td(rfbi_csx-rfbi_wrL) Delay time, rfbi_csx(15) low to rfbi_wr low E(6) E(6) ns (7) F(7) ns (15) C td(rfbi_wrH-rfbi_csxH) Delay time, rfbi_wr high to rfbi_csx high F td(dataV) rfbi_da[15:0] valid G(8) G(8) ns (9) H(9) ns td(rfbi_a0H-rfbi_rdL) Delay time, rfbi_a0 high to rfbi_rd low H td(rfbi_rdlH-rfbi_a0) Delay time, rfbi_rd high to rfbi_a0 transition I(10) I(10) ns tw(rfbi_rdH) Pulse duration, rfbi_rd high J(11) J(11) ns (12) K(12) ns tw(rfbi_rdL) Pulse duration, rfbi_rd low K td(rfbi_rdL-rfbi_csxL) Delay time, rfbi_rd low to rfbi_csx(15) low L(13) L(13) ns (14) (14) ns (15) td(rfbi_rdH-rfbi_csxH) Delay time, rfbi_rd high to rfbi_csx high M tR(rfbi_wr) Rise time, rfbi_wr 10 10 ns tF(rfbi_wr) Fall time, rfbi_wr 10 10 ns tR(rfbi_a0) Rise time, rfbi_a0 10 10 ns tF(rfbi_a0) Fall time, rfbi_a0 10 10 ns tR(rfbi_csx) Rise time, rfbi_csx(15) 10 10 ns (15) M tF(rfbi_csx) Fall time, rfbi_csx 10 10 ns tR(rfbi_da[15:0]) Rise time, rfbi_da[15:0] 10 10 ns tF(rfbi_da[15:0]) Fall time, rfbi_da[15:0] 10 10 ns tR(rfbi_rd) Rise time, rfbi_rd 10 10 ns tF(rfbi_rd) Fall time, rfbi_rd 10 10 ns (1) Cannot boot in OPP1. If OPP1 is desired, boot in higher OPP then switch to OPP1. (2) A = (WECycleTime – WEOffTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * L4CLK (3) B = (WEOffTime – WEOntime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * L4CLK (4) C = WEOnTime * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * L4CLK (5) D = (WECycleTime + CSPulseWidth – WEOffTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * L4CLK if mode Write to Read or Read to Write is enabled (6) E = (WEOnTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * L4CLK (7) F = (CSOffTime – WEOffTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * L4CLK (8) G = (WECycleTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * L4CLK (9) H = (REOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * L4CLK (10) I = (RECycleTime + CSPulseWidth – REOffTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * L4CLK if mode Write to Read or Read to Write is enabled (11) J = (RECycleTime – REOffTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * L4CLK (12) K = (REOffTime – REOntime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * L4CLK (13) L = (REOnTime – CSOnTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * L4CLK (14) M = (CSOffTime – REOffTime) * (TimeParaGranularity + 1) * L4CLK (15) In rfbi_csx, x stands for 0 or 1. 198 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 CsPulseWidth WeCycleTime WeCycleTime rfbi_a0 CsOffTime CsOffTime CsOnTime CsOnTime rfbi_csx WeOffTime WeOffTime WeOnTime WeOnTime rfbi_wr rfbi_da[15:0] DATA1 DATA0 rfbi_rd 034-002 Figure 6-30. LCD Display in RFBI Mode – Command / Data Write Mode(1) (2) (1) In rfbi_csx, x is equal to 0 or 1. (2) For more information, see the DSS chapter in the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98] . AccessTime AccessTime ReCycleTime ReCycleTime CsPulseWidth rfbi_a0 CsOffTime CsOffTime CsOnTime CsOnTime ReOffTime ReOffTime rfbi_csx ReOnTime ReOnTime rfbi_rd DR0 rfbi_da[15:0] DATA0 DR1 DATA1 rfbi_wr 034-003 Figure 6-31. LCD Display in RFBI Mode – Data Read Mode(1) (2) (1) In rfbi_csx, x is equal to 0 or 1. (2) For more information, see the DSS chapter in the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 199 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 WeCycleTime www.ti.com ReCycleTime AccessTime WeCycleTime rfbi_a0 CsOffTime CsOnTime CsOffTime CsOnTime CsOffTime CsOnTime rfbi_csx WeOffTime WeOffTime WeOnTime WeOnTime rfbi_wr ReOffTime ReOnTime rfbi_rd CsPulseWidth rfbi_da[15:0] WRITE READ CsPulseWidth WRITE 034-004 Figure 6-32. LCD Display in RFBI Mode – Command / Data Write-to-Read and Read-to-Write Timing Modes(1) (2) (1) In rfbi_csx, x is equal to 0 or 1. (2) For more information, see the DSS chapter in the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. 200 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 6.6 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Serial Communications Interfaces 6.6.1 Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) Timing There are five McBSP modules called McBSP1 through McBSP5. McBSP provides a full-duplex, direct serial interface between the OMAP3515/03 device and other devices in a system such as other application devices or codecs. It can accommodate a wide range of peripherals and clocked frameoriented protocols (I2S, PCM, and TDM) due to its high level of versatility. The McBSP1-5 modules may support two types of data transfer at the system level: • The full-cycle mode, for which one clock period is used to transfer the data, generated on one edge and captured on the same edge (one clock period later). • The half-cycle mode, for which one half clock period is used to transfer the data, generated on one edge and captured on the opposite edge (one half clock period later). Note that a new data is generated only every clock period, which secures the required hold time. The interface clock (CLKX/CLKR) activation edge (data/frame sync capture and generation) has to be configured accordingly with the external peripheral (activation edge capability) and the type of data transfer required at the system level. The OMAP3515/03 McBSP1-5 timing characteristics are described for both rising and falling activation edges. McBSP1 supports: • 6-pin mode: dx and dr as data pins; clkx, clkr, fsx, and fsr as control pins. • 4-pin mode: dx and dr as data pins; clkx and fsx pins as control pins. The clkx and fsx pins are internally looped back via software configuration, respectively, to the clkr and fsr internal signals for data receive. McBSP2, 3, 4, and 5 support only the 4-pin mode. The following sections describe the timing characteristics for applications in normal mode (that is, OMAP3515/03 McBSPx connected to one peripheral) and TDM applications in multipoint mode. 6.6.1.1 McBSP in Normal Mode Table 6-42. McBSP Timing Conditions—Normal Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 2 ns tF Input signal fall time 2 ns Output load capacitance 10 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Table 6-43. McBSP Output Clock Pulse Duration NO. PARAMETER OPP3 MIN OPP2 MAX MIN UNIT MAX Inputs and Outputs McBSP1 tc(CLK) Cycle time, mcbsp1_clkx / mcbsp1_clkr (multiplexing mode 0) 20.83 41.67 ns McBSP2 tc(CLK) Cycle time, mcbsp2_clkx (multiplexing mode 0) 20.83 41.67 ns McBSP3 tc(CLK) Cycle time, mcbsp3_clkx IO set 1 (multiplexing mode 0) 31.25 62.50 ns IO set 2 (multiplexing mode 1) 20.83 41.67 IO set 3 (multiplexing mode 2) 20.83 41.67 IO set 1 (multiplexing mode 0) 20.83 41.67 IO set 2 (multiplexing mode 2) 31.25 62.50 31.25 62.50 McBSP4 McBSP5 tc(CLK) tc(CLK) Cycle time, mcbsp4_clkx Cycle time, mcbsp5_clkx (multiplexing mode 1) TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated ns ns 201 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-43. McBSP Output Clock Pulse Duration (continued) NO. PARAMETER OPP3 MIN OPP2 MAX MIN UNIT MAX Outputs tw(CLKH) Typical pulse duration, mcbsp1_clkr / mcbspx_clkx high(2) 0.5*P(1) 0.5*P(1) ns tw(CLKL) Typical pulse duration, mcbsp1_clkr / mcbspx_clkx low(2) 0.5*P(1) 0.5*P(1) ns tdc(CLK) (2) Duty cycle error, mcbsp1_clkr / mcbspx_clkx –0.75 0.75 –0.75 0.75 ns (1) P = mcbsp1_clkr / mcbspx_clkx clock period. (2) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. 6.6.1.1.1 Receive Timing with Rising Edge as Activation Edge Table 6-44 through Table 6-49 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 633 through Figure 6-34). Table 6-44. McBSP1, 2, and 3 (Sets #2 and #3) Timing Requirements – Rising Edge and Receive Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN B3 tsu(DRV-CLKAE) B4 th(CLKAE-DRV) MAX 1.0 V MIN UNIT MAX Setup time, mcbspx_dr valid before mcbsp1_clkr / mcbspx_clkx active edge Master 3.5 7.7 ns Slave 3.7 7.9 ns Hold time, mcbspx_dr valid after mcbsp1_clkr / mcbspx_clkx active edge Master 1 1 ns Slave 0.4 0.4 ns B5 tsu(FSV-CLKAE) Setup time, mcbsp1_fsr / mcbspx_fsx valid before mcbsp1_clkr / mcbspx_clkx active edge 3.7 7.9 ns B6 th(CLKAE-FSV) Hold time, mcbsp1_fsr / mcbspx_fsx valid after mcbsp1_clkr / mcbspx_clkx active edge 0.5 0.5 ns (1) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 1, 2, or 3. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on UART pins) and Set #3 (multiplexing mode on McBSP1 pins). Table 6-45. McBSP1, 2, and 3 (Sets #2 and #3) Switching Characteristics – Rising Edge and Receive Mode (1) NO. B2 (1) PARAMETER td(CLKAE-FSV) 1.15 V Delay time, mcbsp1_clkr / mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbsp1_fsr / mcbspx_fsx valid 1.0 V MIN MAX MIN MAX 0.7 14.8 0.7 29.6 UNIT ns In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 1, 2, or 3. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on UART pins) and Set #3 (multiplexing mode on McBSP1 pins). Table 6-46. McBSP4 (Set #1) Timing Requirements – Rising Edge and Receive Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN B3 tsu(DRV-CLKXAE) MAX 1.0 V MIN UNIT MAX Setup time, mcbspx_dr valid before mcbspx_clkx active edge Master 2.7 7.7 ns Slave 3.7 7.9 ns Master 1 1 ns Slave B4 th(CLKXAE-DRV) Hold time, mcbspx_dr valid after mcbspx_clkx active edge 0.4 0.4 ns B5 tsu(FSXV-CLKXAE) Setup time mcbspx_fsx valid before mcbspx_clkx active edge 3.7 7.9 ns B6 th(CLKXAE-FSXV) Hold Time mcbspx_fsx valid after mcbspx_clkx active edge 0.5 0.5 ns (1) 202 In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 4. Note that for the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP4 is also multiplexed on GPMC pins (Set #2): the corresponding timings are specified in Table 6-48 and Table 6-49 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-47. McBSP4 (Set #1) Switching Characteristics – Rising Edge and Receive Mode (1) NO. B2 PARAMETER td(CLKXAE-FSXV) (1) 1.15 V Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_fsx valid 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX 0.7 16.6 0.7 33.1 ns In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 4. Note that for the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP4 is also multiplexed on GPMC pins (Set #2): the corresponding timings are specified in Table 6-48 and Table 6-49 Table 6-48. McBSP3 (Set #1), 4 (Set #2), and 5 Timing Requirements – Rising Edge and Receive Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN B3 tsu(DRV-CLKXAE) 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX Setup time, mcbspx_dr valid before mcbspx_clkx active edge Master 5.6 12 ns Slave 5.8 12.2 ns Master 1 1 ns Slave B4 th(CLKXAE-DRV) Hold time, mcbspx_dr valid after mcbspx_clkx active edge 0.4 0.4 ns B5 tsu(FSXV-CLKXAE) Setup time, mcbspx_fsx valid before mcbspx_clkx active edge 5.8 12.2 ns B6 th(CLKXAE-FSXV) Hold time, mcbspx_fsx valid after mcbspx_clkx active edge 0.5 0.5 ns (1) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 3, 4, or 5. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP3 is also multiplexed on UART pins (Set #2) and on McBSP1 pins (Set #3): the corresponding timings are specified in Table 6-46 and Table 6-47. For the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on GPMC pins). Table 6-49. McBSP3 (Set #1), 4 (Set #2), and 5 Switching Requirements – Rising Edge and Receive Mode (1) NO. B2 (1) PARAMETER td(CLKXAE-FSXV) 1.15 V Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_fsx valid 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX 0.7 22.2 0.7 44.4 ns In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 3, 4, or 5. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP3 is also multiplexed on UART pins (Set #2) and on McBSP1 pins (Set #3): the corresponding timings are specified in Table 6-46 and Table 6-47. For the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on GPMC pins). mcbspx_clkr B2 B2 mcbspx_fsr B3 mcbspx_dr B4 D7 D6 D5 030-068 Figure 6-33. McBSP Rising Edge Receive Timing in Master Mode mcbspx_clkr B5 B6 mcbspx_fsr B3 mcbspx_dr B4 D7 D6 D5 030-069 Figure 6-34. McBSP Rising Edge Receive Timing in Slave Mode 6.6.1.1.2 Transmit Timing with Rising Edge as Activation Edge Table 6-50 through Table 6-55 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 635 and Figure 6-36). TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 203 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-50. McBSP1, 2, and 3 (Sets #2 and #3) Timing Requirements – Rising Edge and Transmit Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN MAX 1.0 V MIN UNIT MAX B5 tsu(FSXV-CLKXAE) Setup time, mcbspx_fsx valid before mcbspx_clkx active edge 3.7 7.9 ns B6 th(CLKXAE-FSXV) Hold time, mcbspx_fsx valid after mcbspx_clkx active edge 0.5 0.5 ns (1) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 1, 2, or 3. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on UART pins) and Set #3 (multiplexing mode on McBSP1 pins). Table 6-51. McBSP1, 2, and 3 (Sets #2 and #3) Switching Characteristics – Rising Edge and Transmit Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX B2 td(CLKXAE-FSXV) Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_fsx valid 0.7 14.8 0.7 29.6 ns B8 td(CLKXAE-DXV) Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_dx valid Master 0.6 14.8 0.6 29.6 ns Slave 0.6 14.8 0.6 29.6 ns (1) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 1, 2, or 3. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on UART pins) and Set #3 (multiplexing mode on McBSP1 pins). Table 6-52. McBSP4 (Set #1) Timing Requirements – Rising Edge and Transmit Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX B5 tsu(FSXV-CLKXAE) Setup time, mcbspx_fsx valid before mcbspx_clkx active edge 3.7 7.9 ns B6 th(CLKXAE-FSXV) Hold time, mcbspx_fsx valid after mcbspx_clkx active edge 0.5 0.5 ns (1) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 4. Note that for the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP4 is also multiplexed on GPMC pins (Set #2): the corresponding timings are specified in Table 6-54. Table 6-53. McBSP4 (Set #1) Switching Characteristics – Rising Edge and Transmit Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER B2 td(CLKXAE-FSXV) Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_fsx valid B8 td(CLKXAE-DXV) Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_dx valid (1) 1.15 V 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX 0.7 16.6 0.7 33.1 ns Master 0.6 16.6 0.6 33.1 ns Slave 0.6 17.3 0.6 33.1 ns In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 4. Note that for the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP4 is also multiplexed on GPMC pins (Set #2): the corresponding timings are specified in Table 6-54. Table 6-54. McBSP3 (Set #1), 4 (Set #2), and 5 Timing Requirements – Rising Edge and Transmit Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN MAX 1.0 V MIN UNIT MAX B5 tsu(FSXV-CLKXAE) Setup time, mcbspx_fsx valid before mcbspx_clkx active edge 5.8 12.2 ns B6 th(CLKXAE-FSXV) Hold time, mcbspx_fsx valid after mcbspx_clkx active edge 0.5 0.5 ns (1) 204 In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 4. Note that for the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP4 is also multiplexed on GPMC pins (Set #2): the corresponding timings are specified in Table 6-54. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-55. McBSP 3 (Set #1), 4 (Set #2), and 5 Switching Requirements – Rising Edge and Transmit Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX B2 td(CLKXAE-FSXV) Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_fsx valid 0.7 22.2 0.7 44.4 ns B8 td(CLKXAE-DXV) Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_dx valid Master 0.6 22.2 0.6 44.4 ns Slave 0.6 22.2 0.6 44.4 ns (1) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 3, 4 or 5. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP3 is also multiplexed on UART pins (Set #2) and on McBSP1 pins (Set #3): the corresponding timings are specified in the table above. For the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on GPMC pins). mcbspx_clkx B2 B2 mcbspx_fsx B8 mcbspx_dx D7 D6 D5 030-070 Figure 6-35. McBSP Rising Edge Transmit Timing in Master Mode mcbspx_clkx B5 B6 mcbspx_fsx B8 mcbspx_dx D7 D6 D5 030-071 Figure 6-36. McBSP Rising Edge Transmit Timing in Slave Mode 6.6.1.1.3 Receive Timing with Falling Edge as Activation Edge Table 6-56 through Table 6-61 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 637 and Figure 6-38). Table 6-56. McBSP1, 2, and 3 (Sets #2 and #3) Timing Requirements – Falling Edge and Receive Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN B3 B4 tsu(DRV-CLKAE) th(CLKAE-DRV) MAX 1.0 V MIN UNIT MAX Setup time, mcbspx_dr valid before mcbsp1_clkr / mcbspx_clkx active edge Master 3.5 7.7 ns Slave 3.7 7.9 ns Hold time, mcbspx_dr valid after mcbsp1_clkr / mcbspx_clkx active edge Master 1 1 ns Slave 0.4 0.4 ns B5 tsu(FSV-CLKAE) Setup time, mcbsp1_fsr / mcbspx_fsx valid before mcbsp1_clkr /mcbspx_clkx active edge 3.7 7.9 ns B6 th(CLKAE-FSV) Hold time, mcbsp1_fsr / mcbspx_fsx valid after mcbsp1_clkr /mcbspx_clkx active edge 0.5 0.5 ns (1) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 1, 2, or 3. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on UART pins) and Set #3 (multiplexing mode on McBSP1 pins). TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 205 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-57. McBSP1, 2, and 3 (Sets #2 and #3) Switching Characteristics – Falling Edge and Receive Mode (1) NO. B2 (1) PARAMETER td(CLKAE-FSV) 1.15 V Delay time, mcbsp1_clkr / mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbsp1_fsr / mcbspx_fsx valid 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX 0.7 14.8 0.7 29.6 ns In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 1, 2, or 3. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on UART pins) and Set #3 (multiplexing mode on McBSP1 pins). Table 6-58. McBSP4 (Set #1) Timing Requirements – Falling Edge and Receive Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN MAX 1.0 V MIN UNIT MAX B3 tsu(DRV-CLKXAE) Setup time, mcbspx_dr valid before mcbspx_clkx active edge Master 2.7 7.7 ns Slave 3.7 7.9 ns B4 th(CLKXAE-DRV) Hold time, mcbspx_dr valid after mcbspx_clkx active edge Master 1 1 ns Slave 0.4 0.4 ns B5 tsu(FSXV-CLKXAE) Setup time mcbspx_fsx valid before mcbspx_clkx active edge 3.7 7.9 ns B6 th(CLKXAE-FSXV) Hold time mcbspx_fsx valid after mcbspx_clkx active edge 0.5 0.5 ns (1) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 4. Note that for the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP4 is also multiplexed on GPMC pins (Set #2): the corresponding timings are specified in Table 6-60 Table 6-59. McBSP4 (Set #1) Switching Characteristics – Falling Edge and Receive Mode (1) NO. B2 (1) PARAMETER td(CLKXAE-FSXV) 1.15 V Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_fsx valid 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX 0.7 16.6 0.7 33.1 ns In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 4. Note that for the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP4 is also multiplexed on GPMC pins (Set #2): the corresponding timings are specified in Table 6-60 Table 6-60. McBSP3 (Set #1), 4 (Set #2), and 5 Timing Requirements – Falling Edge and Receive Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN MAX 1.0 V MIN UNIT MAX B3 tsu(DRV-CLKXAE) Setup time, mcbspx_dr valid before mcbspx_clkx active edge Master 5.6 12 ns Slave 5.8 12.2 ns B4 th(CLKXAE-DRV) Hold time, mcbspx_dr valid after mcbspx_clkx active edge Master 1 1 ns Slave 0.4 0.4 ns B5 tsu(FSXV-CLKXAE) Setup time, mcbspx_fsx valid before mcbspx_clkx active edge 5.8 12.2 ns B6 th(CLKXAE-FSXV) Hold time, mcbspx_fsx valid after mcbspx_clkx active edge 0.5 0.5 ns (1) 206 In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 3, 4, or 5. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP3 is also multiplexed on UART pins (Set #2) and on McBSP1 pins (Set #3): the corresponding timings are specified in the table above. For the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on GPMC pins). TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-61. McBSP3 (Set #1), 4 (Set #2), and 5 Switching Requirements – Falling Edge and Receive Mode (1) NO. B2 PARAMETER td(CLKXAE-FSXV) (1) 1.15 V Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_fsx valid 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX 0.7 22.2 0.7 44.4 ns In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 3, 4, or 5. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP3 is also multiplexed on UART pins (Set #2) and on McBSP1 pins (Set #3): the corresponding timings are specified in the table above. For the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on GPMC pins). mcbspx_clkr B2 B2 mcbspx_fsr B3 mcbspx_dr B4 D7 D6 D5 030-072 Figure 6-37. McBSP Falling Edge Receive Timing in Master Mode mcbspx_clkr B5 B6 mcbspx_fsr B3 mcbspx_dr B4 D7 D6 D5 030-073 Figure 6-38. McBSP Falling Edge Receive Timing in Slave Mode 6.6.1.1.4 Transmit Timing with Falling Edge as Activation Edge Table 6-62 through Table 6-67 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 639 and Figure 6-40). Table 6-62. McBSP1, 2, and 3 (Sets #2 and #3) Timing Requirements – Falling Edge and Transmit Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX B5 tsu(FSXV-CLKXAE) Setup time, mcbspx_fsx valid before mcbspx_clkx active edge 3.7 7.9 ns B6 th(CLKXAE-FSXV) Hold time, mcbspx_fsx valid after mcbspx_clkx active edge 0.5 0.5 ns (1) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 1, 2, or 3. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on UART pins) and Set #3 (multiplexing mode on McBSP1 pins). Table 6-63. McBSP1, 2, and 3 (Sets #2 and #3) Switching Characteristics – Falling Edge and Transmit Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX B2 td(CLKXAE-FSXV) Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_fsx valid 0.7 14.8 0.7 29.6 ns B8 td(CLKXAE-DXV) Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_dx valid Master 0.6 14.8 0.6 29.6 ns Slave 0.6 14.8 0.6 29.6 ns (1) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 1, 2, or 3. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on UART pins) and Set #3 (multiplexing mode on McBSP1 pins). TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 207 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-64. McBSP4 (Set #1) Timing Requirements – Falling Edge and Transmit Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX B5 tsu(FSXV-CLKXAE) Setup time, mcbspx_fsx valid before mcbspx_clkx active edge 3.7 7.9 ns B6 th(CLKXAE-FSXV) Hold time, mcbspx_fsx valid after mcbspx_clkx active edge 0.5 0.5 ns (1) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 4. Note that for the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP4 is also multiplexed on GPMC pins (Set #2): the corresponding timings are specified in Table 6-66. Table 6-65. McBSP4 (Set #1) Switching Characteristics – Falling Edge and Transmit Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX B2 td(CLKXAE-FSXV) Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_fsx valid 0.7 16.6 0.7 33.1 ns B8 td(CLKXAE-DXV) Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_dx valid Master 0.6 16.6 0.6 33.1 ns Slave 0.6 17.3 0.6 33.1 ns (1) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 4. Note that for the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP4 is also multiplexed on GPMC pins (Set #2): the corresponding timings are specified in Table 6-66. Table 6-66. McBSP3 (Set #1), 4 (Set #2), and 5 Timing Requirements – Falling Edge and Transmit Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX B5 tsu(FSXV-CLKXAE) Setup time, mcbspx_fsx valid before mcbspx_clkx active edge 5.8 12.2 ns B6 th(CLKXAE-FSXV) Hold time, mcbspx_fsx valid after mcbspx_clkx active edge 0.5 0.5 ns (1) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 3, 4, or 5. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP3 is also multiplexed on UART pins (Set #2) and on McBSP1 pins (Set #3): the corresponding timings are specified in Table 6-66. For the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on GPMC pins). Table 6-67. McBSP3 (Set #1), 4 (Set #2), and 5 Switching Requirements – Falling Edge and Transmit Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX B2 td(CLKXAE-FSXV) Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_fsx valid 0.7 22.2 0.7 44.4 ns B8 td(CLKXAE-DXV) Delay time, mcbspx_clkx active edge to mcbspx_dx valid Master 0.6 22.2 0.6 44.4 ns Slave 0.6 22.2 0.6 44.4 ns (1) In mcbspx, x identifies the McBSP number: 3, 4, or 5. Note that for the McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #1: multiplexing mode by default. The McBSP3 is also multiplexed on UART pins (Set #2) and on McBSP1 pins (Set #3): the corresponding timings are specified in Table 6-66. For the McBSP4, these timings concern only Set #2 (multiplexing mode on GPMC pins). mcbspx_clkx B2 B2 mcbspx_fsx B8 mcbspx_dx D7 D6 D5 030-074 Figure 6-39. McBSP Falling Edge Transmit Timing in Master Mode 208 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 mcbspx_clkx B5 B6 mcbspx_fsx B8 mcbspx_dx D7 D6 D5 030-075 Figure 6-40. McBSP Falling Edge Transmit Timing in Slave Mode 6.6.1.2 McBSP in TDM—Multipoint Mode (McBSP3) For TDM application in multipoint mode, OMAP3515/03 is considered as a slave. Table 6-69 and Table 670 assume testing over the operating conditions and electrical characteristic conditions described below. Table 6-68. McBSP3 Timing Conditions—TDM in Multipoint Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT MIN MAX Input Conditions tR Input signal rising time 1.0 8.5 ns tF Input signal falling time 1.0 8.5 ns 40 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Output Load Capacitance Table 6-69. McBSP3 Timing Requirements—TDM in Multipoint Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN tW(CLKH) Cycle Time, mcbsp3_clkx tW(CLKH) Typical Pulse duration, mcbsp3_clkx high tW(CLKL) Typical Pulse duration, mcbsp3_clkx low tdc(CLK) Duty cycle error, mcbsp3_clkx B3 (3) tsu(DRV-CLKAE) Setup time, mcbsp3_dr valid before mcbsp3_clkx active edge B4 (3) th(CLKAE-DRV) Hold time, mcbsp3_dr valid after mcbsp3_clkx active edge B5 (3) tsu(FSV-CLKAE) Setup time, mcbsp3_fsx valid before mcbsp3_clkx active edge B6 (3) th(CLKAE-FSV) Hold time, mcbsp3_fsx valid after mcbsp3_clkx active edge (1) (2) (3) 1.0 V MAX 162.8 MIN UNIT MAX 162.8 ns 0.5*P (2) 0.5*P (2) (2) (2) 0.5*P –8.14 0.5*P 8.14 –8.14 ns ns 8.14 ns 9 9 ns 2.4 2.4 ns 9 9 ns 2.4 2.4 ns For McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #3 (multiplexing mode in McBSP1 pins). P = mcbsp3_clkx period in ns See Section 6.6.1.1, McBSP in Normal Mode for corresponding figures. Table 6-70. McBSP3 Switching Characteristics—TDM in Multipoint Mode (1) NO. B8 (2) (1) (2) PARAMETER td(CLKXAE-DXV) Delay time, mcbsp3_clkx active edge to mcbsp3_dx valid 1.15 V 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX 0.6 16.8 0.6 29.6 ns For McBSP3, these timings concern only Set #3 (multiplexing mode in McBSP1 pins). See Section 6.6.1.1, McBSP in Normal Mode for corresponding figures. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 209 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 6.6.2 www.ti.com Multichannel Serial Port Interface (McSPI) Timing The multichannel SPI is a master/slave synchronous serial bus. The McSPI1 module supports up to four peripherals and the others (McSPI2, McSPI3, and McSPI4) support up to two peripherals. The following timings are applicable to the different configurations of McSPI in master/slave mode for any McSPI and any channel (n). 6.6.2.1 McSPI in Slave Mode Table 6-71 and Table 6-72 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-41). Table 6-71. McSPI Interface Timing Requirements – Slave Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1/SS 1/tc(CLK) 0 1.0 V MAX Frequency, mcspix_clk (2) MIN UNIT MAX 24 12 MHz -200 200 ps 0.45*P (4) 0.55*P (4) ns tj(CLK) Cycle jitter (3), mcspix_clk SS1 tw(CLK) Pulse duration, mcspix_clk high or low SS2 tsu(SIMOV-CLKAE) Setup time, mcspix_simo valid before mcspix_clk active edge 4.2 9.5 ns SS3 th(SIMOV-CLKAE) Hold time, mcspix_simo valid after mcspix_clk active edge 4.6 9.9 ns SS4 tsu(CS0V-CLKFE) Setup time, mcspix_cs0 valid before mcspix_clk first edge 13.8 28.6 ns SS5 th(CS0I-CLKLE) Hold time, mcspix_cs0 invalid after mcspix_clk last edge 13.8 28.6 ns (1) (2) (3) (4) -200 200 0.45*P (4) 0.55*P (4) The input timing requirements are given by considering a rise time and a fall time of 4 ns. In mcspix, x is equal to 1, 2, 3, or 4. Maximum cycle jitter supported by mcspix_clk input clock. P = mcspix_clk clock period Table 6-72. McSPI Interface Switching Requirements (1) NO. PARAMETER SS6 td(CLKAE-SOMIV) Delay time, mcspix_clk active edge to mcspix_somi shifted SS7 td(CS0AE-SOMIV) Delay time, mcspix_cs0 active edge to Modes 0 and 2 mcspix_somi shifted (1) (2) (3) (4) 210 (2) (3) (4) 1.15 V 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX 1.8 15.9 3.2 31.7 ns 31.7 ns 15.9 The capacitive load is equivalent to 20 pF. In mcspix, x is equal to 1, 2, 3, or 4. The polarity of mcspix_clk and the active edge (rising or falling) on which mcspix_simo is driven and mcspix_somi is latched is all software configurable. This timing applies to all configurations regardless of mcspix_clk polarity and which clock edges are used to drive output data and capture input data. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Mode 0 & 2 mcspix_cs0(EPOL=1) SS0 SS4 SS5 SS1 mcspix_clk(POL=0) SS0 SS1 mcspix_clk(POL=1) SS2 SS3 mcspix_simo Bit n-1 Bit n-2 SS7 mcspix_somi Bit n-3 Bit n-4 Bit 0 SS6 Bit n-1 Bit n-2 Bit n-3 Bit n-4 Bit 0 Mode 1 & 3 mcspix_cs0(EPOL=1) SS0 SS1 mcspix_clk(POL=0) SS0 SS4 SS1 SS5 mcspix_clk(POL=1) SS3 SS2 Bit n-1 mcspix_simo Bit n-2 Bit n-3 Bit 1 Bit 0 SS6 Bit n-1 mcspix_somi Bit n-2 Bit n-3 Bit 1 Bit 0 030-076 Figure 6-41. McSPI Interface – Transmit and Receive in Slave Mode(1) (2) (1) The active clock edge (rising or falling) on which mcspi_somi is driven and mcspi_simo data is latched is software configurable with the bit MSPI_CHCONFx[0] = PHA and the bit MSPI_CHCONFx[1] = POL. (2) The polarity of mcspix_csi is software configurable with the bit MSPI_CHCONFx[6] = EPOL In mcspix, x is equal to 1, 2, 3, or 4. 6.6.2.2 McSPI in Master Mode Table 6-73 and Table 6-74 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-42). Table 6-73. McSPI1, 2, and 4 Interface Timing Requirements – Master Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN MAX (2) 1.0 V MIN UNIT MAX SM2 tsu(SOMIV-CLKAE) Setup time, mcspix_somi valid before mcspix_clk active edge 1.1 1.5 ns SM3 th(SOMIV-CLKAE) Hold time, mcspix_somi valid after mcspix_clk active edge 1.9 2.8 ns (1) (2) The input timing requirements are given by considering a rise time and a fall time of 4 ns. In mcspix, x is equal to 1, 2, or 4. In mcspix_csn, n is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3 for x equal to 1, n is equal to 0 or 1 for x equal to 2 and 4. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 211 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-74. McSPI1, 2, and 4 Interface Switching Characteristics – Master Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1/SM0 1/tc(CLK) 1.15 V tw(CLK) Pulse duration, mcspix_clk high or low SM4 td(CLKAE-SIMOV) Delay time, mcspix_clk active edge to mcspix_simo shifted SM5 td(CSnA-CLKFE) Delay time, mcspix_csi active to mcspix_clk first edge SM7 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) MAX -200 200 td(CLKLE-CSnI) Delay time, mcspix_clk last edge to mcspix_csi inactive td(CSnAE-SIMOV) Delay time, mcspix_csi active edge to mcspix_simo shifted UNIT MIN MAX -200 200 48 Cycle jitter (4), mcspix_clk SM1 SM6 1.0 V MIN Frequency, mcspix_clk tj(CLK) (2) (3) 0.45*P (5) –2.1 24 0.55*P (5) 0.45*P ( 5) 5 0.55*P –2.1 MHz ps (5) ns 11.3 ns Modes 1 and 3 A (6) – 3.1 A (6) – 4.4 ns Modes 0 and 2 B (7) – 3.1 B (7) – 4.4 ns Modes 1 and 3 B (7) – 3.1 B (7) – 4.4 ns Modes 0 and 2 A (6) – 3.1 A (6) – 4.4 ns Modes 0 and 2 5.0 11.3 ns Timings are given for a maximum load capacitance of 20 pF for spix_csn signals, 30 pF for spix_clk and spix_simo signals with x = 1 or 2, and 20 pF for spi4_clk and spi4_simo signals. In mcspix, x is equal to 1, 2, or 4. In mcspix_csn, n is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3 for x equal to 1, n is equal to 0 or 1 for x equal to 2 and 4. The polarity of mcspix_clk and the active edge (rising or falling) on which mcspix_simo is driven and mcspix_somi is latched is all software configurable. Maximum cycle jitter supported by mcspix_clk input clock. P = mcspix_clk clock period Case P = 20.8 ns, A = (TCS+0.5)*P(5) (TCS is a bit field of MSPI_CHCONFx[26:25] register). Case P > 20.8 ns, A = TCS*P(5) (TCS is a bitfield of MSPI_CHCONFx[26:25] register). For more information, see the McSPI chapter of the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. B = TCS*P (TCS is a bit field of MSPI_CHCONFx[26:25] register). For more information, see the McSPI chapter of the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. Table 6-75 and Table 6-76 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-42). Table 6-75. McSPI 3 Interface Timing Requirements – Master Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN MAX (2) 1.0 V MIN UNIT MAX SM2 tsu(SOMIV-CLKAE) Setup time, mcspi3_somi valid before mcspi3_clk active edge 1.5 4.3 ns SM3 th(SOMIV-CLKAE) Hold time, mcspi3_somi valid after mcspi3_clk active edge 2.8 5.9 ns (1) (2) The input timing requirements are given by considering a rise time and a fall time of 4 ns. In mcspi3_csn, n is equal to 0 or 1. The polarity of mcspi3_clk and the active edge (rising or falling) on which mcspi3_simo is driven and mcspi3_somi is latched is all software configurable. Table 6-76. McSPI3 Interface Switching Requirements – Master Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1/SM 1/tc(CLK) 0 SM1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 212 Frequency, mcspix_clk tj(CLK) Cycle jitter (4), mcspix_clk tw(CLK) Pulse duration, mcspix_clk high or low (2) (3) 1.0 V MAX MIN 24 UNIT MAX 12 MHz -200 200 -200 200 ps 0.45*P (5) 0.55*P (5) 0.45*P (5) 0.55*P (5) ns The capacitive load is equivalent to 20 pF. In mcspi3_csn, n is equal to 0 or 1. The polarity of mcspi3_clk and the active edge (rising or falling) on which mcspi3_simo is driven and mcspi3_somi is latched is all software configurable. This timing applies to all configurations regardless of McSPI3_CLK polarity and which clock edges are used to drive output data and capture input data. Maximum cycle jitter supported by mcspix_clk input clock. P = mcspi3_clk clock period TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-76. McSPI3 Interface Switching Requirements – Master Mode(1) (2) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V (3) (continued) 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX –2.1 11.3 –5.3 23.6 SM4 td(CLKAE-SIMOV) Delay time, mcspix_clk active edge to mcspix_simo shifted SM5 td(CSnA-CLKFE) Delay time, mcspix_csi active Modes 1 to mcspix_clk first edge and 3 –4.4 + A (6) –10.1 + A (6) ns Modes 0 and 2 –4.4 + B (7) –10.1 + B (7) ns Modes 1 and 3 B – 4.4 (7) B – 10.1 (7) ns Modes 0 and 2 A (6) – 4.4 A (6) – 10.1 ns SM6 SM7 (6) (7) td(CLK-CSn) td(CSnAE-SIMOV) Delay time, mcspix_clk last edge to mcspix_csi inactive Delay time, mcspix_csi active Modes 0 edge to mcspix_simo shifted and 2 11.3 23.6 ns ns Case P = 20.8 ns, A = (TCS + 0.5)*P(5) (TCS is a bit field of MSPI_CHCONFx[26:25] register). Case P > 20.8 ns, A = TCS*P(5) (TCS is a bit field of MSPI_CHCONFx[26:25] register). For more information, see the McSPI chapter of the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. B = TCS*P (TCS is a bit field of MSPI_CHCONFx[26:25] register). For more information, see the McSPI chapter of the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 213 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 mcspix_csn(EPOL=1) www.ti.com Mode 0 & 2 SM0 SM5 SM6 SM1 mcspix_clk(POL=0) SM0 SM1 mcspix_clk(POL=1) SM4 SM7 mcspix_simo Bit n-1 Bit n-2 Bit n-3 Bit n-4 Bit 0 SM2 SM3 mcspix_somi Bit n-1 Bit n-2 Bit n-3 Bit 0 Bit n-4 Mode 1 & 3 mcspix_csn(EPOL=1) SM0 SM1 mcspix_clk(POL=0) SM0 SM1 SM5 SM6 mcspix_clk(POL=1) SM4 mcspix_simo Bit n-1 Bit n-2 Bit n-3 Bit 1 Bit 0 SM2 SM3 mcspix_somi Bit n-1 Bit n-2 Bit n-3 Bit 1 Bit 0 030-077 Figure 6-42. McSPI Interface – Transmit and Receive in Master Mode(1) (2) (3) (1) The active clock edge (rising or falling) on which mcspix_simo is driven and mcspi_somi data is latched is software configurable with the bit MSPI_CHCONFx[0] = PHA and the bit MSPI_CHCONFx[1] = POL. (2) The polarity of mcspix_csi is software configurable with the bit MSPI_CHCONFx[6] = EPOL. (3) In mcspix, x is equal to 1. In mcspix_csn, n is equal to 0, 1, 2, or 3. 214 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 6.6.3 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Multiport Full-Speed Universal Serial Bus (USB) Interface The OMAP3515/03 processor provides three USB ports working in full- and low-speed data transactions (up to 12Mbit/s). Connected to either a serial link controller (TLL modes) or a serial PHY (PHY interface modes) it supports: • 6-pin (Tx: Dat/Se0 or Tx: Dp/Dm) unidirectional mode • 4-pin bidirectional mode • 3-pin bidirectional mode 6.6.3.1 Multiport Full-Speed Universal Serial Bus (USB) – Unidirectional Standard 6-pin Mode Table 6-78 and Table 6-79 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-43). Table 6-77. Low-/Full-Speed USB Timing Conditions – Unidirectional Standard 6-pin Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 2.0 ns tF Input signal fall time 2.0 ns Output load capacitance 15.0 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Table 6-78. Low-/Full-Speed USB Timing Requirements – Unidirectional Standard 6-pin Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX FSU1 td(Vp,Vm) Time duration, mmx_rxdp and mmx_rxdm low together during transition 14.0 14.0 ns FSU2 td(Vp,Vm) Time duration, mmx_rxdp and mmx_rxdm high together during transition 8.0 8.0 ns FSU3 td(RCVU0) Time duration, mmx_rrxcv undefine during a single end 0 (mmx_rxdp and mmx_rxdm low together) 14.0 14.0 ns FSU4 td(RCVU1) Time duration, mmx_rxrcv undefine during a single end 1 (mmx_rxdp and mmx_rxdm high together) 8.0 8.0 ns Table 6-79. Low-/Full-Speed USB Switching Characteristics – Unidirectional Standard 6-pin Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX FSU5 td(TXENL-DATV) Delay time, mmx_txen_n low to mmx_txdat valid 81.8 84.8 81.8 84.8 ns FSU6 td(TXENL-SE0V) Delay time, mmx_txen_n low to mmx_txse0 valid 81.8 84.8 81.8 84.8 ns FSU7 ts(DAT-SE0) Skew between mmx_txdat and mmx_txse0 transition 1.5 ns FSU8 td(DATI-TXENH) Delay time, mmx_txdat invalid to mmx_txen_n high 81.8 FSU9 td(SE0I-TXENH) Delay time, mmx_txse0 invalid to mmx_txen_n high 81.8 tR(do) Rise time, mmx_txen_n 4.0 4.0 ns tF(do) Fall time, mmx_txen_n 4.0 4.0 ns tR(do) Rise time, mmx_txdat 4.0 4.0 ns tF(do) Fall time, mmx_txdat 4.0 4.0 ns tR(do) Rise time, mmx_txse0 4.0 4.0 ns tF(do) Fall time, mmx_txse0 4.0 4.0 ns 1.5 81.8 ns 81.8 ns TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 215 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Transmit mmx_txen_n FSU5 Receive FSU8 mmx_txdat FSU6 FSU7 FSU9 mmx_txse0 FSU1 FSU2 FSU1 FSU2 FSU3 FSU4 mmx_rxdp mmx_rxdm mmx_rxrcv 030-080 In mmx, x is equal to 0, 1, or 2. Figure 6-43. Low-/Full-Speed USB – Unidirectional Standard 6-pin Mode 6.6.3.2 Multiport Full-Speed Universal Serial Bus (USB) – Bidirectional Standard 4-pin Mode Table 6-81 and Table 6-82 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-44). Table 6-80. Low-/Full-Speed USB Timing Conditions – Bidirectional Standard 4-pin Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 2.0 ns tF Input signal fall time 2.0 ns Output load capacitance 15.0 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Table 6-81. Low-/Full-Speed USB Timing Requirements – Bidirectional Standard 4-pin Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX FSU10 td(DAT,SE0) Time duration, mmx_txdat and mmx_txse0 low together during transition 14.0 14.0 ns FSU11 td(DAT,SE0) Time duration, mmx_txdat and mmx_txse0 high together during transition 8.0 8.0 ns FSU12 td(RCVU0) Time duration, mmx_rrxcv undefine during a single end 0 (mmx_txdat and mmx_txse0 low together) 14.0 14.0 ns FSU13 td(RCVU1) Time duration, mmx_rxrcv undefine during a single end 1 (mmx_txdat and mmx_txse0 high together) 8.0 8.0 ns Table 6-82. Low-/Full-Speed USB Switching Characteristics – Bidirectional Standard 4-pin Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX FSU14 td(TXENL-DATV) Delay time, mmx_txen_n low to mmx_txdat valid 81.8 84.8 81.8 84.8 ns FSU15 td(TXENL-SE0V) Delay time, mmx_txen_n low to mmx_txse0 valid 81.8 84.8 81.8 84.8 ns FSU16 ts(DAT-SE0) Skew between mmx_txdat and mmx_txse0 transition 1.5 ns FSU17 td(DATV-TXENH) Delay time, mmx_txdat invalid before mmx_txen_n high 216 1.5 81.8 81.8 ns TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-82. Low-/Full-Speed USB Switching Characteristics – Bidirectional Standard 4-pin Mode (continued) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN FSU18 1.0 V MAX 81.8 MIN UNIT MAX td(SE0V-TXENH) Delay time, mmx_txse0 invalid before mmx_txen_n high 81.8 tR(txen) Rise time, mmx_txen_n 4.0 4.0 ns tF(txen) Fall time, mmx_txen_n 4.0 4.0 ns tR(dat) Rise time, mmx_txdat 4.0 4.0 ns tF(dat) Fall time, mmx_txdat 4.0 4.0 ns tR(se0) Rise time, mmx_txse0 4.0 4.0 ns tF(se0) Fall time, mmx_txse0 4.0 4.0 ns Transmit mmx_txen_n FSU14 ns FSU17 Receive FSU10 FSU11 FSU18 FSU10 FSU11 FSU12 FSU13 mmx_txdat FSU15 FSU16 mmx_txse0 mmx_rxrcv 030-081 In mmx, x is equal to 0, 1, or 2. Figure 6-44. Low-/Full-Speed USB – Bidirectional Standard 4-pin Mode 6.6.3.3 Multiport Full-Speed Universal Serial Bus (USB) – Bidirectional Standard 3-pin Mode Table 6-84 and Table 6-85 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions below (see Figure 6-45). Table 6-83. Low-/Full-Speed USB Timing Conditions – Bidirectional Standard 3-pin Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 2.0 ns tF Input signal fall time 2.0 ns Output load capacitance 15.0 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Table 6-84. Low-/Full-Speed USB Timing Requirements – Bidirectional Standard 3-pin Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX FSU19 td(DAT,SE0) Time duration, mmx_txdat and mmx_txse0 low together during transition 14.0 14.0 ns FSU20 td(DAT,SE0) Time duration, mmx_tsdat and mmx_txse0 high together during transition 8.0 8.0 ns TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 217 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-85. Low-/Full-Speed USB Switching Characteristics – Bidirectional Standard 3-pin Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX FSU21 td(TXENL-DATV) Delay time, mmx_txen_n low to mmx_txdat valid 81.8 84.8 81.8 84.8 ns FSU22 td(TXENL-SE0V) Delay time, mmx_txen_n low to mmx_txse0 valid 81.8 84.8 81.8 84.8 ns FSU23 ts(DAT-SE0) Skew between mmx_txdat and mmx_txse0 transition 1.5 ns FSU24 td(DATI-TXENH) Delay time, mmx_txdat invalid to mmx_txen_n high 81.8 81.8 ns FSU25 td(SE0I-TXENH) Delay time, mmx_txse0 invalid to mmx_txen_n high 81.8 81.8 ns tR(do) Rise time, mmx_txen_n 4.0 4.0 ns tF(do) Fall time, mmx_txen_n 4.0 4.0 ns tR(do) Rise time, mmx_txdat 4.0 4.0 ns tF(do) Fall time, mmx_txdat 4.0 4.0 ns tR(do) Rise time, mmx_txse0 4.0 4.0 ns tF(do) Fall time, mmx_txse0 4.0 4.0 ns 1.5 Transmit mmx_txen_n FSU21 Receive FSU24 FSU19 FSU20 FSU25 FSU19 FSU20 mmx_txdat FSU22 FSU23 mmx_txse0 030-082 In mmx, x is equal to 0, 1, or 2. Figure 6-45. Low-/Full-Speed USB – Bidirectional Standard 3-pin Mode 6.6.3.4 Multiport Full-Speed Universal Serial Bus (USB) – Unidirectional TLL 6-pin Mode Table 6-87 and Table 6-88 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-46). Table 6-86. Low-/Full-Speed USB Timing Conditions – Unidirectional TLL 6-pin Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 2 ns tF Input signal fall time 2 ns Output load capacitance 15 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Table 6-87. Low-/Full-Speed USB Timing Requirements – Unidirectional TLL 6-pin Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX FSUT1 td(SE0,DAT) Time duration, mmx_txse0 and mmx_txdat low together during transition 14 14 ns FSUT2 td(SE0,DAT) Time duration, mmx_txse0 and mmx_txdat high together during transition 8 8 ns 218 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-88. Low-/Full-Speed USB Switching Characteristics – Unidirectional TLL 6-pin Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX FSUT3 td(TXENH-DPV) Delay time, mmx_txen_n high to mmx_rxdp valid 81.8 84.8 81.8 84.8 ns FSUT4 td(TXENH-DMV) Delay time, mmx_txen_n high to mmx_rxdm valid 81.8 84.8 81.8 84.8 ns FSUT5 td(DPI-TXENL) Delay time, mmx_rxdp invalid mmx_txen_n low 81.8 81.8 FSUT6 td(DMI-TXENL) Delay time, mmx_rxdm invalid mmx_txen_n low 81.8 81.8 FSUT7 ts(DP-DM) Skew between mmx_rxdp and mmx_rxdm transition 1.5 1.5 ns FSUT8 ts(DP,DM-RCV) Skew between mmx_rxdp, mmx_rxdm, and mmx_rxrcv transition 1.5 1.5 ns tR(rxrcv) Rise time, mmx_rxrcv 4 4 ns tF(rxrcv) Fall time, mmx_rxrcv 4 4 ns tR(dp) Rise time, mmx_rxdp 4 4 ns tF(dp) Fall time, mmx_rxdp 4 4 ns tR(dm) Rise time, mmx_rxdm 4 4 ns tF(dm) Fall time, mmx_rxdm 4 4 ns mmx_txen_n Transmit ns ns Receive FSUT1 FSUT2 FSUT1 FSUT2 mmx_txdat mmx_txse0 FSUT3 FSUT5 mmx_rxdp FSUT4 FSUT7 FSUT6 mmx_rxdm FSUT8 mmx_rxrcv 030-083 In mmx, x is equal to 0, 1, or 2. Figure 6-46. Low-/Full-Speed USB – Unidirectional TLL 6-pin Mode 6.6.3.5 Multiport Full-Speed Universal Serial Bus (USB) – Bidirectional TLL 4-pin Mode Table 6-90 and Table 6-91 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-47). Table 6-89. Low-/Full-Speed USB Timing Conditions – Bidirectional TLL 4-pin Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 2 ns tF Input signal fall time 2 ns Output load capacitance 15 pF Output Conditions CLOAD TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 219 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-90. Low-/Full-Speed USB Timing Requirements – Bidirectional TLL 4-pin Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX FSUT9 td(DAT,SE0) Time duration, mmx_txdat and mmx_txse0 low together during transition 14 14 ns FSUT10 td(DAT,SE0) Time duration, mmx_tsdat and mmx_txse0 high together during transition 8 8 ns Table 6-91. Low-/Full-Speed USB Switching Characteristics – Bidirectional TLL 4-pin Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX FSUT11 td(TXENL-DATV) Delay time, mmx_txen_n active to mmx_txdat valid 81.8 84.8 81.8 84.8 ns FSUT12 td(TXENL-SE0V) Delay time, mmx_txen_n active to mmx_txse0 valid 81.8 84.8 81.8 84.8 ns FSUT13 ts(DAT-SE0) Skew between mmx_txdat and mmx_txse0 transition 1.5 1.5 ns FSUT14 ts(DP,DM-RCV) Skew between mmx_rxdp, mmx_rxdm, and mmx_rxrcv transition 1.5 1.5 ns FSUT15 td(DATI-TXENL) Delay time, mmx_txse0 invalid to mmx_txen_n Low 81.8 81.8 ns FSUT16 td(SE0I-TXENL) Delay time, mmx_txdat invalid to mmx_txen_n Low 81.8 81.8 ns tR(rcv) Rise time, mmx_rxrcv 4 4 ns tF(rcv) Fall time, mmx_rxrcv 4 4 ns tR(dat) Rise time, mmx_txdat 4 4 ns tF(dat) Fall time, mmx_txdat 4 4 ns tR(se0) Rise time, mmx_txse0 4 4 ns tF(se0) Fall time, mmx_txse0 4 4 ns mmx_txen_n Receive Transmit FSUT11 FSUT15 FSUT9 FSUT10 FSUT16 FSUT9 FSUT10 mmx_txdat FSUT12 FSUT13 mmx_txse0 FSUT14 mmx_rxrcv 030-084 In mmx, x is equal to 0, 1, or 2. Figure 6-47. Low-/Full-Speed USB – Bidirectional TLL 4-pin Mode 6.6.3.6 Multiport Full-Speed Universal Serial Bus (USB) – Bidirectional TLL 3-pin Mode Table 6-93 and Table 6-94 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-48). Table 6-92. Low-/Full-Speed USB Timing Conditions – Bidirectional TLL 3-pin Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 2 ns tF Input signal fall time 2 ns Output Conditions 220 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-92. Low-/Full-Speed USB Timing Conditions – Bidirectional TLL 3-pin Mode (continued) TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER CLOAD VALUE UNIT 15 pF Output load capacitance Table 6-93. Low-/Full-Speed USB Timing Requirements – Bidirectional TLL 3-pin Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX FSUT17 td(DAT,SE0) Time duration, mmx_txdat and mmx_txse0 low together during transition 14 14 ns FSUT18 td(DAT,SE0) Time duration, mmx_tsdat and mmx_txse0 high together during transition 8 8 ns Table 6-94. Low-/Full-Speed USB Switching Characteristics – Bidirectional TLL 3-pin Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX FSUT19 td(TXENH-DATV) Delay time, mmx_txen_n high to mmx_txdat valid 81.8 84.8 81.8 84.8 ns FSUT20 td(TXENH-SE0V) Delay time, mmx_txen_n high to mmx_txse0 valid 81.8 84.8 81.8 84.8 ns FSUT21 ts(DAT-SE0) Skew between mmx_txdat and mmx_txse0 transition 1.5 ns FSUT22 td(DATI-TXENL) Delay time, mmx_txdat invalid mmx_txen_n low 81.8 FSUT23 td(SE0I-TXENL) Delay time, mmx_txse0 invalid mmx_txen_n low 81.8 tR(dat) Rise time, mmx_txdat 4 4 ns tF(dat) Fall time, mmx_txdat 4 4 ns tR(se0) Rise time, mmx_txse0 4 4 ns tF(se0) Fall time, mmx_txse0 4 4 ns tR(do) Rise time, mmx_txse0 4 4 ns tF(do) Fall time, mmx_txse0 4 4 ns mmx_txen_n 1.5 ns 81.8 ns Receive Transmit FSUT19 81.8 FSUT22 FSUT17 FSUT18 FSUT23 FSUT17 FSUT18 mmx_txdat FSUT20 FSUT21 mmx_txse0 030-085 In mmx, x is equal to 0, 1, or 2. Figure 6-48. Low-/Full-Speed USB – Bidirectional TLL 3-pin Mode 6.6.4 Multiport High-Speed Universal Serial Bus (USB) Timing In addition to the full-speed USB controller, a high-speed (HS) USB OTG controller is instantiated inside OMAP3515/03. It allows high-speed transactions (up to 480 Mbit/s) on the USB ports 0, 1, 2, and 3. • Port 0: – 12-bit slave mode (SDR) • Port 1 and port 2: – 12-bit master mode (SDR) – 12-bit TLL master mode (SDR) – 8-bit TLL master mode (DDR) TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 221 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 • 6.6.4.1 www.ti.com Port 3: – 12-bit TLL master mode (SDR) – 8-bit TLL master mode (DDR) High-Speed Universal Serial Bus (USB) on Port 0 – 12-bit Slave Mode Table 6-96 and Table 6-97 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-49). Table 6-95. High-Speed USB Timing Conditions – 12-bit Slave Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tr Input Signal Rising Time 2.00 ns tf Input Signal Falling Time 2.00 ns Output Load Capacitance 3.50 pF Output Conditions Cload Table 6-96. High-Speed USB Timing Requirements – 12-bit Slave Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN HSU0 hsusb0_clk clock frequency (2) fp(CLK) (3) (3) 60.03 MHz 500.00 ps tj(CLK) Cycle Jitter ts(DIRV-CLKH) Setup time, hsusb0_dir valid before hsusb0_clk rising edge 6.7 ns ts(NXTV-CLKH) Setup time, hsusb0_nxt valid before hsusb0_clk rising edge 6.7 ns th(CLKH-DIRIV) Hold time, hsusb0_dir valid after hsusb0_clk rising edge 0.0 ns th(CLKH-NXT/IV) Hold time, hsusb0_nxt valid after hsusb0_clk rising edge 0.0 ns HSU5 ts(DATAV-CLKH) Setup time, hsusb0_data[0:7] valid before hsusb0_clk rising edge 6.7 ns HSU6 th(CLKH-DATIV) Hold time, hsusb0_data[0:7] valid after hsusb0_clk rising edge 0.0 ns HSU3 HSU4 (1) (2) (3) , hsusb0_clk UNIT MAX The timing requirements are assured for the cycle jitter error condition specified. Related with the input maximum frequency supported by the I/F module. Maximum cycle jitter supported by clk input clock. Table 6-97. High-Speed USB Switching Characteristics – 12-bit Slave Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN HSU1 HSU2 222 UNIT MAX td(clkL-STPV) Delay time, hsusb0_clk high to output usb0_stp valid 9.0 td(clkL-STPIV) Delay time, hsusb0_clk high to output usb0_stp invalid td(clkL-DV) Delay time, hsusb0_clk high to output hsusb0_data[0:7] valid td(clkL-DIV) Delay time, hsusb0_clk high to output hsusb0_data[0:7] invalid tr(do) Rising time, output signals 2.0 ns tf(do) Falling time, output signals 2.0 ns 0.5 ns ns 9.0 0.5 ns ns TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 HSU0 hsusb0_clk HSU1 HSU1 hsusb0_stp HSU3 HSU4 hsusb0_dir_&_nxt HSU5 HSU2 HSU2 hsusb0_data[7:0] Data_OUT HSU6 Data_IN 030-086 Figure 6-49. High-Speed USB – 12-bit Slave Mode 6.6.4.2 High-Speed Universal Serial Bus (USB) on Ports 1 and 2 – 12-bit Master Mode Table 6-99 and Table 6-100 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 650). Table 6-98. High-Speed USB Timing Conditions – 12-bit Master Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT tR Input signal rise time 2 ns tF Input signal fall time 2 ns Output load capacitance 3 pF Input Conditions Output Conditions CLOAD Table 6-99. High-Speed USB Timing Requirements – 12-bit Master Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN HSU3 HSU4 UNIT MAX ts(DIRV-CLKH) Setup time, hsusbx_dir valid before hsusbx_clk rising edge 9.3 ns ts(NXTV-CLKH) Setup time, hsusbx_nxt valid before hsusbx_clk rising edge 9.3 ns th(CLKH-DIRIV) Hold time, hsusbx_dir valid after hsusbx_clk rising edge 0.2 ns th(CLKH-NXT/IV) Hold time, hsusbx_nxt valid after hsusbx_clk rising edge 0.2 ns HSU5 ts(DATAV-CLKH) Setup time, hsusbx_data[0:7] valid before hsusbx_clk rising edge 9.3 ns HSU6 th(CLKH-DATIV) Hold time, hsusbx_data[0:7] valid after hsusbx_clk rising edge 0.2 ns (1) In hsusbx, x is equal to 1 or 2. Table 6-100. High-Speed USB Switching Characteristics – 12-bit Master Mode (1) N O. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN HSU0 HSU1 HSU2 (1) (2) fp(CLK) hsusbx_clk clock frequency (2) tj(CLK) Jitter standard deviation td(clkL-STPV) Delay time, hsusbx_clk high to output hsusbx_stp valid , hsusbx_clk td(clkL-STPIV) Delay time, hsusbx_clk high to output hsusbx_stp invalid td(clkL-DV) Delay time, hsusbx_clk high to output hsusbx_data[0:7] valid UNIT MAX 60 MHz 200 ps 13 ns 2 ns 13 ns In hsusbx, x is equal to 1 or 2. The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 223 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-100. High-Speed USB Switching Characteristics – 12-bit Master Mode(1) (continued) N O. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN UNIT MAX td(clkL-DIV) Delay time, hsusbx_clk high to output hsusbx_data[0:7] invalid tR(do) Rise time, output signals 2 2 ns ns tF(do) Fall time, output signals 2 ns HSU0 hsusbx_clk HSU1 HSU1 hsusbx_stp HSU3 HSU4 hsusbx_dir_&_nxt HSU5 HSU2 hsusbx_data[7:0] HSU2 HSU6 Data_OUT Data_IN 030-087 In hsusbx, x is equal to 1 or 2. Figure 6-50. High-Speed USB – 12-bit Master Mode 6.6.4.3 High-Speed Universal Serial Bus (USB) on Ports 1, 2, and 3 – 12-bit TLL Master Mode Table 6-102 and Table 6-103 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 651). Table 6-101. High-Speed USB Timing Conditions – 12-bit TLL Master Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 2 ns tF Input signal fall time 2 ns Output load capacitance 3 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Table 6-102. High-Speed USB Timing Requirements – 12-bit TLL Master Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN UNIT MAX HSU2 ts(STPV-CLKH) Setup time, hsusbx_tll_stp valid before hsusbx_tll_clk rising edge 6 ns HSU3 ts(CLKH-STPIV) Hold time, hsusbx_tll_stp valid after hsusbx_tll_clk rising edge 0 ns HSU4 ts(DATAV-CLKH) Setup time, hsusbx_tll_data[7:0] valid before hsusbx_tll_clk rising edge 6 ns HSU5 th(CLKH-DATIV) Hold time, hsusbx_tll_data[7:0] valid after hsusbx_tll_clk rising edge 0 ns (1) In hsusbx, x is equal to 1, 2, or 3. Table 6-103. High-Speed USB Switching Characteristics – 12-bit TLL Master Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN HSU0 (1) 224 fp(CLK) hsusbx_tll_clk clock frequency UNIT MAX 60 MHz In hsusbx, x is equal to 1, 2, or 3. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-103. High-Speed USB Switching Characteristics – 12-bit TLL Master Mode(1) (continued) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN HSU6 HSU7 (2) UNIT MAX tj(CLK) Jitter standard deviation (2), hsusbx_tll_clk td(CLKL-DIRV) Delay time, hsusbx_tll_clk high to output hsusbx_tll_dir valid td(CLKL-DIRIV) Delay time, hsusbx_tll_clk high to output hsusbx_tll_dir invalid td(CLKL-NXTV) Delay time, hsusbx_tll_clk high to output hsusbx_tll_nxt valid td(CLKL-NXTIV) Delay time, hsusbx_tll_clk high to output hsusbx_tll_nxt invalid td(CLKL-DV) Delay time, hsusbx_tll_clk high to output hsusbx_tll_data[7:0] valid td(CLKL-DIV) Delay time, hsusbx_tll_clk high to output hsusbx_tll_data[7:0] invalid tR(do) Rise time, output signals 2 ns tF(do) Fall time, output signals 2 ns 200 ps 9 ns 0 ns 9 ns 0 ns 9 ns 0 ns The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. HSU0 hsusbx_tll_clk HSU3 HSU2 hsusbx_tll_stp HSU6 HSU6 hsusbx_tll_dir_&_nxt HSU4 HSU7 HSU5 hsusbx_tll_data[7:0] HSU7 Data_IN Data_OUT 030-088 In hsusbx, x is equal to 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-51. High-Speed USB – 12-bit TLL Master Mode 6.6.4.4 High-Speed Universal Serial Bus (USB) on Ports 1, 2, and 3 – 8-bit TLL Master Mode Table 6-105 and Table 6-106 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 652). Table 6-104. High-Speed USB Timing Conditions – 8-bit TLL Master Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 2 ns tF Input signal fall time 2 ns Output load capacitance 3 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Table 6-105. High-Speed USB Timing Requirements – 8-bit TLL Master Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN UNIT MAX HSU2 ts(STPV-CLKH) Setup time, hsusbx_tll_stp valid before hsusbx_tll_clk rising edge 6 ns HSU3 ts(CLKH-STPIV) Hold time, hsusbx_tll_stp valid after hsusbx_tll_clk rising edge 0 ns HSU4 ts(DATAV-CLKH) Setup time, hsusbx_tll_data[3:0] valid before hsusbx_tll_clk rising edge 3 ns HSU5 th(CLKH-DATIV) Hold time, hsusbx_tll_data[3:0] valid after hsusbx_tll_clk rising edge –0.8 ns (1) In hsusbx, x is equal to 1, 2, or 3. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 225 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-106. High-Speed USB Switching Characteristics – 8-bit TLL Master Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN HSU0 UNIT MAX fp(CLK) hsusbx_tll_clk clock frequency 60 MHz tj(CLK) Jitter standard deviation (2), hsusbx_tll_clk 200 ps HSU1 tj(CLK) Duty cycle, hsusbx_tll_clk pulse duration (low and high) HSU6 td(CLKL-DIRV) Delay time, hsusbx_tll_clk high to output hsusbx_tll_dir valid td(CLKL-DIRIV) Delay time, hsusbx_tll_clk high to output hsusbx_tll_dir invalid td(CLKL-NXTV) Delay time, hsusbx_tll_clk high to output hsusbx_tll_nxt valid td(CLKL-NXTIV) Delay time, hsusbx_tll_clk high to output hsusbx_tll_nxt invalid HSU7 td(CLKL-DV) Delay time, hsusbx_tll_clk high to output hsusbx_tll_data[3:0] valid HSU8 td(CLKL-DIV) Delay time, hsusbx_tll_clk high to output hsusbx_tll_data[3:0] invalid tR(do) Rise time, output signals 2 ns tF(do) Fall time, output signals 2 ns (1) (2) 47.6% 52.4% 9 0 ns ns 9 0 ns ns 4 0 ns ns In hsusbx, x is equal to 1, 2, or 3. The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. HSU0 HSU1 HSU1 hsusbx_tll_clk HSU3 HSU2 hsusbx_tll_stp HSU6 HSU6 hsusbx_tll_dir_&_nxt HSU5 HSU4 hsusbx_tll_data[3:0] Data_IN HSU5 HSU4 Data_IN_(n+1) HSU8 HSU7 Data_IN_(n+2) HSU7 Data_OUT Data_OUT_(n+1) 030-089 In hsusbx, x is equal to 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-52. High-Speed USB – 8-bit TLL Master Mode 226 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 I2C Interface 6.6.5 The multimaster I2C peripheral provides an interface between two or more devices via an I2C serial bus. The I2C controller supports the multimaster mode which allows more than one device capable of controlling the bus to be connected to it. Each I2C device is recognized by a unique address and can operate as either transmitter or receiver, according to the function of the device. In addition to being a transmitter or receiver, a device connected to the I2C bus can also be considered as master or slave when performing data transfers. This data transfer is carried out via two serial bidirectional wires: • An SDA data line • An SCL clock line The following sections illustrate the data transfer is in master or slave configuration with 7-bit addressing format. The I2C interface is compliant with Philips I2C specification version 2.1. It supports standard mode (up to 100K bits/s), fast mode (up to 400K bits/s) and high-speed mode (up to 3.4Mb/s) . 6.6.5.1 I2C Standard/Fast-Speed Mode Table 6-107. I2C Standard/Fast-Speed Mode Timings PARAMETER (1) NO. Standard Mode MIN MAX Fast Mode MIN 100 UNIT MAX fSCL Clock Frequency, i2cX_scl I1 tw(SCLH) Pulse Duration, i2cX_scl high 4 0.6 μs I2 tw(SCLL) Pulse Duration, i2cX_scl low 4.7 1.3 μs I3 tsu(SDAV-SCLH) Setup time, i2cX_sda valid before i2cX_scl active level 250 100 (2) (3) ns μs th(SCLH–SDAV) Hold time, i2cX_sda valid after i2cX_scl active level 0 tsu(SDAL-SCLH) Setup time, i2cX_scl high after i2cX_sda low (for a START (5) condition or a repeated START condition) 4.7 0.6 μs I6 th(SCLH–SDAH) Hold time, i2cX_sda low level after i2cX_scl high level (STOP condition) 4 0.6 μs I7 th(SCLH–RSTART) Hold time, i2cX_sda low level after i2cX_scl high level (for a repeated START condition) 4 0.6 μs I8 tw(SDAH) Pulse duration, i2cX_sda high between STOP and START conditions 4.7 1.3 μs tR(SCL) Rise time, i2cX_scl tF(SCL) tR(SDA) (4) (5) (6) 0.9 (4) I5 (3) 0 (3) kHz I4 (1) (2) 3.45 (4) 400 1000 300 ns Fall time, i2cX_scl 300 300 ns Rise time, i2cX_sda 1000 300 ns tF(SDA) Fall time, i2cX_sda 300 300 ns CB Capacitive load for each bus line 60 (6) 60 (6) pF In i2cX, X is equal to 1, 2, 3, or 4. Note that I2C4 is master transmitter only. A fast-mode I2C-bus device can be used in a standard-mode I2C-bus system, but the requirement tsu(SDAV-SCLH) ≥ 250 ns must then be met. This is automatically the case if the device does not stretch the low period of the i2cx_scl. If such a device does stretch the low period of the i2cx_scl, it must output the next data bit to the i2cx_sda line tr(SDA) max + tsu(SDAV-SCLH) = 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (according to the standard-mode I2C-bus specification) before the i2cx_scl line is released. The device provides (via the I2C bus) a hold time of at least 300 ns for the i2cx_sda signal (see the fall and rise time of i2cx_scl) to bridge the undefined region of the falling edge of i2cx_scl. The maximum th(SCLH-SDA) has only to be met if the device does not stretch the low period of the i2cx_scl signal. After this time, the first clock is generated. Maximum reference load for i2c4_scl and i2c4_sda is CB = 15 pF. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 227 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com START REPEAT START START STOP i2cX_sda I2 I6 I5 I1 I3 I4 I8 I6 I7 i2cX_scl 030-093 2 Figure 6-53. I C – Standard/Fast Mode 228 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 6.6.5.2 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 I2C High-Speed Mode Table 6-108. I2C HighSpeed Mode Timings (1) NO. PARAMETER (2) CB = 100 pF MAX MIN MAX CB = 400 pF MAX MIN fSCL Clock frequency, i2cX_scl I1 tw(SCLH) Pulse duration, i2cX_scl high 60 (3) 120 (3) μs I2 tw(SCLL) Pulse duration, i2cX_scl low 160 (3) 320 (3) μs I3 tsu(SDAV-SCLH) Setup time, i2cX_sda valid before i2cX_scl active level 10 10 ns I4 th(SCLH–SDAV) Hold time, i2cX_sda valid after i2cX_scl active level 0 (2) I5 tsu(SDAL-SCLH) Setup time, i2cX_scl high after i2cX_sda low (for a START (4) condition or a repeated START condition) 160 160 μs I6 th(SCLH–SDAH) Hold time, i2cX_sda low level after i2cX_scl high level (STOP condition) 160 160 μs I7 th(SCLH–RSTART) Hold time, i2cX_sda low level after i2cX_scl high level (for a repeated START condition) 160 160 ns tR(SCL) Rise time, i2cX_scl 40 80 ns tR(SCL) Rise time, i2cX_scl after a repeated START condition and after a bit acknowledge 80 160 ns tF(SCL) Fall time, i2cX_scl 40 80 ns tR(SDA) Rise time, i2cX_sda 80 160 ns tF(SDA) Fall time, i2cX_sda 80 160 ns CB Capacitive load for each bus line (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 3.4 UNIT MAX 70 1.7 0 (2) 60 (5) MHz 150 μs pF In i2cX, X is equal to 1, 2, 3, or 4. Note that I2C4 is master transmitter only. The device provides (via the I2C bus) a hold time of at least 300 ns for the i2cx_sda signal (see the fall and rise time of i2cx_scl) to bridge the undefined region of the falling edge of i2cx_scl. HS-mode master devices generate a serial clock signal with a high to low ratio of 1 to 2. tw(SCLL) > 2 × tw(SCLH). After this time, the first clock is generated. Maximum reference load for i2c4_scl and i2c4_sda is CB = 15 pF. START REPEAT STOP i2cX_sda I5 I6 I1 I2 I3 I4 I7 i2cX_scl 030-094 2 Figure 6-54. I C – High-Speed Mode(1) (2) (3) (1) HS-mode master devices generate a serial clock signal with a high-to-low ratio of 1 to 2. tw(SCLL) > 2 x tw(SCLH). (2) In i2cX, X is equal to 1, 2, 3, or 4. Note that I2C4 is master transmitter only. (3) After this time, the first clock is generated. Table 6-109. Correspondence Standard vs. TI Timing References STANDARD-I2C TI-OMAP S/F Mode HS Mode fSCL FSCL FSCLH I1 tw(SCLH) THIGH THIGH I2 tw(SCLL) TLOW TLOW I3 tsu(SDAV-SCLH) TSU;DAT TSU;DAT I4 th(SCLH-SDAV) TSU;DAT TSU;DAT I5 tsu(SDAL-SCLH) TSU;STA TSU;STA I6 th(SCLH-SDAH) THD;STA THD;STA TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 229 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-109. Correspondence Standard vs. TI Timing References (continued) STANDARD-I2C TI-OMAP 6.6.6 S/F Mode HS Mode TSU;STO I7 th(SCLH-RSTART) TSU;STO I8 tw(SDAH) TBUF HDQ / 1-Wire Interfaces This module is intended to work with both the HDQ and the 1-Wire protocols. The protocols use a single wire to communicate between the master and the slave. The protocols employ an asynchronous return to 1 mechanism where, after any command, the line is pulled high. 6.6.6.1 HDQ Protocol Table 6-110 and Table 6-111 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 655 through Figure 6-58). Table 6-110. HDQ Timing Requirements PARAMETER DESCRIPTION MIN tCYCD Bit window 253 tHW1 Reads 1 tHW0 Reads 0 tRSPS Command to host respond time (1) (1) MAX UNIT μs 68 180 Defined by software. Table 6-111. HDQ Switching Characteristics PARAMETER DESCRIPTION tB Break timing MIN TYP tBR Break recovery 63 tCYCH Bit window 253 tDW1 Sends1 (write) 1.3 tDW0 Sends0 (write) 101 MAX UNIT μs 193 tB tBR HDQ 030-095 Figure 6-55. HDQ Break (Reset) Timing tCYCH tHW0 tHW1 HDQ 030-096 Figure 6-56. HDQ Read Bit Timing (Data) 230 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 tCYCD tDW0 tDW1 HDQ 030-097 Figure 6-57. HDQ Write Bit Timing (Command/Address or Data) Command _byte_written Data_byte_received 0_(LSB ) Break tRSPS 1 6 1 7_(MSB) 0_(LSB) 6 HDQ 030-098 Figure 6-58. HDQ Communication Timing 6.6.6.2 1-Wire Protocol Table 6-112 and Table 6-113 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 659 through Figure 6-61). Table 6-112. 1-Wire Timing Requirements PARAMETER DESCRIPTION MIN tPDH Presence pulse delay high tPDL Presence pulse delay low tRDV + tREL Read bit-zero time MAX UNIT 68 μs 68 – tPDH 102 Table 6-113. 1-Wire Switching Characteristics PARAMETER DESCRIPTION tRSTL Reset time low MIN TYP 484 tRSTH Reset time high 484 tSLOT Write bit cycle time 102 tLOW1 Write bit-one time 1.3 tLOW0 Write bit-zero time 101 tREC Recovery time 134 tLOWR Read bit strobe time 13 MAX UNIT μs tRSTH 1-WIRE tRTSL tPDH tPDL 030-099 Figure 6-59. 1-Wire Break (Reset) Timing tSLOT_and_ tREC tRDV_and_ tREL 1-WIRE tLOWR 030-100 Figure 6-60. 1-Wire Read Bit Timing (Data) TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 231 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com tSLOT_and_tREC tLOW0 1-WIRE tLOW1 030-101 Figure 6-61. 1-Wire Write Bit Timing (Command/Address or Data) 6.6.7 UART IrDA Interface The IrDA module can operate in three different modes: • Slow infrared (SIR) (≤115.2 Kbits/s) • Medium infrared (MIR) (0.576 Mbits/s and 1.152 Mbits/s) • Fast infrared (FIR) (4 Mbits/s) For more information about this interface, see the UART/IrDA chapter in the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. Pulse duration 90% 90% 50% 50% 10% 10% tr tf 030-118 Figure 6-62. UART IrDA Pulse Parameters 6.6.7.1 IrDA—Receive Mode Table 6-114. UART IrDA—Signaling Rate and Pulse Duration—Receive Mode SIGNALING RATE ELECTRICAL PULSE DURATION MIN NOMINAL MAX UNIT SIR 2.4 Kbit/s 1.41 78.1 88.55 μs 9.6 Kbit/s 1.41 19.5 22.13 μs 19.2 Kbit/s 1.41 9.75 11.07 μs 38.4 Kbit/s 1.41 4.87 5.96 μs 57.6 Kbit/s 1.41 3.25 4.34 μs 115.2 Kbit/s 1.41 1.62 2.23 μs 416 518.8 ns 208 258.4 ns 125 164 ns MIR 0.576 Mbit/s 297.2 1.152 Mbit/s 149.6 FIR 4.0 Mbit/s (Single pulse) 232 67 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-114. UART IrDA—Signaling Rate and Pulse Duration—Receive Mode (continued) ELECTRICAL PULSE DURATION SIGNALING RATE 4.0 Mbit/s (Double pulse) MIN NOMINAL MAX 190 250 289 UNIT ns Table 6-115. UART IrDA—Rise and Fall Time—Receive Mode 6.6.7.2 PARAMETER MAX UNIT tR Rising time, uart3_rx_irrx 200 ns tF Falling time, uart3_rx_irrx 200 ns IrDA—Transmit Mode Table 6-116. UART IrDA—Signaling Rate and Pulse Duration—Transmit Mode SIGNALING RATE ELECTRICAL PULSE DURATION MIN NOMINAL UNIT MAX SIR 2.4 Kbit/s 78.1 78.1 78.1 μs 9.6 Kbit/s 19.5 19.5 19.5 μs 19.2 Kbit/s 9.75 9.75 9.75 μs 38.4 Kbit/s 4.87 4.87 4.87 μs 57.6 Kbit/s 3.25 3.25 3.25 μs 115.2 Kbit/s 1.62 1.62 1.62 μs 0.576 Mbit/s 414 416 419 ns 1.152 Mbit/s 206 208 211 ns MIR FIR 4.0 Mbit/s (Single pulse) 123 125 128 ns 4.0 Mbit/s (Double pulse) 248 250 253 ns TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 233 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 6.7 www.ti.com Removable Media Interfaces 6.7.1 High-Speed Multimedia Memory Card (MMC) and Secure Digital IO Card (SDIO) Timing The MMC/SDIO host controller provides an interface to high-speed and standard MMC, SD memory cards, or SDIO cards. The application interface is responsible for managing transaction semantics. The MMC/SDIO host controller deals with MMC/SDIO protocol at transmission level, packing data, adding CRC, start/end bit, and checking for syntactical correctness. There are three MMC interfaces on the OMAP3515/03: • MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1: – 1.8 V/3 V support – 8 bits • MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 2: – 1.8 V support – 8 bits – 4 bits with external transceiver allowing to support 3 V peripherals. Transceiver direction control signals are multiplexed with the upper four data bits. • MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 3: – 1.8 V support – 8 bits 6.7.1.1 MMC/SD/SDIO in SD Identification Mode Table 6-118 and Table 6-119 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions and electrical characteristic conditions. Table 6-117. MMC/SD/SDIO Timing Conditions – SD Identification Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT tR Input signal rise time 10 ns tF Input signal fall time 10 ns Output load capacitance 40 pF SD Identification Mode Input Conditions Output Conditions CLOAD Table 6-118. MMC/SD/SDIO Timing Requirements – SD Identification Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN (2) (3) 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX SD Identification Mode MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (1.8 V IO) HSSD3/SD3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_cmd valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 1198.4 1198.4 ns HSSD4/SD4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc1_cmd valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 1249.2 1249.2 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (3.0 V IO) HSSD3/SD3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_cmd valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 1198.4 1198.4 ns HSSD4/SD4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc1_cmd valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 1249.2 1249.2 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 2 (1) (2) (3) 234 Timing parameters are referred to output clock specified in Table 6-119. The timing requirements are assured for the cycle jitter and duty cycle error conditions specified in Table 6-119. Corresponding figures showing timing parameters are common with other interface modes. (See SD and HS SD modes). TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-118. MMC/SD/SDIO Timing Requirements – SD Identification Mode(1) NO. PARAMETER (2) (3) 1.15 V MIN (continued) 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX HSSD3/SD3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc2_cmd valid before mmc2_clk rising clock edge 1198.4 1198.4 ns HSSD4/SD4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc2_cmd valid after mmc2_clk rising clock edge 1249.2 1249.2 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 3 HSSD3/SD3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc3_cmd valid before mmc3_clk rising clock edge 1198.4 1198.4 ns HSSD4/SD4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc3_cmd valid after mmc3_clk rising clock edge 1249.2 1249.2 ns Table 6-119. MMC/SD/SDIO Switching Characteristics – SD Identification Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX SD Identification Mode 1/ 1/tc(clk) (HSSD1/SD1 ) Frequency (2), mmcx_ clk HSSD2/SD2 Typical pulse duration, output clk high HSSD2/SD2 tW(clkH) (3) 0.4 X (4)*PO (5) Y (6) *PO (5) 0.4 MHz X (4)*PO (5) ns Y (6)*PO (5) ns tW(clkL) Typical pulse duration, output clk low tdc(clk) Duty cycle error, output clk 125 125 ns tj(clk) Jitter standard deviation (7), output clk 200 200 ps MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (1.8 V IO) HSSD5/SD5 tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 10 10 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 10 10 ns td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_cmd transition 2492.7 ns 6.3 2492.7 6.3 MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (3.0 V IO) HSSD5/SD5 tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 10 0 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 10 0 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 10 10 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 10 10 ns td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_cmd transition 2492.7 ns 6.3 2492.7 6.3 MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 2 HSSD5/SD5 tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 10 10 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 10 10 ns td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc2_clk rising clock edge to mmc2_cmd transition 2492.7 ns 10 ns 6.3 2492.7 6.3 MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 3 tc(clk) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Rise time, output clk 10 Corresponding figures showing timing parameters are common with other interface modes (see SD and HS SD modes). Related with the output clk maximum and minimum frequencies programmable in I/F module. In mmcx_clk, 'x' is equal to 1, 2, or 3. The X parameter is defined as shown in Table 6-120. PO = output clk period in ns. The Y parameter is defined as shown in Table 6-121. The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 235 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-119. MMC/SD/SDIO Switching Characteristics – SD Identification Mode(1) (continued) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN HSSD5/SD5 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 10 10 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 10 10 ns td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc3_clk rising clock edge to mmc3_cmd transition 2492.7 ns 6.3 2492.7 6.3 Table 6-120. X Parameter CLKD X 1 or Even 0.5 Odd (trunk[CLKD/2]+1)/CLKD Table 6-121. Y Parameter CLKD Y 1 or Even 0.5 Odd (trunk[CLKD/2])/CLKD For details about clock division factor CLKD, see the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. 6.7.1.2 MMC/SD/SDIO in High-Speed MMC Mode Table 6-123 and Table 6-124 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions and electrical characteristic conditions (see Figure 6-63 and Figure 6-64). Table 6-122. MMC/SD/SDIO Timing Conditions – High-Speed MMC Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT High-Speed MMC Mode Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 3 ns tF Input signal fall time 3 ns Output load capacitance 30 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Table 6-123. MMC/SD/SDIO Timing Requirements – High-Speed MMC Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN (2) (3) (4) 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX High-Speed MMC Mode MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (1.8 V IO) MMC3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_cmd valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns MMC4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc1_cmd valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns MMC7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_datx valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns MMC8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc1_datx valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns (1) (2) (3) (4) 236 Timing parameters are referred to output clock specified in Table 6-124. The timing requirements are assured for the cycle jitter and duty cycle error conditions specified in Table 6-124. Corresponding figures showing timing parameters are common with Standard MMC mode (See Figure 6-63 and Figure 6-64) In datx, x is equal to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-123. MMC/SD/SDIO Timing Requirements – High-Speed MMC Mode(1) NO. PARAMETER (2) (3) (4) 1.15 V MIN (continued) 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (3.0 V IO) MMC3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_cmd valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns MMC4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc1_cmd valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns MMC7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_datx valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns MMC8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc1_datx valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns MMC3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc2_cmd valid before mmc2_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns MMC4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc2_cmd valid after mmc2_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns MMC7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc2_datx valid before mmc2_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns MMC8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc2_datx valid after mmc2_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns MMC3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc3_cmd valid before mmc3_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns MMC4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc3_cmd valid after mmc3_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns MMC7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc3_datx valid before mmc3_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns MMC8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc3_datx valid after mmc3_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 2 MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 3 Table 6-124. MMC/SD/SDIO Switching Characteristics – High-Speed MMC Mode (1) N O. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX High-Speed MMC Mode 1/MMC 1 1/tc(clk) Frequency (2), mmcx_ clk MMC2 tW(clkH) Typical pulse duration, output clk high MMC2 (3) tW(clkL) Typical pulse duration, output clk low tdc(clk) Duty cycle error, output clk tj(clk) Jitter standard deviation(3), output clk 48 X (4)*PO (5) Y (6) *PO 24 X (4)*PO (5) (5) Y (6) *PO MHz ns (5) ns 1041.7 2083.3 ps 200 200 ps MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (1.8 V IO) MMC5 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 3 3 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 3 ns td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_cmd transition 34.5 ns 3 3.7 14.1 4.1 In datx, x is equal to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. Related with the output clk maximum and minimum frequencies programmable in I/F module. In mmcx_clk, 'x' is equal to 1, 2, or 3. The X parameter is defined as shown in Table 6-125. PO = output clk period in ns. The Y parameter is defined as shown in Table 6-126. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 237 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-124. MMC/SD/SDIO Switching Characteristics – High-Speed MMC Mode(1) (continued) N O. PARAMETER MMC6 td(CLKOH-DATx) 1.15 V Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_datx transition 1.0 V UNIT MIN MAX MIN MAX 3.7 14.1 4.1 34.5 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (3.0 V IO) tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 3 3 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 3 ns MMC5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_cmd transition 3.7 14.1 3 4.1 34.5 ns MMC6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_datx transition 3.7 14.1 4.1 34.5 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 2 tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 3 3 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 3 3 ns MMC5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc2_clk rising clock edge to mmc2_cmd transition 3.7 14.1 4.1 34.5 ns MMC6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc2_clk rising clock edge to mmc2_datx transition 3.7 16.5 4.1 36.9 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 3 tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 3 3 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 3 ns MMC5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc3_clk rising clock edge to mmc3_cmd transition 3.7 14.1 3 4.1 34.5 ns MMC6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc3_clk rising clock edge to mmc3_datx transition 3.7 14.1 4.1 34.5 ns Table 6-125. X Parameter CLKD X 1 or Even 0.5 Odd (trunk[CLKD/2]+1)/CLKD Table 6-126. Y Parameter CLKD Y 1 or Even 0.5 Odd (trunk[CLKD/2])/CLKD For details about clock division factor CLKD, see the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. 6.7.1.3 MMC/SD/SDIO in Standard MMC Mode and MMC Identification Mode Table 6-128 and Table 6-129 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions and electrical characteristic conditions. 238 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-127. MMC/SD/SDIO Timing Conditions – Standard MMC Mode and MMC Identification Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Standard MMC Mode and MMC Identification Mode Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 10 ns tF Input signal fall time 10 ns Output load capacitance 30 pF Output Conditions CLOAD TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 239 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-128. MMC/SD/SDIO Timing Requirements – Standard MMC Mode and MMC Identification Mode (1) (2) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX Standard MMC Mode and MMC Identification Mode MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (1.8 V IO) MMC3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_cmd valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 13.6 65.7 ns MMC4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc1_cmd valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 8.9 8.9 ns MMC7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_datx valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 13.6 65.7 ns MMC8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc1_datx valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 8.9 8.9 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (3.0 V IO) MMC3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_cmd valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 13.6 65.7 ns MMC4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc1_cmd valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 8.9 8.9 ns MMC7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_datx valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 13.6 65.7 ns MMC8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc1_datx valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 8.9 8.9 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 2 MMC3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc2_cmd valid before mmc2_clk rising clock edge 13.6 65.7 ns MMC4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc2_cmd valid after mmc2_clk rising clock edge 8.9 8.9 ns MMC7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc2_datx valid before mmc2_clk rising clock edge 13.6 65.7 ns MMC8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc2_datx valid after mmc2_clk rising clock edge 8.9 8.9 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 3 MMC3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc3_cmd valid before mmc3_clk rising clock edge 13.6 65.7 ns MMC4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc3_cmd valid after mmc3_clk rising clock edge 8.9 8.9 ns MMC7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc3_datx valid before mmc3_clk rising clock edge 13.6 65.7 ns MMC8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc3_datx valid after mmc3_clk rising clock edge 8.9 8.9 ns (1) (2) Timing parameters are referred to output clock specified in Table 6-129. The timing requirements are assured for the cycle jitter and duty cycle error conditions specified in Table 6-129. Table 6-129. MMC/SD/SDIO Switching Characteristics – Standard MMC Mode and MMC Identification Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX MMC Identification Mode 1/MMC 1 1/tc(clk) Frequency (1), mmcx_ clk MMC2 tW(clkH) Typical pulse duration, output clk high (1) (2) (3) (4) 240 (2) 0.4 X (3)*PO (4) 0.4 X (3)*PO (4) MHz ns Related with the output clk maximum and minimum frequencies programmable in I/F module. In mmcx_clk, 'x' is equal to 1, 2, or 3. The X parameter is defined as shown in Table 6-130. PO = output clk period in ns. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-129. MMC/SD/SDIO Switching Characteristics – Standard MMC Mode and MMC Identification Mode (continued) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN MMC2 1.0 V MAX Y*PO (4) MIN UNIT MAX Y*PO (4) tW(clkL) Typical pulse duration, output clk low tdc(clk) Duty cycle error, output clk 125 125 ns ns tj(clk) Jitter standard deviation (5), output clk 200 200 ps 19.2 9.6 MHz Standard MMC Mode 1/MMC 1 1/tc(clk) Frequency (1), mmcx_ clk MMC2 tW(clkH) Typical pulse duration, output clk high MMC2 (2) tW(clkL) Typical pulse duration, output clk low tdc(clk) Duty cycle error, output clk tj(clk) Jitter standard deviation (5), output clk X (3)*PO (4) Y*PO X (3)*PO (4) (4) Y*PO ns (4) ns 2604.2 5208.3 ps 200 200 ps MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (1.8 V IO) tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 10 10 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 10 ns MMC5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_cmd transition 4.3 47.8 10 4.3 99.9 ns MMC6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_datx transition 4.3 47.8 4.3 99.9 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (3.0 V IO) tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 10 10 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 10 10 ns MMC5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_cmd transition 4.3 47.8 4.3 99.9 ns MMC6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_datx transition 4.3 47.8 4.3 99.9 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 2 tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 10 10 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 10 10 ns MMC5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc2_clk rising clock edge to mmc2_cmd transition 4.3 47.8 4.3 99.9 ns MMC6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc2_clk rising clock edge to mmc2_datx transition 4.3 47.8 4.3 99.9 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 3 tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 10 10 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 10 10 ns MMC5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc3_clk rising clock edge to mmc3_cmd transition 4.3 47.8 4.3 99.9 ns MMC6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc3_clk rising clock edge to mmc3_datx transition 4.3 47.8 4.3 99.9 ns (5) The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 241 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-130. X Parameter CLKD X 1 or Even 0.5 Odd (trunk[CLKD/2]+1)/CLKD Table 6-131. Y Parameter CLKD Y 1 or Even 0.5 Odd (trunk[CLKD/2])/CLKD For details about clock division factor CLKD, see the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. MMC1 MMC2 mmcx_clk MMC3 MMC4 mmcx_cmd MMC7 MMC8 mmcx_dat[3:0] 030-104 In mmcx, x is equal to 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-63. MMC/SD/SDIO – High-Speed and Standard MMC Modes – Data/Command Receive MMC1 MMC2 mmcx_clk MMC5 MMC5 mmcx_cmd MMC6 MMC6 mmcx_dat[3:0] 030-105 In mmcx, x is equal to 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-64. MMC/SD/SDIO – High-Speed and Standard MMC Modes – Data/Command Transmit 6.7.1.4 MMC/SD/SDIO in High-Speed SD Mode Table 6-133 and Table 6-134 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions and electrical characteristic conditions. Table 6-132. MMC/SD/SDIO Timing Conditions – High-Speed SD Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT High-Speed SD Mode Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 3 ns tF Input signal fall time 3 ns Output load capacitance 40 pF Output Conditions CLOAD 242 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-133. MMC/SD/SDIO Timing Requirements – High-Speed SD Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN (2) (3) 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX High-Speed SD Mode MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (1.8 V IO) HSSD3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_cmd valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns HSSD4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc1_cmd valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns HSSD7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_datx valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns HSSD8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc1_datx valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (3.0 V IO) HSSD3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_cmd valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns HSSD4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc1_cmd valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns HSSD7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_datx valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns HSSD8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc1_datx valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 2 HSSD3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc2_cmd valid before mmc2_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns HSSD4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc2_cmd valid after mmc2_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns HSSD7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc2_datx valid before mmc2_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns HSSD8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc2_datx valid after mmc2_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 3 HSSD3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc3_cmd valid before mmc3_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns HSSD4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc3_cmd valid after mmc3_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns HSSD7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc3_datx valid before mmc3_clk rising clock edge 5.6 26 ns HSSD8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc3_datx valid after mmc3_clk rising clock edge 2.3 1.9 ns (1) (2) (3) Timing Parameters are referred to output clock specified in Table 6-134. The timing requirements are assured for the cycle jitter and duty cycle error conditions specified in Table 6-134. In datx, x is equal to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. Table 6-134. MMC/SD/SDIO Switching Characteristics – High-Speed SD Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX High-Speed SD Mode 1/HSSD 1/tc(clk) 1 Frequency (1), mmcx_ clk HSSD2 Typical pulse duration, output clk high (1) (2) (3) (4) tW(clkH) (2) 48 X (3)*PO (4) 24 X (3)*PO (4) ns ns Related with the output clk maximum and minimum frequencies programmable in I/F module. In mmcx_clk, 'x' is equal to 1, 2, or 3. The X parameter is defined as shown in Table 6-135. PO = output clk period in ns. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 243 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-134. MMC/SD/SDIO Switching Characteristics – High-Speed SD Mode (continued) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN HSSD2 tW(clkL) Typical pulse duration, output clk low tdc(clk) Duty cycle error, output clk tj(clk) Jitter standard deviation (6), output clk 1.0 V MAX Y (5)*PO (4) MIN UNIT MAX Y (5)*PO (4) ns 1041.7 2083.3 ps 200 200 ps MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (1.8 V IO) tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 3 3 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 3 3 ns HSSD5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_cmd transition 3.7 14.1 4.1 34.5 ns HSSD6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_datx transition 3.7 14.1 4.1 34.5 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (3.0 V IO) tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 3 3 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 3 3 ns HSSD5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_cmd transition 3.7 14.1 4.1 34.5 ns HSSD6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_datx transition 3.7 14.1 4.1 34.5 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 2 tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 3 3 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 3 3 ns HSSD5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc2_clk rising clock edge to mmc2_cmd transition 3.7 14.1 4.1 34.5 ns HSSD6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc2_clk rising clock edge to mmc2_datx transition 3.7 14.1 4.1 34.5 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 3 tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 3 3 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 3 3 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 3 ns HSSD5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc3_clk rising clock edge to mmc3_cmd transition 3.7 14.1 4.1 34.5 ns HSSD6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc3_clk rising clock edge to mmc3_datx transition 3.7 14.1 4.1 34.5 ns (5) (6) 3 The Y parameter is defined as shown in Table 6-136. The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. Table 6-135. X Parameters CLKD X 1 or Even 0.5 Odd (trunk[CLKD/2]+1)/CLKD 244 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-136. Y Parameters CLKD Y 1 or Even 0.5 Odd (trunk[CLKD/2])/CLKD For details about clock division factor CLKD, see the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. HSSD1 HSSD2 mmcx_clk HSSD3 HSSD4 mmcx_cmd HSSD7 HSSD8 mmcx_dat[3:0] 030-106 In mmcx, x is equal to 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-65. MMC/SD/SDIO – High-Speed SD Mode – Data/Command Receive HSSD1 HSSD2 mmcx_clk HSSD5 HSSD5 mmcx_cmd HSSD6 HSSD6 mmcx_dat[3:0] 030-107 In mmcx, x is equal to 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-66. MMC/SD/SDIO – High-Speed SD Mode – Data/Command Transmit 6.7.1.5 MMC/SD/SDIO in Standard SD Mode Table 6-138 and Table 6-139 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions and electrical characteristic conditions (see Figure 6-67). Table 6-137. MMC/SD/SDIO Timing Conditions – Standard SD Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Standard SD Mode Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 10 ns tF Input signal fall time 10 ns Output load capacitance 40 pF Output Conditions CLOAD TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 245 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-138. MMC/SD/SDIO Timing Requirements – Standard SD Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN (2) (3) 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX Standard SD Mode MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (1.8 V IO) SD3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_cmd valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 6.2 47.7 ns SD4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc1_cmd valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 19.4 19.2 ns SD7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_datx valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 6.2 47.7 ns SD8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc1_datx valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 19.4 19.2 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (3.0 V IO) SD3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_cmd valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 6.2 47.7 ns SD4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc1_cmd valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 19.4 19.2 ns SD7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc1_datx valid before mmc1_clk rising clock edge 6.2 47.7 ns SD8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc1_datx valid after mmc1_clk rising clock edge 19.4 19.2 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 2 SD3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc2_cmd valid before mmc2_clk rising clock edge 6.2 47.7 ns SD4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc2_cmd valid after mmc2_clk rising clock edge 19.4 19.2 ns SD7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc2_datx valid before mmc2_clk rising clock edge 6.2 47.7 ns SD8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc2_datx valid after mmc2_clk rising clock edge 19.4 19.2 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 3 SD3 tsu(CMDV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc3_cmd valid before mmc3_clk rising clock edge 6.2 47.7 ns SD4 tsu(CLKIH-CMDIV) Hold time, mmc3_cmd valid after mmc3_clk rising clock edge 19.4 19.2 ns SD7 tsu(DATxV-CLKIH) Setup time, mmc3_datx valid before mmc3_clk rising clock edge 6.2 47.7 ns SD8 tsu(CLKIH-DATxIV) Hold time, mmc3_datx valid after mmc3_clk rising clock edge 19.4 19.2 ns (1) (2) (3) Timing parameters are referred to output clock specified in Table 6-139. The timing requirements are assured for the cycle jitter and duty cycle error conditions specified in Table 6-139. In datx, x is equal to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. Table 6-139. MMC/SD/SDIO Switching Characteristics – Standard SD Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX Standard SD Mode (1) , mmcx_clk (2) 1/SD 1/tc(clk) 1 Frequency SD2 Typical pulse duration, output clk high (1) (2) (3) (4) 246 tW(clkH) 24 X (3)*PO (4) 12 X (3)*PO (4) MHz ns Related with the output clk maximum and minimum frequencies programmable in I/F module. In mmcx_clk, 'x' is equal to 1, 2, or 3. The X parameter is defined as shown in Table 6-140. PO = output clk period in ns. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-139. MMC/SD/SDIO Switching Characteristics – Standard SD Mode (continued) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN SD2 tW(clkL) Typical pulse duration, output clk low tdc(clk) Duty cycle error, output clk tj(clk) Jitter standard deviation (6), output clk 1.0 V MAX Y (5)*PO (4) MIN UNIT MAX Y (5)*PO (4) ns 2083.3 4166.7 ps 200 200 ps MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (1.8 V IO) tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 10 10 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 10 10 ns SD5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_cmd transition 6.1 35.5 6.3 77 ns SD6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_datx transition 6.1 35.5 6.3 77 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 1 (3.0 V IO) tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 10 10 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 10 10 ns SD5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_cmd transition 6.1 35.5 6.3 77 ns SD6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc1_clk rising clock edge to mmc1_datx transition 6.1 35.5 6.3 77 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 2 tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 10 10 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 10 10 ns SD5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc2_clk rising clock edge to mmc2_cmd transition 6.1 35.5 6.3 77 ns SD6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc2_clk rising clock edge to mmc2_datx transition 6.1 35.5 6.3 77 ns MMC/SD/SDIO Interface 3 tc(clk) Rise time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkH) Fall time, output clk 10 10 ns tW(clkL) Rise time, output data 10 10 ns tdc(clk) Fall time, output data 10 ns SD5 td(CLKOH-CMD) Delay time, mmc3_clk rising clock edge to mmc3_cmd transition 6.1 35.5 6.3 77 ns SD6 td(CLKOH-DATx) Delay time, mmc3_clk rising clock edge to mmc3_datx transition 6.1 35.5 6.3 77 ns (5) (6) 10 The Y parameter is defined as shown in Table 6-141. The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. Table 6-140. X Parameter CLKD X 1 or Even 0.5 Odd (trunk[CLKD/2]+1)/CLKD TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 247 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-141. Y Parameter CLKD Y 1 or Even 0.5 Odd (trunk[CLKD/2])/CLKD For details about clock division factor CLKD, see the OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual (TRM) [literature number SPRUF98]. SD1 SD2 mmcx_clk SD3 SD4 mmcx_cmd SD7 SD8 mmcx_dat[3:0] 030-108 In mmcx, x is equal to 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-67. MMC/SD/SDIO – Standard SD Mode – Data/Command Receive SD1 SD2 mmcx_clk SD5 SD5 mmcx_cmd SD6 SD6 mmcx_dat[3:0] 030-109 In mmcx, x is equal to 1, 2, or 3. Figure 6-68. MMC/SD/SDIO – Standard SD Mode – Data/Command Transmit 248 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com 6.8 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Test Interfaces The emulation and trace interfaces allow tracing activities of the following CPUs: • ARM1136JF-STM through an Embedded Trace Macro-cell (ETM11) dedicated to enable real-time trace of the ARM subsystem operations and a Serial Debug Trace Interface (SDTI) All processors can be emulated via JTAG ports. 6.8.1 Embedded Trace Macro Interface (ETM) Table 6-142 assumes testing over the recommended operating conditions (see Figure 6-69). Table 6-142. Embedded Trace Macro Interface Switching Characteristics (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN f 1/tc(CLK) Frequency, etk_clk ETM0 tc(CLK) Cycle time (2), etk_clk ETM1 tW(CLK) ETM2 ETM3 (1) (2) UNIT MAX 166 MHz 6 ns Clock pulse width, etk_clk 2.7 ns td(CLK-CTL) Delay time, etk_clk clock edge to etk_ctl transition –0.5 0.5 ns td(CLK-D) Delay time, etk_clk clock high to etk_d[15:0] transition –0.5 0.5 ns The capacitive load is equivalent to 25 pF. Cycle time is given by considering a jitter of 5%. ETM0 ETM1 etk_clk ETM2 ETM2 etk_ctl ETM3 ETM3 etk_d[15:0] 030-110 Figure 6-69. Embedded Trace Macro Interface 6.8.2 System Debug Trace Interface (SDTI) The system debug trace interface (SDTI) module provides real-time software tracing functionality to the OMAP3515/03 device. The trace interface has four trace data pins and a trace clock pin. This interface is a dual-edge interface: the data are available on rising and falling edges of sdti_clk but can be also configured in single edge mode where data are available on falling edge of sdti_clk. Serial interface operates in clock stop regime: serial clock is not free running, when there is no trace data there is no trace clock. 6.8.2.1 System Debug Trace Interface in Dual-Edge Mode Table 6-144 assumes testing over the recommended operating conditions and electrical characteristic conditions (see Figure 6-70). Table 6-143. System Debug Trace Interface Timing Conditions – Dual-Edge Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Output Conditions TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 249 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-143. System Debug Trace Interface Timing Conditions – Dual-Edge Mode (continued) TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER CLOAD VALUE UNIT 25 pF Output load capacitance Table 6-144. System Debug Trace Interface Switching Characteristics – Dual-Edge Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN MAX SD1 tc(CLK) Cycle time, sdti_clk period SD2 tw(CLK) Typical pulse duration, sdti_clk high or low tdc(CLK) Duty cycle error, sdti_clk 1.2 ns tR(CLK) Rise time, sdti_clk 5 5 ns tF(CLK) Fall time, sdti_clk 5 5 ns td(CLK-TxD) Delay time, sdti_clk transition to sdti_txd[3:0] transition ns SD3 (1) 29 UNIT 29 0.5*P (1) –1.2 ns 0.5*P (1) 1.2 –1.2 ns Multiplexing mode on etk pins 2.3 10.9 2.3 10.9 Multiplexing mode on jtag_emu pins 2.3 13.9 2.3 13.9 tR(CLK) Rise time, sdti_txd[3:0] 5 5 ns tF(CLK) Fall time, sdti_txd[3:0] 5 5 ns P = sdti_clk clock period SD1 SD2 sdti_clk SD3 sdti_txd[3:0] Header Header SD3 Ad[7:4] Ad[3:0] Da[15:12] Da[11:8] Da[7:4] Da[3:0] 030-111 Figure 6-70. System Debug Trace Interface – Dual-Edge Mode 6.8.2.2 System Debug Trace Interface in Single-Edge Mode Table 6-146 assumes testing over the recommended operating conditions and electrical characteristic conditions (see Figure 6-71). Table 6-145. System Debug Trace Interface Timing Conditions – Single-Edge Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT 25 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Output load capacitance Table 6-146. System Debug Trace Interface Switching Characteristics – Single-Edge Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN SD1 SD2 SD3 (1) 250 tc(CLK) Cycle time, sdti_clk period 1.0 V MAX 29 tw(CLK) Typical pulse duration, sdti_clk high or low tdc(CLK) Duty cycle error, sdti_clk tR(CLK) Rise time, sdti_clk tF(CLK) Fall time, sdti_clk td(CLK-TxD) Delay time, sdti_clk transition to sdti_txd[3:0] transition MIN UNIT MAX 29 0.5*P –1.2 (1) ns 0.5*P 1.2 –1.2 5 5 (1) ns 1.2 ns 5 ns 5 ns Multiplexing mode on etk pins 2.3 26.5 2.3 26.5 ns Multiplexing mode on jtag_emu pins 2.3 33.2 2.3 33.2 tR(CLK) Rise time, sdti_txd[3:0] 5 5 ns tF(CLK) Fall time, sdti_txd[3:0] 5 5 ns P = sdti_clk clock period. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 SD1 SD2 sdti_clk SD3 sdti_txd[3:0] Header Header SD3 Ad[7:4] Ad[3:0] Da[15:12] Da[11:8] Da[7:4] Da[3:0] 030-112 Figure 6-71. System Debug Trace Interface – Single-Edge Mode 6.8.3 JTAG Interfaces OMAP3515/03 JTAG TAP controller handles standard IEEE JTAG interfaces. The following sections define the timing requirements for several tools used to test the OMAP3515/03 processors as: • Free running clock tool, like XDS560 and XDS510 tools • Adaptive clock tool, like RealView® ICE tool and Lauterbach™ tool 6.8.3.1 JTAG – Free Running Clock Mode Table 6-148 and Table 6-149 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions and electrical characteristic conditions (see Figure 6-72). Table 6-147. JTAG Timing Conditions – Free Running Clock Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT Input Conditions tR Input signal rise time 5 ns tF Input signal fall time 5 ns Output load capacitance 30 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Table 6-148. JTAG Timing Requirements – Free Running Clock Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN JT4 tc(tck) Cycle time (2), jtag_tck period 1.0 V MAX 25 MIN UNIT MAX 33 (3) ns 0.5*P (3) JT5 tw(tckL) Typical pulse duration, jtag_tck low 0.5*P JT6 tw(tckH) Typical pulse duration, jtag_tck high 0.5*P (3) ns tdc(tck) Duty cycle error, jtag_tck –1250 1250 –1667 1667 ps tj(tck) Cycle jitter (4), jtag_tck –1250 1250 –1667 1667 ps JT7 tsu(tdiV-rtckH) Setup time, jtag_tdi valid before jtag_rtck high 1.8 1.8 ns JT8 th(tdiV-rtckH) Hold time, jtag_tdi valid after jtag_rtck high 0.7 1 ns JT9 tsu(tmsV-rtckH) Setup time, jtag_tms valid before jtag_rtck high 1.8 1.8 ns 0.5*P (3) ns JT10 th(tmsV-rtckH) Hold time, jtag_tms valid after jtag_rtck high 0.7 1 ns JT12 tsu(emuxV-rtckH) Setup time, jtag_emux (5) valid before jtag_rtck high 14.6 19.8 ns JT13 th(emuxV-rtckH) Hold time,jtag_emux (5) valid after jtag_rtck high 2 2.7 ns (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) The timing requirements are assured for the cycle jitter and duty cycle error conditions specified. Related with the input maximum frequency supported by the JTAG module. P = jtag _tck period in ns. Maximum cycle jitter supported by jtag _tck input clock. x = 0 to 1 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 251 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Table 6-149. JTAG Switching Characteristics – Free Running Clock Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN JT1 tc(rtck) Cycle time (1), jtag_rtck period JT2 tw(rtckL) Typical pulse duration, jtag_rtck low JT3 Typical pulse duration, jtag_rtck high tdc(rtck) Duty cycle error, jtag_rtck tj(rtck) Jitter standard deviation (3), jtag_rtck tR(rtck) tF(rtck) UNIT MAX 33 ns 0.5*PO (2) 0.5*PO (2) ns (2) (2) ns 0.5*PO –1250 0.5*PO 1667 ps 33.3 33.3 ps Rise time, jtag_rtck 4 4 ns Fall time, jtag_rtck 4 4 ns 7.9 ns Delay time, jtag_rtck low to jtag_tdo valid –5.8 1250 –1667 5.8 –7.9 tR(tdo) Rise time, jtag_tdo 4 4 ns tF(tdo) Fall time, jtag_tdo 4 4 ns 20.4 ns 6 6 ns 6 6 ns JT14 td(rtckH-emuxV) tR(emux) tF(emux) (1) (2) (3) (4) MIN 25 tw(rtckH) JT11 td(rtckL-tdoV) 1.0 V MAX Delay time, jtag_rtck high to ,jtag_emux (4) valid 2.7 15.1 Rise time, jtag_emux (4) Fall time, jtag_emux (4) 2.7 Related with the jtag_rtck maximum frequency. PO = jtag _rtck period in ns. The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. x = 0 to 1 JT4 JT5 JT6 jtag_tck JT1 JT2 JT3 jtag_rtck JT7 JT8 JT9 JT10 jtag_tdi jtag_tms JT12 JT13 jtag_emux(IN) JT11 jtag_tdo JT14 jtag_emux(OUT) 030-113 In jtag_emux, x is equal to 0 to 1. Figure 6-72. JTAG Interface Timing – Free Running Clock Mode 6.8.3.2 JTAG – Adaptive Clock Mode Table 6-151 and Table 6-152 assume testing over the recommended operating conditions and electrical characteristic conditions (see Figure 6-73): Table 6-150. JTAG Timing Conditions – Adaptive Clock Mode TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER VALUE UNIT 5 ns Input Conditions tR 252 Input signal rise time TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 Table 6-150. JTAG Timing Conditions – Adaptive Clock Mode (continued) TIMING CONDITION PARAMETER tF VALUE UNIT Input signal fall time 5 ns Output load capacitance 30 pF Output Conditions CLOAD Table 6-151. JTAG Timing Requirements – Adaptive Clock Mode (1) NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V MIN 1.0 V MAX MIN UNIT MAX JA4 tc(tck) Cycle time (2), jtag_tck period JA5 tw(tckL) Typical pulse duration, jtag_tck low 0.5*P (3) 0.5*P (3) ns JA6 tw(tckH) Typical pulse duration, jtag_tck high 0.5*P (3) 0.5*P (3) ns tdc(lclk) Duty cycle error, jtag_tck (4) 50 ns –2500 2500 –2500 2500 ps –1500 1500 –1500 1500 ps tj(lclk) Cycle jitter JA7 tsu(tdiV-tckH) Setup time, jtag_tdi valid before jtag_tck high 13.8 13.8 ns JA8 th(tdiV-tckH) Hold time, jtag_tdi valid after jtag_tck high 13.8 13.8 ns JA9 tsu(tmsV-tckH) Setup time, jtag_tms valid before jtag_tck high 13.8 13.8 ns JA10 th(tmsV-tckH) Hold time, jtag_tms valid after jtag_tck high 13.8 13.8 ns (1) (2) (3) (4) , jtag_tck 50 The timing requirements are assured for the cycle jitter and duty cycle error conditions specified. Related with the input maximum frequency supported by the JTAG module. P = jtag _tck period in ns. Maximum cycle jitter supported by jtag _tck input clock. Table 6-152. JTAG Switching Characteristics – Adaptive Clock Mode NO. PARAMETER 1.15 V JA1 tc(rtck) Cycle time (1), jtag_rtck period JA2 tw(rtckL) Typical pulse duration, jtag_rtck low MIN JA3 JA11 (1) (2) (3) tw(rtckH) Typical pulse duration, jtag_rtck high tdc(rtck) Duty cycle error, jtag_rtck tj(rtck) Jitter standard deviation (3), jtag_rtck tR(rtck) Rise time, jtag_rtck tF(rtck) Fall time, jtag_rtck td(rtckL-tdoV) Delay time, jtag_rtck low to jtag_tdo valid tR(tdo) Rise time, jtag_tdo, tF(tdo) Fall time, jtag_tdo 1.0 V MAX 50 MIN UNIT MAX 50 ns 0.5*PO (2) 0.5*PO (2) ns (2) (2) ns 0.5*PO –2500 0.5*PO 2500 –2500 2500 ps 33.3 33.3 ps 4 4 ns 4 –14.6 4 ns 14.6 ns 4 4 ns 4 4 ns 14.6 –14.6 Related with the jtag _rtck maximum frequency programmable. PO = jtag _rtck period in ns. The jitter probability density can be approximated by a Gaussian function. TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated 253 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com JA4 JA5 JA6 jtag_tck JA7 JA8 JA9 JA10 jtag_tdi jtag_tms JA1 JA2 JA3 jtag_rtck JA11 jtag_tdo 030-114 Figure 6-73. JTAG Interface Timing – Adaptive Clock Mode 254 TIMING REQUIREMENTS AND SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 7 PACKAGE CHARACTERISTICS 7.1 Package Thermal Resistance Table 7-1 provides the thermal resistance characteristics for the recommended package types used on the OMAP3515/03 Applications Processor. Table 7-1. OMAP3515/03 Thermal Resistance Characteristics (1) (2) Package Power (W) (3) RθJA(°C/W) RθJB(°C/W) RθJC(°C/W) (4) OMAP3515/03 (CBB Pkg.) 0.92871 24.46 10.94 See (5) 2S2P (6) OMAP3515/03 (CBC Pkg.) 0.92871 21.89 6.23 See (5) 2S2P (6) OMAP3515/03 (CUS Pkg.) 0.92871 23.69 8.1 2.31 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Board Type 2S2P (6) RθJA (Theta-JA) = Thermal Resistance Junction-to-Ambient, °C/W This table provides simulation data and may not represent actual use-case values. RθJB (Theta-JB) = Thermal Resistance Junction-to-Board, °C/W RθJC (Theta-JC) = Thermal Resistance Junction-to-Case, °C/W These numbers are based on simulation results and don’t necessarily represent the wattage that the part will take in actual use. It is recommended to dissipate the heat to the board instead of attempting to remove it from the top of the chip; therefore, top-side heat sinks should not be used for package. Not applicable if the POP package has a memory package on top; no heat sink can be used. The board types are defined by JEDEC (reference JEDEC standard JESD51-9, Test Board for Area Array Surface Mount Package Thermal Measurements). 7.2 7.2.1 Device Support Device and Development-Support Tool Nomenclature To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all OMAP processors and support tools. Each OMAP device has one of three prefixes: X, P, or null (no prefix). Texas Instruments recommends two of three possible prefix designators for its support tools: TMDX and TMDS. These prefixes represent evolutionary stages of product development from engineering prototypes (TMDX) through fully qualified production devices/tools (TMDS). Device development evolutionary flow: X Experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the final device’s electrical specifications and may not use production assembly flow. (TMX definition) P Prototype device that is not necessarily the final silicon die and may not necessarily meet final electrical specifications. (TMP definition) null Production version of the silicon die that is fully qualified. (TMS definition) Support tool development evolutionary flow: TMDX Development support product that has not yet completed Texas Instruments internal qualification testing. TMDS Fully qualified development support product. TMX and TMP devices and TMDX development-support tools are shipped against the following disclaimer: “Developmental product is intended for internal evaluation purposes.” Production devices and TMDS development-support tools have been characterized fully, and the quality and reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI’s standard warranty applies. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 PACKAGE CHARACTERISTICS 255 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 www.ti.com Predictions show that prototype devices (X or P), have a greater failure rate than the standard production devices. Texas Instruments recommends that these devices not be used in any production system because their expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are to be used. For additional description of the device nomenclature markings, see the OMAP3530/25/15/03 Applications Processor Silicon Errata (literature number SPRZ278). X OMAP3530 D CBB ( ) ( )( ) blank = 600 MHz Cortex - A8 72 = 720 MHz Cortex - A8 PREFIX X = Experimental Device P = Prototype Device blank= Production Device blank = Tray R = Tape and Reel blank = 0° C to 90° C (commercial temperature) A = -40° C to 105° C (extended temperature) DEVICE SILICON REVISION A. PACKAGE TYPE CBB = 515 pin s-PBGA CBC = 515 pin s-PBGA CUS = 423 pin s-PBGA For more information on the silicon revision, please see the OMAP3530/25/15/03 Applications Processor Silicon Errata (literature number SPRZ278). Figure 7-1. Device Nomenclature 7.2.2 Documentation Support 7.2.2.1 Related Documentation from Texas Instruments The following documents describe the OMAP3515/03 Applications Processor. Copies of these documents are available on the Internet at www.ti.com. Tip: Enter the literature number in the search box provided at www.ti.com. The current documentation that describes the OMAP3515/03 Applications Processor, related peripherals, and other technical collateral, is available in the product folder at: www.ti.com. SPRUF98 OMAP35x Technical Reference Manual. Collection of documents providing detailed information on the OMAP3 architecture including power, reset, and clock control, interrupts, memory map, and switch fabric interconnect. Detailed information on the microprocessor unit (MPU) subsystem, the image, video, and audio (IVA2.2) subsystem, as well a functional description of the peripherals supported on OMAP35x devices is also included. SPRU889 High-Speed DSP Systems Design Reference Guide. Provides recommendations for meeting the many challenges of high-speed DSP system design. These recommendations include information about DSP audio, video, and communications systems for the C5000 and C6000 DSP platforms. 7.2.2.2 Related Documentation from Other Sources The following documents are related to the OMAP3515/03 Applications Processor. Copies of these documents can be obtained directly from the internet or from your Texas Instruments representative. CortexTM-A8 Technical Reference Manual. This is the technical reference manual for the Cortex-A8 processor. A copy of this document can be obtained via the internet at http://infocenter.arm.com. Please see the OMAP35x Applications Processor Silicon Errata (literature number SPRZ278) to determine the revision of the Cortex-A8 core used on your device. 256 PACKAGE CHARACTERISTICS Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 OMAP3515, OMAP3503 www.ti.com SPRS505H – FEBRUARY 2008 – REVISED OCTOBER 2013 ARM Core CortexTM-A8 (AT400/AT401) Errata Notice. Provides a list of advisories for the different revisions of the Cortex-A8 processor. Contact your TI representative for a copy of this document. Please see the OMAP35x Applications Processor Silicon Errata (literature number SPRZ278) to determine the revision of the Cortex-A8 core used on your device. Copyright © 2008–2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Documentation Feedback Product Folder Links: OMAP3515 OMAP3503 PACKAGE CHARACTERISTICS 257 PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM www.ti.com 20-Oct-2022 PACKAGING INFORMATION Orderable Device Status (1) Package Type Package Pins Package Drawing Qty Eco Plan (2) Lead finish/ Ball material MSL Peak Temp Op Temp (°C) Device Marking (3) Samples (4/5) (6) OMAP3503ECBB ACTIVE POP-FCBGA CBB 515 168 RoHS & Green SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR 0 to 90 3503ECBB Samples OMAP3503ECBBA ACTIVE POP-FCBGA CBB 515 168 RoHS & Green SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 3503ECBB A Samples OMAP3503ECBBALPD ACTIVE POP-FCBGA CBB 515 168 RoHS & Green SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 3503ECBB A Samples OMAP3503ECUS ACTIVE FCCSP CUS 423 90 RoHS & Green CU OSP Level-4-260C-72 HR 0 to 90 3503ECUS Samples OMAP3503ECUS72 ACTIVE FCCSP CUS 423 90 RoHS & Green CU OSP Level-4-260C-72 HR 0 to 90 3503ECUS72 Samples OMAP3503ECUSA ACTIVE FCCSP CUS 423 90 RoHS & Green CU OSP Level-4-260C-72 HR -40 to 105 3503ECUS A Samples OMAP3515ECBB NRND POP-FCBGA CBB 515 168 RoHS & Green SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR 0 to 0 3515ECBB OMAP3515ECBBA ACTIVE POP-FCBGA CBB 515 168 RoHS & Green SNAGCU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 3515ECBB A Samples OMAP3515ECUS ACTIVE FCCSP CUS 423 90 RoHS & Green CU OSP Level-4-260C-72 HR 0 to 90 3515ECUS Samples OMAP3515ECUS72 ACTIVE FCCSP CUS 423 90 RoHS & Green CU OSP Level-4-260C-72 HR 0 to 90 3515ECUS72 Samples OMAP3515ECUSA ACTIVE FCCSP CUS 423 90 RoHS & Green CU OSP Level-4-260C-72 HR -40 to 105 3515ECUS A Samples (1) The marketing status values are defined as follows: ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs. LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect. NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design. PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available. OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device. (2) RoHS: TI defines "RoHS" to mean semiconductor products that are compliant with the current EU RoHS requirements for all 10 RoHS substances, including the requirement that RoHS substance do not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, "RoHS" products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes. TI may reference these types of products as "Pb-Free". RoHS Exempt: TI defines "RoHS Exempt" to mean products that contain lead but are compliant with EU RoHS pursuant to a specific EU RoHS exemption. Green: TI defines "Green" to mean the content of Chlorine (Cl) and Bromine (Br) based flame retardants meet JS709B low halogen requirements of